 |
Play
by Play - Fighter's Fight Commentary
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 152
Date: May 19, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 56 wins and 39 losses; Tres Sulvar! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 94 wins and 73 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Seu Braga, Felipe Paraventi and Matheus Silva.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Sulvar shoots in and bounces Petersen off the ropes to secure the takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sulvar (2) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sulvar slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T1#
Petersen wants to sweep here but Sulvar controlling him for the moment.
Petersen is controlling Sulvar's posture.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sulvar (2) vs (2) Petersen
Sulvar keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Sulvar is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sulvar swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Sulvar keeps moving. #T2#
Sulvar controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Sulvar is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Sulvar.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T3#
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Sulvar keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass. #T4#
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen advances to half guard.
Sulvar is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Sulvar defending well. #T5#
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Sulvar is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Sulvar is defending the position. #T6#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Sulvar is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sulvar tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sulvar does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sulvar is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sulvar avoid being mounted?
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Petersen is continuing to stall.#T7#
Petersen stalling away here and it's allowed Sulvar to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard.
Petersen stays in close to Sulvar's body and controls the position.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Sulvar is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T8#
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Sulvar is retaining full guard.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Sulvar has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sulvar (6) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen tries to hold on but Sulvar postures up.#T9#
Sulvar trying to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Sulvar gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
We've been hearing good reports from Sulvar's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Sulvar gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen is in all sorts of trouble here.
#T10#
Sulvar can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape.
Petersen wants to hold on but Sulvar pushes him away.
Petersen tries to improve his position but instead Sulvar has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sulvar (9) vs (2) Petersen
Sulvar is hanging on to Petersen's back as he tries to escape.
Petersen trying to control the action but Sulvar just sinks the hooks in.
Petersen tries to roll but Sulvar sticks to his back.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.#T11#
Petersen is still trying to improve position.
Petersen turns into Sulvar and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sulvar (9) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sulvar is keeping the position for now.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Sulvar trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Sulvar.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Sulvar (9) vs (7) Petersen#T12#
Sulvar is looking to reverse the position.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Sulvar is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen is pausing for a moment. What's he doing? It looks like he's clearing his nose. Oh dude! He's shot a load of snot all down Sulvar's shoulder. That is not cool.
Petersen wants to control but Sulvar is keeping him busy. #T13#
Sulvar prevents Petersen from moving into mount.
Petersen controlling the position from side mount.
You can see the frustration on Sulvar's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sulvar tries to buck Petersen off but Petersen is having none of it.
Sulvar is not content to let Petersen control the position. #T14#
The referee asks Petersen politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Petersen prefers to stall for the moment though.
Sulvar tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Sulvar denies him.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sulvar takes the fight on points by 9 to 7.
Tres Sulvar retains his super heavyweight title!
A very excited looking Tres Sulvar made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 151
Date: May 15, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 93 wins and 73 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 63 wins and 40 losses; Ivan Kamenev!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Luis Engracia and Emerson Jorge.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Kamenev shoots in for a takedown and gets it. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Kamenev
Petersen trying to control here.
Petersen desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Kamenev is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Kamenev stalling.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T1#
Petersen keeps control of the position for the meantime. #SUB#
Petersen looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Petersen controlling the position well.
Kamenev with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T2#
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen is looking to control Kamenev's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Kamenev has control of the leg.
Kamenev looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Kamenev wants to take a breather but Petersen is having none of it. #T3#
Petersen is trying is best to control the position here.
Kamenev sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Kamenev prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Kamenev is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Petersen is staying active underneath Kamenev, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen wants to control but Kamenev is keeping busy and won't allow it. #T4#
Petersen makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Petersen.#SUB#
Petersen looking for subs off his back but Kamenev has passed one foot through into half guard.
Petersen is controlling Kamenev's trapped leg to prevent Kamenev from advancing to side control.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Kamenev is controlling well.
Petersen keeping control of the position. #T5#
Petersen wants to improve his position but Kamenev is controlling well.
Petersen makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Petersen.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Kamenev trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T6#
Kamenev postures up.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Kamenev controlling him for the moment.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Kamenev#SUB#
Petersen is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Kamenev has managed to free his arm - good work.
Kamenev wants to get back to full guard.#T7#
Petersen is looking to advance position but Kamenev won't allow it.
Petersen wants to control but Kamenev is keeping him busy.
Kamenev has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Kamenev is working away.
Kamenev is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Kamenev is defending the position. #T8#
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Kamenev is having none of it.
Kamenev trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Kamenev has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Kamenev defends it.
Petersen is trying to control. Kamenev wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T9#
Petersen controlling the pace.
Kamenev is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen controlling the pace.
Kamenev is trying to get back to full guard.#T10#
Petersen is just content to waste time from the top position. Kamenev takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen stands and throws Kamenev's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (2) Kamenev
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Kamenev keeps working.
Kamenev tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Kamenev keeps working.
Kamenev manages to work his way to half guard, despite Petersen's best efforts.#T11#
Petersen is trying to control. Kamenev wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #SUB#
Petersen is looking for submissions but instead, Kamenev has regained full guard.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Kamenev is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Kamenev tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Kamenev is keeping the position.
Kamenev working a defensive guard here.
#T12#
Petersen is pushing down on Kamenev's leg trying to pass to half guard. Kamenev is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.#SUB#
Petersen is working for a submission of some sort.
Kamenev wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Kamenev won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Kamenev is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen is trying to advance to mount but he's lost his balance and Kamenev reverses the position - he's now on top in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (5) vs (4) Kamenev#T13#
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#SUB#
Petersen throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Petersen controlling the position.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Kamenev controlling him for the moment.
Petersen looking to control.
#T14#
Kamenev stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Kamenev trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Kamenev wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.#SUB#
Petersen working away from the bottom but not quite defensive enough there because Kamenev has passed into half guard!
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Kamenev is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen is looking to control Kamenev's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Petersen is not content to let Kamenev control the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 5 to 4.
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 150
Date: May 12, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 53 wins and 38 losses; Jerry Curls! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 92 wins and 73 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Felipe Paraventi, Luis Engracia and Seu Braga.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Curls shoots in with a lovely double leg takedown. Petersen manages to land in full guard to minimise the damage. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Curls (2) vs (0) Petersen
Curls preventing the sweep.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Curls looking to pass the guard.
Curls won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Curls is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Curls wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Curls is one step ahead there.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Curls slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard. #T1#
Petersen wants to sweep here but Curls controlling him for the moment.
Curls trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen controls Curls momentarily but Curls frees himself.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Curls postures up.
Petersen is controlling Curls's posture.#T2#
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Curls postures up.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen pulls Curls in close to prevent any damage.
Curls controlling from the top position.
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Curls (2) vs (2) Petersen#T3#
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Curls is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.
Curls tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen is working hard to pass the guard. He's done it - he's now in full mount! Trouble for Curls! Score +3 for passing guard: Curls (2) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T4#
Petersen wants to control the pace but Curls is squirming around nicely.
Petersen wants to control but instead Curls manages to regain half guard.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Curls is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Curls is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Curls is looking to improve his position.
#T5#
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Curls knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Petersen wants to control but Curls is keeping him busy.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen content to control rather than advance. #T6#
Petersen working to pass to mount. He's got his hand pressing down on Curls's thigh. Curls counters though and makes it back to full guard.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Petersen advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Curls (2) vs (8) Petersen
Curls tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Petersen wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #T7#
The referee tells the fighters to keep busy.
Curls manages to get back to half guard.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Curls is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen is looking to stall here but Curls recovers full guard. #T8#
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Curls is keeping the position for now.
Petersen postures up.
#SUB#
Curls looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Curls is retaining full guard.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T9#
Curls keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Curls is having none of it.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Curls won't allow it. #T10#
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Curls is working away.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Curls is working away.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Curls is defending the position.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.#T11#
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Curls tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen is thwarting Curls's attempts to control the position.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Curls defends it.
Petersen wants to control but Curls is keeping him busy.
Curls tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Curls might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen is trying to control. Curls wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T12#
Petersen is looking to stall here but Curls recovers full guard.
Curls is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Curls swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Curls trying to control the position here.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Curls is retaining full guard. #T13#
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Petersen trying to control but Curls is working from the bottom.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Curls is keeping the position.
Petersen trying to control but Curls is working from the bottom.
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Curls knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T14#
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Petersen passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Curls (2) vs (11) Petersen
Curls is controlling an arm, preventing Petersen from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 11 to 2.
A very excited looking Conald Petersen made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 149
Date: May 08, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 60 wins and 33 losses; Abu Schaubi! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 91 wins and 73 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Matheus Silva and Felipe Paraventi.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen dives in and grabs Schaubi's left leg, looking for a takedown. Schaubi pushes down on Petersen's head and hops out.
Schaubi tries to counter by moving into the clinch but Petersen manages to circle out of the way.#TD2#
Excellent takedown into side control there by Petersen. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Schaubi (0) vs (4) Petersen
A lull in the action here.
Petersen working away.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Schaubi is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen working away.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen controls the position.
Schaubi prevents Petersen from moving into mount.
Schaubi is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Tosen's Home for Lost Boys, so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Schaubi is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Schaubi seems a little lost for a moment, as Petersen dominates the positioning.#T1#
Schaubi is sneaking out the side here. He's bucked Petersen off and has taken his back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Schaubi (4) vs (4) Petersen
A bit of a pause in the action here. Schaubi controlling the positon.
Petersen wants to escape the position.
#SUB#
Schaubi is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. Petersen knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften Petersen for a finish.
Schaubi tries to keep control of the position but Petersen is staying busy.
Schaubi has the hooks in. Petersen is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted. #T2#
Schaubi just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen breaks Schaubi's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Schaubi (4) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Schaubi is keeping the position.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Schaubi.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Schaubi is keeping the position for now.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Schaubi is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Schaubi seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #T3#
Schaubi working a defensive guard here.
Petersen stays in close to Schaubi's body and controls the position.
Petersen postures up.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Schaubi is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Schaubi is keeping the position for now.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T4#
Petersen stays in close to Schaubi's body and controls the position. #SUB#
Schaubi working for a triangle but Petersen defends it easily.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #SUB#
Schaubi is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Petersen defends well.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Schaubi (4) vs (9) Petersen#T5#
Petersen trying to control the action but Schaubi is working from the bottom.
Petersen controlling from side mount.
Petersen trying to control the action but Schaubi is working from the bottom.
Schaubi can't do much from the bottom here. #T6#
Schaubi holds on to Petersen's head and controls the position momentarily.
You can see the frustration on Schaubi's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Petersen trying to control the position but Schaubi is working away. #SUB2#
Petersen looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything.
Schaubi wants to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen taking a breather here. #SUB2#
Petersen tries for a kimura but Schaubi is defending well. #T7#
Schaubi is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Schaubi is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen wants to control for a moment but Schaubi uses the opportunity to move back to half guard. #SUB2#
Petersen is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
#T8#
Schaubi is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Schaubi is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Schaubi is trying to control but can't.
#T9#
Schaubi has his hands clasped together around Petersen's back. He's all about the action.
Schaubi gets full guard.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Schaubi gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Schaubi (6) vs (9) Petersen
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Schaubi (6) vs (11) Petersen
Petersen uses his free foot to push down on Schaubi's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Schaubi. Score +3 for passing guard: Schaubi (6) vs (14) Petersen
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully. #T10#
Schaubi is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen looking to control but Schaubi is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Schaubi slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Petersen is just content to waste time from the top position. Schaubi takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Schaubi is adopting a defensive guard.
Schaubi is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Schaubi will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#T11#
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
Petersen is looking for the mount but instead finds himself back in full guard.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Schaubi swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Schaubi seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Schaubi working a defensive guard here.
#T12#
Schaubi looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Schaubi is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Schaubi manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Schaubi (8) vs (14) Petersen
Schaubi looking to sit in guard and control but Petersen gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Schaubi (8) vs (16) Petersen
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T13#
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Schaubi swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Schaubi keeps moving. #T14#
Schaubi pulls Petersen in close to prevent any damage.
Schaubi working a defensive guard here.
Schaubi is really struggling to control Petersen but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Schaubi pulls Petersen in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen trying to control but Schaubi is working from the bottom.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 16 to 8.
Conald Petersen thanked the fans post fight for their support.
Abu Schaubi was interviewed post fight and said 'Gawld dawg'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 148
Date: May 04, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 91 wins and 72 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 28 wins and 17 losses; Leonardinho Chai!
The judges for this bout are Emerson Jorge, Mauricio Rocha and Seu Braga.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#CL2#
Chai moves into the clinch.#TD2#
Chai has managed to pull guard. Let's see whether he can work an aggressive guard. It will also be interesting to see what tactics Petersen uses from the top position.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen stays in close to Chai's body and controls the position.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Chai is keeping the position.
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Chai's guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen is looking for the mount but instead finds himself back in full guard. #T1#
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen trying to control but Chai is working from the bottom.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Chai can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Chai is keeping the position.#T2##SUB2#
Chai is looking for a triangle but Petersen pushes his legs off easily.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Chai is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen won't allow Chai to sweep him here.
Our spies down at at Hammer House of Horror inform us that Chai has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Petersen stands and throws Chai's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (3) vs (0) Chai
Chai tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Petersen wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Petersen wants to control but Chai is keeping him busy. #T3#
Petersen advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (5) vs (0) Chai
Chai is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen is really struggling to control Chai but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Chai keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Chai has given up his back - I don’t know if this is a deliberate ploy to try and escape or if he is just struggling down there.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (8) vs (0) Chai#T4#
Petersen is looking to control Chai but Chai is wriggling around and keeping busy. #SUB#
Petersen looking for the choke but no joy.
Petersen slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
Chai rolls, trying to escape but Petersen keeps control of the position.
Chai staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control. #T5##SUB#
Petersen is staying calm and holding on to the back position, whilst working on a rear naked choke. Chai is defending well though. Petersen let's go of the attempt for now.
Petersen just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
Petersen wants to control but Chai is keeping busy.
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
#T6#
Will Petersen go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
You can see the frustration on Chai's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Will Petersen go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
#T7##SUB#
Petersen goes for a risky armbar from back mount and it's not paid off. Chai escapes and is now in half guard on top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (8) vs (2) Chai
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Chai is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen managing to control the position.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#T8#
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Chai passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (5) Chai
Chai prevents Petersen from getting the reversal.
Petersen manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen is looking to control Chai's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Chai uses his free foot to push down on Petersen's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Petersen. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (8) Chai#T9#
Petersen slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Petersen trying to control here.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #SUB#
Petersen looking for a guillotine here but Chai defends easily.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now. #T10#
Petersen is trying to hold Chai in close to prevent damage but Chai has managed to pass into half guard.
Petersen won't allow Chai to pass to mount.
Petersen tries to roll over but Chai keeps him under control.
Petersen wants to control but Chai is keeping busy.
Petersen tries to roll over but Chai keeps him under control.#SUB2#
Chai is working for a submission of some sort.
#T11#
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen trying to get back to full guard but Chai takes advantage of the position and moves to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (11) Chai
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Chai is trying to take his opponent's back.
Petersen sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Chai is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.#T12#
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen trying to hold on to Chai's head to control him but Chai postures up.
Petersen tries to roll over but Chai keeps him under control.
Petersen controlling the leg, holding on to half guard.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.#T13#
Petersen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Petersen controlling Chai's posture.
Petersen is trying to keep Chai in close.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (11) Chai
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.#T14#
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen trying to control but Chai is working from the bottom.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Chai is keeping the position for now.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Chai wins on points by 11 to 10.
A relieved looking Leonardinho Chai thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 147
Date: May 01, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 91 wins and 71 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 13 wins and 31 losses; Caio Peieira!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Seu Braga and Emerson Jorge.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen gets the takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (4) vs (0) Peieira
Peieira is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen is staying tight to Peieira's torso, preventing him from escaping.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Peieira keeps working.
Petersen is pausing for a moment. What's he doing? It looks like he's clearing his nose. Oh dude! He's shot a load of snot all down Peieira's shoulder. That is not cool.
Peieira is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Petersen trying to control the position but Peieira is working away.
Petersen will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Peieira keeps working. #T1#
Petersen taking a breather here.
Peieira is trying to get back to half guard.
Peieira is letting Petersen control him for a moment.
Peieira manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (2) Peieira
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T2#
Peieira trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
I've been told that Peieira has been drilling his wrestling of late, which has already helped him take this fight to the mat. Let's see how much of an impact it has on the outcome of the ground game.
Petersen is positioning himself well to prevent Peieira advancing to mount.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Peieira is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is not content to let Peieira control the position.
Petersen wants to control but Peieira is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard but Peieira has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (4) vs (5) Peieira
Peieira with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
Peieira trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen regains half guard.#T3#
Peieira wants to take a breather but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen has control of Peieira's left arm, preventing Peieira from doing any damage.
Petersen continues to stall.
Peieira trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Peieira content to stall in guard here. #T4#
Petersen is trying to keep Peieira in close.
Peieira stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen seems keen to control Peieira's posture.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Peieira manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (6) vs (5) Peieira
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Peieira trying to control the position.
Peieira wants to sweep but no luck. #T5#
Petersen is pushing down on Peieira's leg trying to pass to half guard. Peieira is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Peieira for as long as he can get away with.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Peieira is having none of it.
Peieira wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen is taking a breather. Peieira says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Petersen trying to control the action but Peieira is working from the bottom. #T6#
Peieira wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Peieira wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Peieira keeps working.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Petersen passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Peieira! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (9) vs (5) Peieira
Petersen looking to control but Peieira is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T7#
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Peieira is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #SUB#
Petersen swings around for an armbar but it's a sloppy attempt and Peieira is now in Petersen's guard. A big mistake from Petersen there, giving up the dominant position! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (9) vs (7) Peieira#T8#
Petersen has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Peieira has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (9) vs (10) Peieira
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Petersen is trying to work for a sweep but Peieira has mounted him! Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (9) vs (12) Peieira
Petersen regains half guard.
Petersen is concentrating on defense, preventing Peieira from advancing position.
Petersen wants to control but Peieira is keeping busy.
Petersen controlling the position for now.#T9#
Petersen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Peieira trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Peieira preventing the sweep.
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Peieira passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (9) vs (15) Peieira
Petersen stops Peieira from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better. #T10#
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Peieira gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Peieira manages to capitalize on a mistake by Petersen to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (9) vs (18) Peieira
Petersen just trying to survive but Peieira is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
Peieira doesn't have the hooks in and Petersen manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (11) vs (18) Peieira
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Peieira is keeping the position for now.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T11#
Peieira not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Peieira keeps moving.
Peieira is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen pushing down on Peieira's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work. #T12#
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen is trying to control. Peieira wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Peieira wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Peieira is trying to get back to full guard.#T13#
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Peieira trying to control here.
Peieira is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T14#
Peieira has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Peieira is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Peieira works his way to full guard. Good work.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Peieira controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
And that's the end of the fight!
Peieira wins on points by 18 to 11.
A very excited looking Caio Peieira made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 144
Date: Apr 20, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 112 wins and 70 losses; Kurt Diesel! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 91 wins and 70 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Thiago Cunha, Edson Gomes and Mauricio Rocha.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Diesel gets caught on his heels momentarily as he allows Petersen to score an easy takedown into full guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Diesel (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen trying to control but Diesel is working from the bottom.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Diesel swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Diesel keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Diesel trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T1#
Diesel keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Diesel gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (2) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Diesel wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Diesel forces his way into half guard.
Diesel is taking a breather. Petersen says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.#T2#
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Diesel slows the pace down in half guard.
Diesel prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Petersen gets full guard.
Diesel won't allow Petersen to sweep him here. #T3#
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Diesel passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Diesel (5) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen tries to hold on but Diesel postures up.
Petersen sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Petersen tries to roll over but Diesel keeps him under control.
Petersen is trying is best to control the position here.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T4#
Diesel slows the pace down in half guard.
Diesel is trying to control. Petersen wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen wants to control but Diesel is keeping busy.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.#T5#
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Diesel is very close to passing his half guard.
Diesel prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen gets full guard.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Diesel trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Diesel controlling him for the moment.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Diesel's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (5) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T6#
Diesel keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Diesel swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Diesel is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Diesel is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Diesel is keeping the position.#SUB#
Petersen sitting in guard doing not very much at all here. Diesel doesn't need a second invitation though! He's locked up a guillotine and he's squeezing tight! That is tiiiiiiiiight! Petersen paying the price for stalling here - he's pushing hard on the arm trying to free himself but it's no use! He's tapped! WOW, quick submission from Diesel - great work!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 7:57 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Kurt Diesel!
A victorious Kurt Diesel thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 143
Date: Apr 17, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 90 wins and 70 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 34 wins and 41 losses; Jari Laitila!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Edson Gomes and Daniel Cesar.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Petersen scores a trip takedown into side control. Nice. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (4) vs (0) Laitila
Laitila tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen has knee on belly and moves into mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (6) vs (0) Laitila
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Laitila can't escape the position.
Laitila slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.#SUB2#
Laitila looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
The fighters are battling for position here. Laitila manages to regain full guard. Nice work. #SUB2#
Laitila is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Petersen defends well.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen passes Laitila's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Petersen moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (9) vs (0) Laitila
Petersen has knee on belly and moves into mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (11) vs (0) Laitila
Laitila felt the need to train up his defensive grappling in the buildup to the fight. Presumably he was expecting to be in a difficult position like this, so let's see if he can get out of it.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T1#
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen tries to control but Laitila wriggling away.
Laitila is trying desperately to improve position.
Laitila regains half guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Laitila is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Laitila is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.#SUB2#
Laitila looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen trying to control the action but Laitila is working from the bottom. #T2##SUB2#
The fighters are going at a pretty good pace and they're both starting to sweat now.
Laitila looking for submissions off his back.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#SUB2#
Laitila looking for submissions off his back.
Petersen is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (14) vs (0) Laitila
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Laitila is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.#T3#
Laitila is still trying to improve position.
Petersen tries to control but Laitila wriggling away.
Laitila working to try and regain half guard.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Laitila keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Petersen tries to control but Laitila wriggling away. #SUB#
Petersen has hold of Laitila's left arm, perhaps looking for a submission. The two fighters tussle over control of the isolated limb and Laitila manages to get his arm back to his side and away from danger.
Laitila keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
#T4#
Laitila regains half guard.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Laitila keeps working.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.#SUB2#
Laitila looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.#SUB2#
Laitila is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Petersen pulls his head out easily.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Laitila is having none of it.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Laitila defending well. #SUB2#
Laitila looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.#T5#
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Laitila is working away.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Laitila is not content to let Petersen control the position.#SUB2#
Laitila looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Laitila is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #SUB2#
Laitila looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Petersen is trying to control. Laitila wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #SUB2#
Laitila looking for submissions from an awkward position here.#T6#
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Laitila defends it.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen moves into full mount! Laitila won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (17) vs (0) Laitila
Petersen wants to control the pace but Laitila is squirming around nicely.
Laitila is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen tries to control but Laitila wriggling away.
Petersen prevents Laitila from getting the reversal.
Laitila keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen wants to take Laitila's back here but Laitila is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Laitila is in all sorts of trouble here.
#T7#
Petersen tries to control but Laitila wriggling away.
Laitila is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Laitila tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.
Petersen takes Laitila's back. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (20) vs (0) Laitila
Laitila is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
Petersen keeps control of the position as Laitila tries to break free.
Petersen trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
#T8#
Petersen slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
Laitila breaks Petersen's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (20) vs (2) Laitila
Laitila stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Laitila looking to pass the guard.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen is pulling down on Laitila's head. It's preventing any offense from Laitila, at least for the moment.
Laitila trying to move into half guard but instead Petersen has managed to sweep! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (22) vs (2) Laitila
Petersen stands and throws Laitila's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (25) vs (2) Laitila
Laitila tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Laitila is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T9#
Laitila tries to buck Petersen off but Petersen is having none of it.
Laitila manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
Laitila tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense. #SUB2#
Laitila is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Petersen pulls his head out easily.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#SUB2#
Laitila looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Laitila keeps working. #T10#
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen is keen to just control but Laitila is a slippery customer.#SUB2#
Laitila is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Petersen pulls his head out easily.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Laitila is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Laitila manages to get to full guard.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Laitila is retaining full guard. #SUB2#
Laitila is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Petersen is aware though and is defending well.#SUB2#
Laitila working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Petersen doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Petersen manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Laitila looks winded!
Petersen passes Laitila's right leg, so he's now in half guard. #T11#
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Laitila is holding on for dear life with his legs. #SUB2#
Laitila actively working from the bottom here.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Laitila won't allow it.
Petersen is taking a breather. Laitila says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
This is a sustained period of stalling by Petersen.
Laitila is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Laitila is looking to improve his position.
#SUB2#
Laitila looking for submissions off his back.#T12##SUB2#
Laitila looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.
Petersen is trying to control. Laitila wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Laitila is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #SUB2#
Laitila looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.#SUB2#
Laitila looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Petersen is keen to just control but Laitila is a slippery customer.#T13#
Petersen passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Laitila! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (28) vs (2) Laitila
Laitila is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.#SUB#
Laitila tries to improve his position but Petersen has taken his back! Petersen has a choke - it's sunk in pretty tight... Will Laitila tap? No... maybe... yes! He's tapped! Petersen pushes Laitila away and gets up to celebrate with his corner!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 13:47 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Conald Petersen!
Conald Petersen decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 142
Date: Apr 13, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 89 wins and 70 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of London, with a TWGC record of 35 wins and 36 losses; Richard Anderson!
The judges for this bout are Felipe Paraventi, Emerson Jorge and Alexandre Firmino.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen manages to get an easy takedown there - catching Anderson on his heels. He'll look to pass Anderson's guard now, I'm sure. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Anderson
Anderson can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Anderson is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Anderson can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Anderson keeps moving.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#T1#
Anderson controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Anderson is keeping the position.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Anderson
Anderson wants to control but Petersen postures up.#T2#
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Anderson keeps working.
Petersen working away.
Anderson tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Petersen wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Petersen trying to control the action but Anderson is working from the bottom.
Petersen is really struggling to control Anderson but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Petersen controls the position.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but can't. #T3#
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Anderson keeps working.
Petersen slows the pace down.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Anderson wants to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen trying to control the position but Anderson is working away.
Petersen is pausing for a moment. What's he doing? It looks like he's clearing his nose. Oh dude! He's shot a load of snot all down Anderson's shoulder. That is not cool. #T4#
Anderson is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Anderson prevents Petersen from improving position.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Anderson keeps working.
Anderson is letting Petersen control him for a moment.
Petersen wants to control but Anderson is keeping him busy. #T5#
Petersen laying and praying for a moment but Anderson takes advantage and regains half guard.
Petersen trying to control from Anderson's half guard. Anderson has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Anderson keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Anderson is keeping the position.#T6#
Petersen trying to control but Anderson is working from the bottom.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Anderson gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (5) vs (2) Anderson
Anderson wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Anderson controlling him for the moment. #T7#
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Anderson from controlling successfully.
Anderson not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T8#
Petersen wants to improve his position but instead Anderson has moved into half guard.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Anderson is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen pulls Anderson in to control the position.
Anderson trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #T9#
Anderson controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen working a defensive guard but Anderson passes into half guard.
Anderson prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen trying to control but Anderson postures up.
Petersen is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Anderson's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Anderson's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (9) vs (2) Anderson#T10#
A bit of a pause in the action here. Petersen controlling the positon.
Will Petersen go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Anderson trying to control but not successfully. #T11#
Anderson is keeping busy.
Petersen is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Anderson is keeping busy.
#T12#
Anderson trying to control the action but Petersen just sinks the hooks in.
Petersen wants to control the position but Anderson frees himself and scrambles - Petersen manages to regain control in side control.
Petersen trying to control the action but Anderson is working from the bottom.
Anderson tries to improve position but can't. #T13#
Petersen controlling the position from side mount.
Petersen works to advance to full mount. Anderson defends for a few seconds but eventually he succumbs. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (11) vs (2) Anderson
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Anderson is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Anderson is controlling an arm, preventing Petersen from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
Petersen tries to control but Anderson wriggling away.
Petersen controlling from mount. #T14#
Petersen looking to control but Anderson is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Anderson is looking to escape.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 11 to 2.
After winning the bout, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 141
Date: Apr 10, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 58 wins and 38 losses; Ivan Kamenev! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 89 wins and 69 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Emerson Jorge and Matheus Silva.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Petersen shoots in and scores a nice double leg takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Kamenev (0) vs (2) Petersen
Kamenev tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Kamenev has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Petersen trying to control the action but Kamenev is working from the bottom.
Kamenev keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Kamenev tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen controlling the pace. #T1#
Kamenev is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Kamenev is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Convicted Top Team, so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Kamenev defending well.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Kamenev is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Kamenev is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Kamenev wants to get back to full guard.#T2#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Kamenev is defending well.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Kamenev wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen not doing much here.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Kamenev is defending the position. #T3#
Kamenev is looking to improve his position.
#SUB2#
Petersen is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Kamenev is just riding it out for now. Petersen eventually gives up the hold.
Petersen stalling.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T4#
Kamenev is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen trying to control from Kamenev's half guard. Kamenev has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Kamenev keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Kamenev is keeping the position.#T5#
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Petersen trying to move into half guard but instead Kamenev has managed to sweep! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kamenev (2) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kamenev (2) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Kamenev is keeping the position.#SUB#
Kamenev looking for a guillotine here but Petersen defends easily.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kamenev is keeping the position for now. #T6#
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Kamenev controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Kamenev is pulling down on Petersen's head. It's preventing any offense from Petersen, at least for the moment.
Petersen stays in close to Kamenev's body and controls the position.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kamenev is keeping the position for now. #T7#
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Kamenev tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen trying to control but Kamenev is working from the bottom.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kamenev is keeping the position for now. #T8#
Kamenev keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Kamenev pulls Petersen in close to prevent any damage.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Kamenev keeps moving.
Petersen is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Kamenev is keeping the position.#SUB#
Kamenev is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle. #T9#
Petersen advances to half guard.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Petersen passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Kamenev (2) vs (7) Petersen#SUB2#
Petersen working hard here to secure a kimura but he's not really in the right position for it. #T10##SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Kamenev has escaped the position, nice work there.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Kamenev is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Kamenev seems a little lost for a moment, as Petersen dominates the positioning.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Kamenev is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T11#
Kamenev prevents Petersen from moving into mount.
A lull in the action here.
Kamenev is trying to improve his position.
Petersen trying to control the action but Kamenev is working from the bottom. #T12#
Kamenev is holding Petersen down, trying to stall.
Petersen laying and praying for a moment but Kamenev takes advantage and regains half guard. #T13#
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Kamenev keeps working.
Kamenev is looking to improve his position.
Petersen trying to control the pace. #T14#
Petersen is stalling here. Kamenev is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Petersen seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Kamenev has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Kamenev (6) vs (7) Petersen
Kamenev wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Kamenev taking a breather here.
Petersen tries to control but end up mounted... ooooh, that's bad. Score +2 for reaching mount: Kamenev (8) vs (7) Petersen
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen tries to hold on but Kamenev pushes him away.
And that's the end of the fight!
Kamenev takes the fight on points by 8 to 7.
Ivan Kamenev decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 140
Date: Apr 07, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 88 wins and 69 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 56 wins and 31 losses; Abu Schaubi!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Mauricio Rocha and Felipe Paraventi.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Schaubi
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Schaubi is retaining full guard.
Petersen passes Schaubi's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Schaubi keeping hold of Petersen's head, controlling as best he can.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Schaubi wants to get back to full guard.#T1#
Schaubi trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen is trying to control. Schaubi wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Schaubi is working away.
Schaubi wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it. #T2#
Schaubi is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen stalling.
Schaubi is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Schaubi is having none of it. #T3#
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Schaubi is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Schaubi won't allow it. #SUB2#
Schaubi looking for submissions off his back.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Schaubi is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Schaubi wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
Schaubi is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen not doing much here.
#T4##SUB2#
Schaubi actively working from the bottom here.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Schaubi is having none of it.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Schaubi is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen is just content to waste time from the top position. Schaubi takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Schaubi is keeping the position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T5#
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Schaubi is having none of it.
Schaubi has his hands clasped together around Petersen's back. He's all about the action.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Schaubi wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Schaubi does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T6#
Petersen trying to control the pace.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Schaubi trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Schaubi is controlling Petersen's trapped leg to prevent Petersen from advancing to side control.
Schaubi is looking to improve his position.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Schaubi is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Schaubi knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T7#
Petersen moves into full mount! Schaubi won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Schaubi
Schaubi tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Schaubi reaches up and holds on to Petersen to control the position.
Schaubi is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen looking to control but Schaubi is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Schaubi tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.#T8#
Petersen prevents Schaubi from getting the reversal.
Schaubi has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Petersen looking to control but Schaubi is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen prevents Schaubi from getting the reversal.
Petersen tries to control but Schaubi wriggling away. #T9#
Schaubi really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Schaubi is squirming around nicely.
Schaubi regains half guard.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Schaubi wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Schaubi is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard. #T10#
Petersen not doing much here.
Schaubi is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Schaubi trying to control from the bottom.
#SUB#
Petersen is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Petersen prevents Schaubi from improving his position.#T11#
Schaubi slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.#SUB2#
Schaubi looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Petersen trying to control but Schaubi is working from the bottom.
Schaubi is pulling down on Petersen's head. It's preventing any offense from Petersen, at least for the moment.
Schaubi keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #T12#
Schaubi looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Petersen is fighting to break Schaubi's control of his arms but Schaubi is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen won't allow Schaubi to sweep him here.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Schaubi is keeping the position for now.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Schaubi gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (5) vs (2) Schaubi#T13#
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Schaubi from controlling successfully.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Schaubi postures up.
Petersen pulls Schaubi in close to his closed guard and prevents Schaubi from doing any damage or advancing position.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (7) vs (2) Schaubi
Schaubi is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Schaubi is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.#T14#
Schaubi tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen is looking to stall here but Schaubi recovers full guard.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Schaubi swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Schaubi is retaining full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 7 to 2.
A very excited looking Conald Petersen made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
In defeat, Abu Schaubi stepped up to the mic, saying 'Gawld dawg'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 139
Date: Apr 03, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 88 wins and 68 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 40 wins and 19 losses; Tyler Alvarez!
The judges for this bout are Alexandre Firmino, Matheus Silva and Luis Engracia.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Alvarez gets taken down but at least he's managed to land in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Alvarez
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Alvarez swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen trying to control but Alvarez is working from the bottom.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Alvarez keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen stands and throws Alvarez's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Alvarez#T1#
Petersen wants to control but Alvarez is keeping him busy.
Alvarez prevents Petersen from improving position. #SUB#
Petersen is trying to get an arm triangle but Alvarez is defending well.
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet. #SUB#
Petersen tries for an arm triangle. That looks pretty tight to me. Is this one over!?! Possibly, maybe, no Petersen has let go of the choke. Obviously it wasn't as tight as we thought!
Alvarez is trying to get back to half guard.#T2#
Petersen controls the position.
Petersen trying to control the action but Alvarez is working from the bottom.
Alvarez felt the need to train up his defensive grappling in the buildup to the fight. Presumably he was expecting to be in a difficult position like this, so let's see if he can get out of it.
Alvarez tries to bench press Petersen off him but Petersen keeps the position.
Petersen tries to move into full mount but can't pass Alvarez's legs.
Petersen laying and praying for a moment but Alvarez takes advantage and regains half guard.
Alvarez is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Alvarez is defending well. #T3#
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen is stalling here. Alvarez is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Petersen seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Alvarez has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (5) vs (4) Alvarez
Petersen looking for a sweep but Alvarez has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (5) vs (6) Alvarez
Petersen sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
#T4#
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Alvarez passes into side control, despite Petersen's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (9) Alvarez
Alvarez is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen isn't going anywhere.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.#T5#
Alvarez wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen is looking to reverse the position.
Petersen tries to control but Alvarez manages to take his back. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (5) vs (12) Alvarez
Alvarez tries to keep control of the position but Petersen is staying busy.
Petersen trying to control the action but Alvarez just sinks the hooks in.
Petersen rolls, trying to escape but Alvarez keeps control of the position.
Petersen trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Petersen rolls, trying to escape but Alvarez keeps control of the position.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.#SUB2#
Petersen tries to escape but he's let his defenses down in doing so and Alvarez has slipped in the rear naked choke! Oh, that's tiiiiiiiiight! Petersen is tapping! This one is aaaaaaaaaaaall over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 6:56 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Tyler Alvarez!
An out of breath Tyler Alvarez thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 138
Date: Mar 31, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 88 wins and 67 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 65 wins and 46 losses; Tommy Toehold!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Matheus Silva and Thiago Cunha.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen gets taken down but at least he's managed to land in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Toehold
Petersen is adopting a defensive guard.
Petersen will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Toehold wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Toehold from controlling successfully.
Toehold controls the pace of the fight for a moment.#T1#
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen is trying to keep Toehold in close.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Toehold controlling him for the moment.
Petersen working a defensive guard but Toehold manages to pass into side control anyway.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (5) Toehold
Toehold gets to mount! Petersen was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (0) vs (7) Toehold#T2#
Petersen is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Toehold wants to control the pace but Petersen is squirming around nicely.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Toehold gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen is in all sorts of trouble here.
Petersen tries to control Toehold's body but Toehold pushes him off. Petersen squirms to his side and now Toehold has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (0) vs (10) Toehold
Toehold trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
#T3#
Toehold keeps control of the position as Petersen tries to break free.
A lull in the action here.
Petersen looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment.
Petersen breaks Toehold's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (10) Toehold
Petersen wants to control from the top but Toehold keeps moving. #T4#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Toehold is controlling Petersen's posture.
Toehold keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Toehold is keeping the position.
Toehold wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Toehold keeps moving.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Toehold is keeping the position.
Petersen trying to control but Toehold is working from the bottom. #T5#
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Toehold keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #T6#
Toehold keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Toehold is keeping the position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Toehold is retaining full guard. #T7#
Toehold keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Toehold is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Toehold gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (12) Toehold
Petersen controls Toehold momentarily but Toehold frees himself.
Petersen is pulling down on Toehold's head to control his posture. #T8#
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Petersen looking to control.
Petersen has his hands on Toehold's head, controlling the position.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Toehold postures up.
Toehold wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T9#
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Toehold passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (15) Toehold
Toehold manages to capitalize on a mistake by Petersen to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (2) vs (18) Toehold
Toehold controlling well, preventing Petersen from escaping the position.
Toehold is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Petersen is in bad spot here.
Petersen prevents Toehold from getting a body triangle.
Petersen tries to break free.
#T10#
Petersen wants to control his opponent's hands but Toehold gets his hands free.
Petersen manages to reverse the position and now he's in Toehold's guard. Nice work there by Petersen.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (18) Toehold
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Toehold keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Toehold keeps moving.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Petersen pushes down on Toehold's leg and manages to get into half guard.#T11#
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Toehold keeps working.
Petersen stalling away here and it's allowed Toehold to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Toehold is retaining full guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Toehold wants to control but Petersen passes easily into half guard.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Toehold is defending the position. #T12#
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Petersen moves into full mount! Toehold won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (18) Toehold
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Toehold tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.#T13#
Petersen is trying to control here but Toehold has managed to regain half guard.
Toehold wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Toehold won't allow it.
Toehold has his hands clasped together around Petersen's back. He's all about the action.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Toehold is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard. #T14#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Toehold defending well.
Petersen is trying to control. Toehold wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen not doing much here.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen is looking to stall here but Toehold recovers full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Toehold wins on points by 18 to 7.
A relieved looking Tommy Toehold thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 137
Date: Mar 27, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 87 wins and 67 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 32 wins and 39 losses; Jari Laitila!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Cesar, Thiago Cunha and Edson Gomes.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD#
Petersen shoots in and bounces Laitila off the ropes to secure the takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Laitila
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Laitila is keeping the position.#SUB2#
Petersen avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Laitila keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Laitila is keeping the position.
Laitila can't keep his opponent in guard - Petersen advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount. #T1#
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen uses his free foot to push down on Laitila's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Laitila. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Laitila
Petersen controlling from mount.
Laitila is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
Petersen can't control as he wanted to and Laitila manages to get the fight back to his half guard. #T2#
Petersen is looking to stall here but Laitila recovers full guard.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen trying to control but Laitila is working from the bottom.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Laitila is keeping the position for now.
Laitila is trying to control the position from the bottom.
#T3#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Laitila keeps moving.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Petersen looking to pass the guard. #T4#
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#SUB2#
Laitila is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Petersen is aware though and is defending well.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Laitila's guard.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Laitila is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Laitila is having none of it.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Laitila defending well.
Laitila is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard. #T5#
Petersen controlling the action here.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen trying to advance position but Laitila counters by regaining guard.
Laitila pulls Petersen in close to his closed guard and prevents Petersen from doing any damage or advancing position.#T6#
Laitila trying to control the position.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Our spies down at at HELLCADEMY inform us that Laitila has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Petersen pushing down on Laitila's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work. #T7#
Petersen is taking a breather. Laitila says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Petersen wants to control but Laitila is keeping him busy.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Laitila is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Laitila defends it.
Petersen not doing much here.
Petersen trying to control from Laitila's half guard. Laitila has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T8#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Laitila is keeping the position.#SUB2#
Laitila is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Laitila wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Laitila is retaining full guard.
Petersen passes into half guard. #T9#
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Petersen wants to control but Laitila is keeping him busy.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Laitila does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
#T10#
Laitila is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Petersen works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (0) Laitila
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T11#
Laitila tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen trying to control but Laitila is having none of it. #T12#
Laitila has worked his way to half guard, taking advantage of Petersen's lack of action.
Laitila is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Petersen's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Petersen's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (8) vs (4) Laitila
I really don't envy Petersen right now.
#T13#
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Petersen wants to escape the position.
Petersen tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Petersen working to try and regain half guard.
Laitila trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T14#
Laitila manages to capitalize on a mistake by Petersen to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (8) vs (7) Laitila
Petersen is really stuck here.
Laitila is riding his opponent, not letting Petersen buck him off.
Petersen is in bad spot here.
Petersen trying to control the hands but Laitila breaks the grip.
Petersen turns into Laitila and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (7) Laitila
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen pushing down on Laitila's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Laitila won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 10 to 7.
During a confident post fight interview, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 136
Date: Mar 24, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 44 wins and 36 losses; Jerry Curls! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 87 wins and 66 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Thiago Cunha, Alexandre Firmino and Emerson Jorge.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen closes the distance and looks for a trip takedown... aaaand he's got it - Petersen lands in his opponent's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Curls (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Curls swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Curls is keeping the position.
Curls keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Curls not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T1#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Curls keeps moving.
Curls might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Curls is keeping the position for now.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Curls keeps moving.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Curls is retaining full guard.
Curls looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T2#
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Curls swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Curls looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Curls keeps moving.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T3#
Curls keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen trying to control but Curls is working from the bottom.
Petersen content to stall in guard here. #SUB#
Petersen content to sit in guard, stalling... Great. Oh but he could get punished here because Curls has locked up a guillotine! Curls's face is contorted as he sqeezes tight on the submission attempt - will he finish? Petersen is holding on here and Curls must be using up a lot of energy. Petersen has gone limp! He's out! He's out cold! Curls gets to his feet, tossing aside his stricken foe. Arms raised, he milks the applause from the crowd. Great submission!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 3:47 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Jerry Curls!
A very excited looking Jerry Curls made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
In defeat, Conald Petersen stepped up to the mic, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 135
Date: Mar 20, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 49 wins and 23 losses; Ricky Clubber! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 87 wins and 65 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Felipe Paraventi, Mauricio Rocha and Leandro Rodrigues.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#CL#
Clubber instigates a clinch.
Petersen is looking to take this one to the mat.
Clubber tries for a takedown but Petersen manages to get underhooks.
Clubber tries to score a body lock takedown but Petersen shows good agility there to stay on his feet.
Clubber wants a takedown but no success here.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Ricky Clubber. That's going to take a lot out of him.#TD#
Clubber has clasped his hands together around Petersen's back... aaand, he's got a takedown into side control. Nicely done. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Clubber (4) vs (0) Petersen
Clubber controlling the position.
Petersen looks to move to half guard but instead Clubber has passed into mount! Damn! Score +2 for reaching mount: Clubber (6) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (6) vs (2) Petersen
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Clubber has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.
Clubber is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Clubber gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (8) vs (2) Petersen#T1#
Clubber postures up.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (8) vs (4) Petersen
Clubber being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Clubber keeps moving.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen is looking to pass into half guard but Clubber pushes him away with his feet and jumps on top - now Clubber is in guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (10) vs (4) Petersen#T2#
Petersen pulls Clubber in close to prevent any damage.
Clubber trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen working a defensive guard but Clubber manages to pass into side control anyway.
Score +3 for passing guard: Clubber (13) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen is trying to improve his position.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Petersen stops Clubber from passing to mount. #T3#
Petersen is trying to work for a sweep but Clubber has mounted him! Score +2 for reaching mount: Clubber (15) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen working to try and regain half guard.
Clubber content just to control the position here.
Clubber will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Petersen tries to hold on but Clubber pushes him away.
Petersen really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Clubber controlling from mount. #T4#
Petersen tries to hold on but Clubber pushes him away.
Petersen can't escape the position.
Clubber controlling the pace for now.
Petersen tries to reverse the position but Clubber maintains control.
Clubber tries to control but Petersen wriggling away.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Clubber controlling his opponent.
Petersen tries to hold on but Clubber postures up.#T5#
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Clubber with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T6#
Petersen is refusing to be controlled, as Clubber sits in half guard.
Petersen trying to hold on to Clubber's head to control him but Clubber postures up.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard but Clubber has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Clubber (18) vs (4) Petersen
Clubber wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen wants to control but Clubber postures up.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard.#T7#
Petersen gets back to half guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Clubber takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen gets full guard.
Clubber preventing the sweep.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.
Petersen wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T8#
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Clubber from controlling successfully. #SUB2#
Petersen has an omoplata and is looking to use it perhaps as a submission or perhaps to transition. Clubber is in a bit of discomfort here, but he's managed to free himself and has dived into side control! That didn't work out too well for Petersen. Score +3 for passing guard: Clubber (21) vs (4) Petersen
Clubber tries to move to mount but Petersen blocks the move with his legs.
Petersen looking for a sweep but Clubber has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Clubber (23) vs (4) Petersen#T9#
Petersen tries to reverse the position but Clubber maintains control.
Clubber manages to capitalize on a mistake by Petersen to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Clubber (26) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen tries to escape the position.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Clubber gets his hands free as Petersen looks to control.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Clubber avoiding Petersen 's attempts to control his hands.
Petersen rolls, trying to escape but Clubber keeps control of the position.
#T10#
A bit of a pause in the action here. Clubber controlling the positon.
Petersen is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Clubber gets his hands free as Petersen looks to control.
Petersen might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Clubber haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.#T11#
Petersen tries to escape but Clubber has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Clubber slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
Clubber has the hooks in. Petersen is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Clubber is not going to allow Petersen to sit and survive in this position.
Clubber has good solid back control here.
Petersen is really stuck here.
#T12#
Clubber doesn't have the hooks in and Petersen manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (26) vs (6) Petersen
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Clubber holds on and takes a little breather.
Clubber is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
Clubber trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
#T13#
Clubber controlling the position for now.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Clubber defends it.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Clubber is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T14#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Clubber defending well.
Petersen trying to control the action but Clubber is working from the bottom.
Clubber wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Clubber slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
And that's the end of the fight!
Clubber takes the fight on points by 26 to 6.
Ricky Clubber retains his super heavyweight title!
A very excited looking Ricky Clubber made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 134
Date: Mar 17, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 49 wins and 43 losses; Helio Gracias! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 86 wins and 65 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Alexandre Firmino, Leandro Rodrigues and Luis Engracia.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Petersen looking to score a takedown here. Gracias is defending well but Petersen drives through and ends up in Gracias's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Gracias (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Gracias is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Gracias looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Gracias seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Gracias is retaining full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Gracias managing to control the position. #T1#
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Gracias has Petersen pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Gracias's guard.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Gracias is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Gracias is defending well.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T2#
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Petersen trying to control the action but Gracias is working from the bottom.
Gracias holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Gracias keeps working.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Gracias defends it.
Gracias keeping hold of Petersen's head, controlling as best he can. #T3#
Gracias has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Gracias is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Gracias defending well.
Petersen passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Gracias (0) vs (5) Petersen#T4#
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Gracias is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T5#
Petersen tries to control but Gracias wriggling away.
Petersen might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Gracias haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully. #T6#
Gracias stops Petersen from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Gracias is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Gracias tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Gracias is holding on tight.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T7#
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Gracias is hanging on here. He's in a desperate position.#T8#
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Gracias is looking to escape.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Gracias is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen looking to control but Gracias is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T9#
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.#T10#
Petersen is trying to take his opponent's back.
Gracias is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action. #T11#
Gracias stops Petersen from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Gracias is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Gracias is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen controlling his opponent. #T12#
Petersen trying to control but Gracias is having none of it.
Gracias is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.#SUB2#
Petersen has control of Gracias's right arm, working for a kimura. It's a bit of a token attempt though and Gracias regains control of the situation pretty easily.
Gracias prevents Petersen from taking his back.#T13#
Petersen looking to control but Gracias is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Gracias is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen controlling his opponent. #T14#
Petersen tries to control but Gracias wriggling away.
Petersen seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Gracias is holding on tight.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Gracias is looking to escape.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Gracias tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 5 to 0.
A very excited looking Conald Petersen made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 133
Date: Mar 13, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 47 wins and 23 losses; Ricky Clubber! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 86 wins and 64 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Felipe Paraventi and Leandro Rodrigues.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen throws the overhand right but ducks down into a quick takedown attempt. Clubber was covering up waiting for the punch and Petersen finishes the takedown easily into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Clubber (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Clubber managing to control the position.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is pushing down on Clubber's leg trying to pass to half guard. Clubber is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Clubber does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T1#
Petersen is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Clubber is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Clubber is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen trying to control the pace. #T2#
Petersen moves into full mount! Clubber won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Clubber (0) vs (5) Petersen
Clubber can't escape the position.
Clubber tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Clubber is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Clubber is wriggling around trying to escape.
Clubber tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it. #T3#
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Clubber tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T4#
Petersen fails to move to back control.
Petersen looking to control but Clubber is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Clubber is holding on tight.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Clubber has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.
Petersen trying to control but Clubber is having none of it.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #T5#
Petersen avoids the attempt from Clubber to control.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen trying to control but Clubber is having none of it. #T6#
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Clubber is looking to escape.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Clubber is working to get back to half guard.
#T7#
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time. #SUB2#
Petersen goes for an armbar but Clubber turns quickly into his guard - lovely anticipation from Clubber. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (2) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen looking to control.
Clubber controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Clubber stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet. #T8#
Petersen trying to control the position.
Clubber pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Clubber preventing the sweep.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Clubber will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Petersen pulls Clubber in to control the position. #T9#
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Clubber manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (2) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen is looking to advance position but Clubber has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Clubber (6) vs (7) Petersen
Clubber controlling from mount.
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.#T10#
Clubber controlling from mount.
Petersen tries to reverse the position but Clubber maintains control.
Petersen wants to hold on but Clubber pushes him away.
Petersen can't escape the position.
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Clubber controlling from the full mount.
Petersen tries to hold on but Clubber postures up.#T11#
Clubber controlling from the full mount.
Petersen working to try and regain half guard.
Clubber trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen has given up his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Clubber (9) vs (7) Petersen
Clubber struggling to keep hold of the position.
#T12#
Petersen tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Clubber trying to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen is squirming around, avoiding Clubber's attempts to control the action.
Clubber pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
#T13#
Petersen tries to hold on but Clubber pushes him away.
Clubber looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Petersen is not content to let Clubber control the position.
Petersen wants to control but Clubber is keeping busy.
#T14#
Clubber trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away.
Clubber prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen trying to control but Clubber postures up.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen wants to sweep but Clubber has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Clubber (12) vs (7) Petersen
And that's the end of the fight!
Clubber takes the fight on points by 12 to 7.
Ricky Clubber retains his super heavyweight title!
Ricky Clubber thanked the fans post fight for their support.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 132
Date: Mar 10, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 85 wins and 64 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 44 wins and 19 losses; Reijo Halli!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Emerson Jorge and Daniel Cesar.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Petersen fakes a strike and closes the distance, dragging Halli to the ground. Petersen is now in Halli's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Halli
Halli looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Halli trying to control the position here.
Halli keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.#T1#
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Halli looking for a sweep. Not yet Halli, not yet.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Halli keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Halli is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Halli keeps moving. #T2#
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Halli is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Halli gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Halli#T3#
Halli won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen wants to control but Halli passes easily into half guard.
Halli is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen is positioning himself well to prevent Halli advancing to mount. #SUB#
Petersen actively working from the bottom here.#SUB#
Petersen looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.#T4#
Halli is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Halli postures up.
Halli stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Halli looking to pass the guard.
Petersen trying to control the position.
#T5#
Halli won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Halli preventing the sweep.
Halli wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Petersen wants to control but Halli passes easily into half guard.
#T6#
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Halli controlling the action here.
Petersen desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Halli is stalling here. Petersen is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Halli seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Petersen has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (6) vs (2) Halli
Petersen wants to control but Halli is keeping him busy. #T7#
A lull in the action here as Petersen stalls from top position.
Halli tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Petersen wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Petersen trying to control the action but Halli is working from the bottom.
Petersen content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though.
Petersen trying to control the position but Halli is working away. #T8#
Petersen passes to full mount! That's big trouble for Halli! Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (8) vs (2) Halli
Halli is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Halli is wriggling around here but as he tries to escape, Petersen has taken his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (11) vs (2) Halli
A lull in the action here.
Petersen is controlling the position but Halli somehow manages to roll and ends up with half guard.
#T9#
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Halli is having none of it.
Petersen passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Halli! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (14) vs (2) Halli
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen content just to control the position here. #T10#
Halli is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Halli is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Halli stops Petersen from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Petersen takes his opponent's back. Perhaps a chance to lock up a rear naked choke here.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (17) vs (2) Halli
Petersen is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish. #T11#
Halli manages to reverse the position and now he's in Petersen's guard. Nice work there by Halli.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (17) vs (4) Halli#SUB#
Petersen had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Halli defends it easily.#T12#
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Petersen is looking to sweep but instead, Halli has passed into half guard.
Halli is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (17) vs (7) Halli
Halli wants to take Petersen's back here but Petersen is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
#T13#
Petersen tries to hold on but Halli postures up.
Halli prevents Petersen from getting the reversal.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen tries to control the position but Halli now has his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (17) vs (10) Halli
Halli avoiding Petersen 's attempts to control his hands.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Halli is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen turns into Halli and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (19) vs (10) Halli#T14#
Halli keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Halli has control of Petersen's left arm, preventing Petersen from doing any damage.
Halli not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Halli keeps moving.
Petersen stands and throws Halli's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (22) vs (10) Halli
Petersen moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to control the action but Halli is working from the bottom.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 22 to 10.
During a confident post fight interview, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 130
Date: Mar 03, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 44 wins and 23 losses; Ricky Clubber! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 85 wins and 63 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Emerson Jorge, Mauricio Rocha and Seu Braga.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL#
Clubber gets in close and instigates a clinch. #TD#
Clubber gets the body lock takedown. After a quick scramble, Petersen regains guard.
Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Clubber (2) vs (0) Petersen
Clubber controlling from the top position.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Petersen controlling the position.
Clubber looking to pass the guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Clubber stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen is trying to keep Clubber in close.
Petersen wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now. #T1#
Petersen looking to control but Clubber passes into half guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen tries to roll over but Clubber keeps him under control.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Clubber is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Clubber has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Clubber (5) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
#T2#
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Clubber gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Petersen preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Petersen trying to hold on to Clubber's head to control him but Clubber postures up.
Clubber tries to pass the half guard into mount. Petersen knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T3#
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen trying to hold on to Clubber's head to control him but Clubber postures up.
Petersen is doing well to control the position and prevent Clubber from advancing to side control.
Petersen tries to roll over but Clubber keeps him under control.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen trying to hold on to Clubber's head to control him but Clubber postures up.
Petersen tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Clubber has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Clubber (8) vs (0) Petersen#T4#
Clubber trying to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen is in all sorts of trouble here.
Petersen holds on to Clubber around his waist, trying desperately to prevent any attacks.
Clubber tries to control but Petersen wriggling away.
Clubber manages to capitalize on a mistake by Petersen to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Clubber (11) vs (0) Petersen#T5#
Clubber is hanging on to Petersen's back as he tries to escape.
Petersen trying to control the hands but Clubber breaks the grip.
Petersen tries to break free.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.
Clubber is looking to control Petersen but Petersen is wriggling around and keeping busy.
Petersen tries to roll but Clubber sticks to his back.
Clubber doesn't have the hooks in and Petersen manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (11) vs (2) Petersen#T6#
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Clubber gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (13) vs (2) Petersen
Clubber is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Clubber tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Clubber being controlled here momentarily.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Clubber controlling him for the moment. #T7##SUB2#
Clubber got a little sloppy there for a moment and Petersen has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Clubber has managed to get both his arms back between Petersen's legs - danger averted.#SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a triangle here but Clubber uses the submission attempt to pass into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Clubber (16) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen has one of Clubber's arms on lockdown, trying to prevent him from doing any damage.
Clubber takes a little break here. Petersen wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.#T8#
I wouldn't like to be where Petersen is right now.
Petersen is trying to improve his position.
Clubber is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Clubber will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Petersen tries to control but end up mounted... ooooh, that's bad. Score +2 for reaching mount: Clubber (18) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen wants to hold on but Clubber pushes him away.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Clubber can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape. #T9#
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Clubber isn't that keen on the idea.
Clubber takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Clubber gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Clubber tries to control but Petersen wriggling away.
Clubber prevents Petersen from getting the reversal.#T10#
Petersen wants to control but Clubber is having none of it.
Clubber sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Clubber has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.
Clubber trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (18) vs (4) Petersen
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T11#
Clubber has control of Petersen's left arm, preventing Petersen from doing any damage.
Petersen trying to control but Clubber is working from the bottom. #T12#
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Clubber is retaining full guard.
Petersen passes Clubber's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Clubber wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Clubber is working away.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Clubber is defending well. #T13#
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Clubber knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Clubber wants to get back to full guard.
Clubber is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Clubber is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position. #T14#
Petersen is looking to stall here but Clubber recovers full guard.
Petersen trying to control but Clubber is working from the bottom.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Clubber is keeping the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to control but Clubber is working from the bottom.
And that's the end of the fight!
Clubber takes the fight on points by 18 to 4.
Ricky Clubber retains his super heavyweight title!
During a confident post fight interview, Ricky Clubber thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
In defeat, Conald Petersen stepped up to the mic, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 129
Date: Feb 28, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 45 wins and 31 losses; Tres Sulvar! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 84 wins and 63 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Edson Gomes and Emerson Jorge.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen closes the distance and clinches up, looking for a takedown. He shifts his weight and gets a nice trip into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sulvar (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is looking to stall here but Sulvar recovers full guard.
Sulvar is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
We've been hearing good reports from Sulvar's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Petersen postures up.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen forces his way into half guard.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard. #SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Sulvar defends it well. #T1#
Sulvar trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Sulvar defends it.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Sulvar is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T2#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Sulvar is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Sulvar defends it.
Sulvar trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Sulvar is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position. #T3#
Sulvar wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Sulvar is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Sulvar (0) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen fails to advance to Sulvar's back. #T4#
Sulvar is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Sulvar is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Sulvar is trying desperately to improve position.
Petersen trying to control but Sulvar is having none of it. #T5#
Petersen content just to control the position here. #T6#
Petersen tries to control but Sulvar wriggling away.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but Sulvar doesn't allow it.
Petersen tries to control but Sulvar wriggling away.
Sulvar really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen trying to control but Sulvar is having none of it. #T7##T8#
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen trying to control but Sulvar is having none of it. #T9#
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#SUB2#
Petersen has control of Sulvar's right arm, working for a kimura. It's a bit of a token attempt though and Sulvar regains control of the situation pretty easily.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Sulvar is looking to escape. #T10#
Petersen avoids the attempt from Sulvar to control.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Sulvar is looking to escape.
Petersen controlling the pace for now. #T11#
Petersen looking to control but Sulvar is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sulvar keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
#T12#
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen can't control as he wanted to and Sulvar manages to get the fight back to his half guard.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Sulvar won't allow it.
Sulvar is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen stalling away here and it's allowed Sulvar to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard.
Petersen advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sulvar (0) vs (8) Petersen#T13#
Sulvar is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen controlling the position.
Petersen tries to move into full mount but can't pass Sulvar's legs.
Sulvar seems a little lost for a moment, as Petersen dominates the positioning.#T14##SUB2#
Petersen looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything.
Petersen advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sulvar (0) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen looking to control but Sulvar is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen is trying to take his opponent's back.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sulvar working to try and regain half guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 10 to 0.
Our winner, Conald Petersen, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 128
Date: Feb 25, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 69 wins and 42 losses; Bo Bolsonaro! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 83 wins and 63 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Thiago Cunha, Daniel Cesar and Edson Gomes.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL#
Bolsonaro gets in close and instigates a clinch. #TD#
Bolsonaro ties up his opponent against the ropes and manages to drag the fight down to the ground. Bolsonaro no doubt will be looking to work submissions from his guard.
Bolsonaro keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Bolsonaro has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.#SUB#
Bolsonaro is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle. #SUB#
Bolsonaro had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Petersen defends it easily.#SUB#
Petersen got a little sloppy there for a moment and Bolsonaro has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Petersen has managed to get both his arms back between Bolsonaro's legs - danger averted.#SUB#
Bolsonaro is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Petersen is aware though and is defending well.
Petersen pushing down on Bolsonaro's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Bolsonaro tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB#
Bolsonaro actively working from the bottom here.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#SUB#
Bolsonaro looking for submissions off his back.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.#T1##SUB#
Bolsonaro actively working from the bottom here.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Petersen is trying to control. Bolsonaro wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#SUB#
Bolsonaro looking for subs from the bottom but Petersen mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Bolsonaro (0) vs (3) Petersen
Petersen takes Bolsonaro's back. Score +3 for taking back: Bolsonaro (0) vs (6) Petersen
Bolsonaro tries to roll but Petersen sticks to his back.
Bolsonaro is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen has good solid back control here.
Bolsonaro wants to escape the position.
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Bolsonaro's body.
Petersen is hanging on to Bolsonaro's back as he tries to escape.
#T2#
Petersen is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Bolsonaro wants to escape the position.
#SUB2#
Petersen is working for a rear naked choke. Bolsonaro is not defending it well and Petersen has tightened it up quickly! This could be all over! Bolsonaro refuses to tap and goes to sleep, forcing the referee to intervene. A little trickle of blood came out of Bolsonaro's nose as his head slumped to the floor. That is naaaasty!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 2:45 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Conald Petersen!
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 127
Date: Feb 21, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 60 wins and 43 losses; Tommy Toehold! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 82 wins and 63 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Emerson Jorge, Paulo Santos and Mauricio Rocha.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen bobs and weaves into range and then changes levels and scores with a nice takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Toehold (0) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Toehold is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen controls the position from side control.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Toehold is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T1#
Petersen tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Toehold is not content to let Petersen control the position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
The referee tells the fighters to keep busy.#T2#
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Toehold tries to control the position but he's not in luck - Petersen easily slips into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Toehold (0) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen controlling from mount.
Toehold is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Toehold is squirming around nicely.
Toehold can't escape the position.
#T3#
Petersen wants to control but instead Toehold manages to regain half guard.
Toehold wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Toehold is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Toehold is defending well. #T4#
Toehold is looking to improve his position.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Toehold defends it.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Toehold defends it. #SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a kimura here.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense. #T5#
Toehold is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Toehold is not content to let Petersen control the position.#T6#
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.#SUB2#
Petersen is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Toehold is just riding it out for now. Petersen eventually gives up the hold.
Petersen is keen to just control but Toehold is a slippery customer.#T7#
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding. #SUB2#
Toehold is defending against the submission attempts here by Petersen.
Toehold might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Toehold tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.#T8#
Petersen is taking a breather. Toehold says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Toehold is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Toehold defends it.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Toehold defending well.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.#T9#
More stalling from Petersen.
Toehold is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Petersen is keen to just control but Toehold is a slippery customer.
Petersen has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Toehold (0) vs (9) Petersen#T10#
Petersen controlling from mount.
Toehold is trying desperately to improve position.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Petersen tries to control but Toehold wriggling away. #T11#
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Toehold tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it. #T12#
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Toehold tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen wants to take Toehold's back but he can't do it this time.
Petersen content just to control the position here. #T13#
Petersen wants to take Toehold's back here but Toehold is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.#T14#
Petersen tries to take his opponent's back but Toehold turns with him and manages to move into guard on the top. Nice work. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Toehold (2) vs (9) Petersen
Petersen is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen controls Toehold momentarily but Toehold frees himself.
Toehold preventing the sweep.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 9 to 2.
Our winner, Conald Petersen, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 125
Date: Feb 14, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 36 wins and 17 losses; Tyler Alvarez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 82 wins and 62 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Matheus Silva and Seu Braga.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Petersen gets the takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Alvarez (0) vs (4) Petersen
Alvarez gets back to half guard.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Alvarez is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Alvarez is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Alvarez defending well.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
We've been hearing good reports from Alvarez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Petersen stalling. #T1#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Alvarez is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Alvarez knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Alvarez trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen controlling the pace.
Alvarez won't allow Petersen to pass to mount. #SUB2#
Alvarez is defending against the submission attempts here by Petersen.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
#T2#
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Alvarez is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Alvarez defends it.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Alvarez is having none of it.
Petersen controlling the action here.#T3#
Alvarez manages to get to full guard.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Alvarez is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Alvarez is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Alvarez is keeping the position.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.#T4#
Alvarez keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen is pushing down on Alvarez's leg trying to pass to half guard. Alvarez is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Alvarez wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen is keen to just control but Alvarez is a slippery customer.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
#T5#
Alvarez is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Petersen's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Petersen's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Alvarez (4) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Petersen manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Alvarez is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Alvarez is controlling well.
#T6#
Petersen is controlling Alvarez's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Alvarez is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Petersen won't allow Alvarez to pass to mount.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Alvarez is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen is concentrating on defense, preventing Alvarez from advancing position.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Alvarez is controlling well.
#T7#
Alvarez is trying to control the action in half guard but Petersen is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen won't allow Alvarez to pass to mount.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Alvarez is working away from the top position though.
Still in half guard, Alvarez seems content to control.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen is looking to control Alvarez's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Alvarez is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T8#
Petersen works his way to full guard. Good work.
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Petersen looking to control.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall. #T9#
Alvarez preventing the sweep.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Alvarez is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Alvarez preventing the sweep. #T10#
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Alvarez (4) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen trying to control but Alvarez is working from the bottom.
Alvarez not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Alvarez lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Alvarez (6) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Alvarez is proving a slippery customer.
#SUB2#
Petersen throws his legs up looking to secure a triangle. Oh, that looks pretty tight, I gotta say! Alvarez escapes and throws Petersen's legs to the side, diving into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Alvarez (9) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard. #T11#
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Alvarez is working away from the top position though.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is looking to get back to full guard here but Alvarez has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Alvarez (12) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen tries to bench press Alvarez off him but Alvarez keeps the position. #T12#
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Petersen is trying to avoid being dragged into an even worse position than he's already in but Alvarez is staying active.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Alvarez wants to pass the guard but Petersen is defending well.
Petersen has a hand on Alvarez's thigh, trying to get back to full guard. Alvarez takes advantage of the position though and mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Alvarez (15) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
#T13#
Alvarez controlling from mount.
Petersen tries to hold on but Alvarez postures up.
Petersen is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.
Alvarez tries to control but Petersen wriggling away.
Petersen is trying desperately to improve position.#T14#
Petersen tries to hold on but Alvarez postures up.
Alvarez prevents Petersen from getting the reversal.
Petersen wants to hold on but Alvarez pushes him away.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Alvarez tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen is trying desperately to improve position.
Alvarez can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape.
And that's the end of the fight!
Alvarez takes the fight on points by 15 to 6.
Our winner, Tyler Alvarez, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 124
Date: Feb 11, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 82 wins and 61 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of London, with a TWGC record of 38 wins and 23 losses; Ricky Clubber!
The judges for this bout are Felipe Paraventi, Leandro Rodrigues and Emerson Jorge.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#CL2#
Clubber clinches with his opponent.
Petersen can't get the takedown.
Petersen has dropped down and is looking to force the takedown but it's defended by Clubber after a bit of a struggle.
Petersen is looking for a takedown.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Conald Petersen. That's going to take a lot out of him.#TD2#
Clubber has Petersen pressed up against the ropes. He's trying to work for a single leg takedown. Clubber pulls back from the ropes and twists to the side, sending Petersen tumbling to the mat - Clubber dives into Petersen's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Clubber
Clubber trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen looking to control.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Clubber has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (5) Clubber#T1#
Clubber working away.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen looks to move to half guard but instead Clubber has passed into mount! Damn! Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (0) vs (7) Clubber
Clubber prevents Petersen from getting the reversal.
Petersen bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (7) Clubber
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Clubber is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T2#
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Petersen pushes down on Clubber's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Clubber works his way to full guard. Good work.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Clubber is retaining full guard.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Clubber pulls Petersen in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard. #T3#
Petersen slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (7) Clubber
Clubber is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Petersen wants to control but Clubber is keeping him busy.
Clubber is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Petersen tries to advance position but instead Clubber slips a leg back in to half guard. #T4#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Clubber is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Clubber is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is keen to just control but Clubber is a slippery customer.
Clubber trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard. #T5#
Petersen wants to take a breather but Clubber is having none of it.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Clubber won't allow it.
Petersen content to control rather than advance. #T6#
Clubber is controlling Petersen's trapped leg to prevent Petersen from advancing to side control.
Clubber trying to control here.
Petersen is trying to control. Clubber wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Clubber is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Clubber is working away. #SUB#
Petersen is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Clubber is just riding it out for now. Petersen eventually gives up the hold.
Petersen trying to control the pace. #T7#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Clubber is defending well.
Clubber is trying to control but can't.
#T8#
Clubber is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Clubber wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen is trying to control. Clubber wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Clubber has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Petersen not doing much here.
#T9#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Clubber is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen prevents Clubber from improving his position.
Clubber slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Clubber is retaining full guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Clubber trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
#T10#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Clubber is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Petersen forces his way into half guard.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Clubber keeps working. #SUB#
Petersen looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
#T11#
Clubber is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Clubber manages to get to full guard.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Clubber is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Clubber is trying to keep Petersen in close.
#T12#
Clubber keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Clubber keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Clubber being controlled here, momentarily.
Clubber trying to control the position.
#T13#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Clubber is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Clubber is retaining full guard.
Petersen passes into half guard.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Clubber is having none of it. #T14#
Clubber keeping hold of Petersen's head, controlling as best he can.
Petersen is looking to pass Clubber's guard but actually Clubber recovers to full guard.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Clubber is keeping the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen passes Clubber's left leg - he's now in half guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Clubber wins on points by 7 to 5.
After winning the bout, Ricky Clubber thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 123
Date: Feb 07, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 19 losses; Isaac Vernon! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 81 wins and 61 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Edson Gomes, Leandro Rodrigues and Mauricio Rocha.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Vernon bobs and weaves into range and then changes levels and scores with a nice takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Vernon (4) vs (0) Petersen
Vernon working away.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen is not content to let Vernon control the position.
Vernon tries to move to mount but Petersen blocks the move with his legs.
Vernon working away.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Vernon wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Petersen is not content to let Vernon control the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Vernon is staying tight to Petersen's torso, preventing him from escaping.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen manages to work his way to half guard, despite Vernon's best efforts.#T1#
Petersen controlling the position for now.
Vernon has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Vernon trying to mount his opponent but Petersen defends it.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen has control of Vernon's left arm, preventing Vernon from doing any damage.
Vernon trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Vernon is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.#T2#
Vernon won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Vernon (4) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Vernon looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Vernon is trying to keep Petersen in close.
#T3#
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Vernon tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Vernon is keeping the position for now.
Vernon is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Vernon is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up. #T4##SUB#
Vernon has his foot on Petersen's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Petersen works his way back into a safe position though.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Vernon keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Vernon gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Vernon (6) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is trying to keep Vernon in close.
Vernon trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Vernon is one step ahead there. #T5#
Vernon stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen managing to control the position.
Petersen is trying to keep Vernon in close.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Vernon pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen is trying to keep Vernon in close.
#T6#
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Vernon's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Vernon (6) vs (4) Petersen
Vernon working a defensive guard here.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Vernon is retaining full guard.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Vernon keeps moving.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Vernon is keeping the position for now.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard. #T7#
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Vernon is retaining full guard.
Vernon keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Vernon looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Vernon being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen trying to control but Vernon is working from the bottom. #T8#
Vernon trying to control the position.
Vernon wants to improve his position but instead Petersen has moved into half guard.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Vernon is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Vernon is defending well.
Petersen passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Vernon (6) vs (7) Petersen#T9#
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Vernon regains half guard.#SUB2#
Petersen is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Petersen trying to control from Vernon's half guard. Vernon has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Vernon is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T10#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Vernon trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen is pushing down on Vernon's leg trying to pass to half guard. Vernon is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Vernon is looking to improve his position.
Vernon is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard. #T11#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Vernon is defending well.
Petersen is keen to just control but Vernon is a slippery customer.
Vernon trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Vernon is looking to improve his position.
#SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a kimura here.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.#T12#
Vernon is trying to control but can't.
Vernon is in trouble now - Petersen has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Vernon (6) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen tries to control but Vernon wriggling away.
Vernon keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #T13#
Vernon sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Vernon is concentrating on defense, preventing Petersen from advancing position.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Vernon is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Vernon is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Vernon avoid being mounted?
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Vernon defends it.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard. #T14#
Petersen is stalling here. Vernon is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Petersen seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Vernon has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Vernon (10) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Vernon's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Vernon is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Vernon is pressing down on Petersen's thigh, looking to free his foot. Petersen is holding on for now.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points, we go to a tie breaker and Petersen gets a bonus point for attempting more subs.
Petersen wins on points by 11 to 10.
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 122
Date: Feb 04, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 11 wins and 3 losses; Katelynn Arby! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 80 wins and 61 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Edson Gomes, Mauricio Rocha and Daniel Cesar.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen closes the distance, clinches up and gets a nice trip takedown into side control. Very smooth. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Arby (0) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen trying to control the position but Arby is working away.
Arby wants to control but Petersen postures up.
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but can't.
Arby is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Arby stops Petersen from passing to mount.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Arby seems a little lost for a moment, as Petersen dominates the positioning.#T1#
Petersen trying to control the position but Arby is working away.
Arby tries to get back to half guard but can't.
A lull in the action here as Petersen stalls from top position.
Arby is trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen slows the pace down.
Arby struggling a bit here.#T2#
Arby is looking for a sweep.
Petersen is maintaining the dominant position - no doubt Arby will start to get frustrated soon if he's not already.
Petersen wants to control but Arby is keeping him busy.
Arby is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen trying to control the action but Arby is working from the bottom.
Arby is trying to improve his position.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Arby keeps working. #T3#
Petersen passes to full mount! That's big trouble for Arby! Score +2 for reaching mount: Arby (0) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen looking to control but Arby is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Arby prevents Petersen from taking his back.
Arby is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Arby is trying desperately to improve position.#T4#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen trying to control but Arby is having none of it.
Arby is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen tries to take Arby's back but instead Arby uses the opportunity to regain half guard.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
#T5#
Petersen is keen to just control but Arby is a slippery customer.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Arby is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Arby is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Arby knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen trying to control the action but Arby is working from the bottom.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Arby knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T6#
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Arby is working away.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Arby is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Arby defends it.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Arby (0) vs (9) Petersen#T7#
Arby is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Petersen tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Arby is trying to get back to half guard.#T8#
Arby prevents Petersen from moving into mount.
Arby is trying to improve his position.
Petersen trying to control the action but Arby is working from the bottom.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Arby manages to regain guard - a lesson learnt for Petersen.
Petersen forces his way into half guard.#T9#
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Arby keeps working.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Arby tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Arby trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
#T10#
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Arby gets full guard.
Arby trying to control the position.
Petersen trying to control but Arby is working from the bottom.
Arby looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #T11#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Arby is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#SUB#
Arby looks to be working for a triangle here. Oh, it looks like he might have it! Petersen has picked Arby up and slammed him! Arby can't keep hold of the triangle and Petersen manages to pass to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Arby (0) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen tries to advance position but instead Arby slips a leg back in to half guard. #T12#
Arby wants to get back to full guard.
Arby trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Arby is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Petersen wants to control but Arby is keeping him busy.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Arby does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T13#
Arby is pressing down on Petersen's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Petersen trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Arby manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Arby (2) vs (12) Petersen
Arby trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Arby is one step ahead there.
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Petersen looking to control.
#T14#
Arby looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Arby postures up.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Arby (2) vs (14) Petersen
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Arby defending well.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 14 to 2.
Our winner, Conald Petersen, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 120
Date: Jan 28, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 35 wins and 31 losses; Jerry Curls! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 80 wins and 60 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Seu Braga and Luis Engracia.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL#
Curls moves into range and clinches up with Petersen.#TD#
Curls works for the underhooks and manages to get a trip takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Curls (2) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Curls wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Curls postures up.
Petersen has Curls pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Curls tries to pass.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Curls controlling him for the moment.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Curls showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Petersen has his hands on Curls's head, controlling the position. #T1#
Curls preventing the sweep.
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T2#
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Curls is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Curls controlling him for the moment.
Petersen wants to improve his position but instead Curls has moved into half guard.
Curls prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Curls is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.#T3#
Curls prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Curls is working away from the top position though.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen trying to get back to full guard but Curls takes advantage of the position and moves to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Curls (5) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Curls (8) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen tries to break free.
#T4#
Petersen rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Curls is controlling well.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Petersen.
Curls trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen is pulling down on Curls's head to control his posture.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Curls is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen has Curls pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck. #T5#
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Curls preventing the sweep.
Petersen controls Curls momentarily but Curls frees himself.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T6#
Curls trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking to control but Curls passes into half guard.
Curls is just content to waste time from the top position. Petersen takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Curls trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Curls stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage. #T7#
Curls preventing the sweep.
Curls postures up.
Petersen has control of Curls's left arm, preventing Curls from doing any damage.
Curls stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Curls trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom. #T8#
Curls not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Curls has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Curls (11) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen is not content to let Curls control the position.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Curls trying to control the position but Petersen is working away. #T9#
Petersen tries to buck Curls off but Curls is having none of it.
Curls tries to advance to mount but Petersen denies him.
Petersen wants to control but Curls postures up.
A bit of a lull in the action here.
Petersen wants to control but Curls postures up.
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Curls keeps moving and retains side control.
Curls gets to mount! Petersen was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Curls (13) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.#T10#
Curls performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Petersen keeping control of the position.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Curls has control of the leg.
Curls wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Curls is controlling well.
Curls content to sit in half guard and control for a moment. #T11#
Petersen won't allow Curls to pass to mount.
Petersen tries to roll over but Curls keeps him under control.
Curls is looking to advance position but Petersen won't allow it.
Petersen manages to get to full guard.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Curls's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Curls (13) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Curls is retaining full guard. #T12#
Curls controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Curls is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Curls is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Curls wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #T13#
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Petersen trying to control but Curls is working from the bottom.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Curls swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen trying to control but Curls is working from the bottom.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Curls gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Curls (15) vs (2) Petersen#T14#
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Curls (15) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen trying to control but Curls is working from the bottom.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Curls keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Curls being controlled here, momentarily.
And that's the end of the fight!
Curls takes the fight on points by 15 to 4.
Jerry Curls thanked the fans post fight for their support.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 119
Date: Jan 24, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 79 wins and 60 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 31 wins and 34 losses; Patty O Reilly!
The judges for this bout are Alexandre Firmino, Mauricio Rocha and Felipe Paraventi.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#CL2#
O Reilly takes the fight into the clinch.
Petersen changes levels and goes for a takedown here. O Reilly fights it off and pushes away nicely.
#TD#
Petersen drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) O Reilly
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #SUB2#
O Reilly looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
O Reilly wants to sweep but no luck.
O Reilly keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
O Reilly looking for a sweep. Not yet O Reilly, not yet.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen pushing down on O Reilly's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T1#
O Reilly trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
O Reilly trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen is pressing down on O Reilly's thigh, looking to free his foot. O Reilly is holding on for now.
Petersen controlling the action here.
O Reilly wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
O Reilly is not content to let Petersen control the position.#T2#
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T3#
The fighters are battling for position here. O Reilly manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
O Reilly is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but O Reilly is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
O Reilly is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can O Reilly avoid being mounted?
Petersen wants to take a breather but O Reilly is having none of it.
O Reilly tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but O Reilly is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T4#
O Reilly is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#SUB#
Petersen is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
O Reilly is looking to improve his position.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but O Reilly defending well.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
O Reilly trying to control but Petersen postures up.
#T5#
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
O Reilly trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
O Reilly wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen controlling the action here.
O Reilly tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen is thwarting O Reilly's attempts to control the position.#T6#
O Reilly is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense. #SUB#
O Reilly is defending against the submission attempts here by Petersen.
O Reilly is pressing down on Petersen's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
O Reilly looking to control.
#T7#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
O Reilly tries to land a sweep but no joy.
O Reilly not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
O Reilly trying to control the position.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #SUB2#
O Reilly is looking for a triangle but Petersen pushes his legs off easily.
#T8#
O Reilly wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but O Reilly is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen being controlled here momentarily.
Petersen controlling from the top position. #T9#
Petersen wants to control from the top but O Reilly keeps moving.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
O Reilly keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. O Reilly is keeping the position for now. #T10#
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from O Reilly.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T11#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but O Reilly is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen pushing down on O Reilly's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) O Reilly
O Reilly is trying desperately to improve position.
Petersen fails to move to back control.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen wants to control the pace but O Reilly is squirming around nicely. #T12#
Petersen fails to move to back control.
Petersen tries to control but O Reilly wriggling away.
O Reilly is trying to escape the mount.
O Reilly wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen wants to control the pace but O Reilly is squirming around nicely. #SUB#
Petersen jumps to side control looking for an arm triangle but O Reilly manages to avoid the submission attempt.
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet. #T13#
Petersen trying to control the position but O Reilly is working away.
Petersen happy to just control the position for now.
Petersen trying to control the position but O Reilly is working away.
O Reilly regains half guard.
O Reilly wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
#T14#
Petersen controlling the pace.
O Reilly trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but O Reilly is defending well.
O Reilly is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
O Reilly trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen not doing much here.
O Reilly is trying to get back to full guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 5 to 0.
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 118
Date: Jan 21, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 78 wins and 60 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 47 losses; Vartan Esteves!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Mauricio Rocha and Seu Braga.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Esteves shoots in for a takedown. "Ole!" shouts Petersen as he jumps to the side.
Esteves tries to drive through with a takedown attempt but Petersen defends well and Esteves ends up having to push Petersen into the ropes where they will battle it out in the clinch.
Petersen displays good takedown defense there as he swats away a double leg from Esteves.
Conald Petersen has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Vartan Esteves.
Horrible takedown attempt by Esteves or perhaps it was just good defense by Petersen, which made it look bad. #TD#
Petersen scores with a nice takedown into half guard. Let's see what he's got on the ground. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Esteves
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T1#
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Esteves knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Esteves moves into full guard.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen prevents Esteves from improving his position.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Esteves keeps working.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Esteves defends it. #T2#
Petersen controlling the action here.
Esteves desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Petersen is pressing down on Esteves's thigh, looking to free his foot. Esteves is holding on for now.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.#T3#
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Esteves won't allow it.
Petersen is thwarting Esteves's attempts to control the position.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Esteves does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen wants to control but Esteves is keeping him busy. #T4#
Esteves is trying to control but Petersen manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Esteves
Petersen trying to control but Esteves is having none of it.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen wants to take Esteves's back but he can't do it this time.
Esteves is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #T5#
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Esteves sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.#SUB#
Petersen is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Esteves trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
#T6#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Esteves is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Esteves has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen is just content to waste time from the top position. Esteves takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard. #T7#
Esteves keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen is really struggling to control Esteves but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
Petersen wants to control but Esteves is keeping him busy.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Petersen is trying to control. Esteves wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T8#
Petersen is looking to advance position but Esteves won't allow it. #SUB#
Petersen is looking for a kimura here.
Petersen trying to control from Esteves's half guard. Esteves has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Petersen pushing down on Esteves's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Esteves is looking to improve his position.
#T9#
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Esteves is defending the position.
Esteves is trying to control but can't.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Esteves is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Esteves defending well.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.#T10#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Esteves defending well.
Petersen works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (0) Esteves
Petersen is pausing for a moment. What's he doing? It looks like he's clearing his nose. Oh dude! He's shot a load of snot all down Esteves's shoulder. That is not cool.
Petersen trying to control the action but Esteves is working from the bottom.
Esteves is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Petersen controls the position from side control.#T11#
Esteves can't do much from the bottom here.
Esteves tries to bench press Petersen off him but Petersen keeps the position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen wants to control but Esteves is keeping him busy.
Petersen working away.
Petersen moves into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (10) vs (0) Esteves
Petersen trying to control but Esteves is having none of it. #T12#
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen trying to control but Esteves is having none of it.
Petersen controlling the pace for now. #T13#
Esteves tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Esteves prevents Petersen from taking his back.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Esteves is squirming around nicely. #SUB#
Petersen with some aggressive grappling here. He's looking for submissions here, rather than waiting for the opportunity to counter.
#T14#
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Esteves is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen trying to control but Esteves is having none of it.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen wants to control the action but instead Esteves gets a body lock and reverses into Petersen's guard! Nice work! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (2) Esteves
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 10 to 2.
Our winner, Conald Petersen, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 117
Date: Jan 17, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 78 wins and 59 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of London, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 28 losses; Richard Anderson!
The judges for this bout are Luis Engracia, Leandro Rodrigues and Daniel Cesar.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Anderson shoots in for a double leg but Petersen sprawls well. That's going to sap some energy.#TD#
Petersen closes the distance and clinches up, looking for a takedown. He shifts his weight and gets a nice trip into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Anderson
Petersen wants to control but Anderson is keeping him busy. #SUB#
Petersen wants to work for an arm triangle but Anderson is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Anderson wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it. #SUB#
Petersen is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Anderson doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Petersen.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Anderson is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T1##SUB#
Anderson is defending against the submission attempts here by Petersen.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Anderson is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T2#
Anderson trying to control here.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Anderson is working away.
Anderson has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Anderson is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.#T3#
Anderson is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Anderson is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Anderson keeps working.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Anderson defends it. #T4#
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Anderson defends it.
Petersen controlling the action here.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen prevents Anderson from improving his position.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Anderson defending well. #T5#
Anderson slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Anderson is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen passes Anderson's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Anderson trying to control here.
Petersen controlling the action here. #SUB#
Petersen seems to be working for a kimura but Anderson defends the submission attempt.#T6#
Petersen passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Anderson
Petersen controlling from side mount.
Petersen trying to control the action but Anderson is working from the bottom. #T7#
Petersen content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Anderson denies him.
Petersen working away.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Anderson instead regains half guard.
Anderson is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T8#
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Anderson keeps working.
Petersen is really struggling to control Anderson but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Petersen is thwarting Anderson's attempts to control the position.
Anderson is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Anderson is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen stalling away here and it's allowed Anderson to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard. #T9#
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Anderson is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Anderson keeps moving.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Anderson has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (5) vs (4) Anderson
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Anderson gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen is working to get back to half guard.
Anderson sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #T10#
Petersen just holding on.
Petersen looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (5) vs (7) Anderson
Petersen trying to control the position but Anderson manages to sink in the hooks.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Anderson's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Petersen trying to control the action but Anderson just sinks the hooks in.
Anderson is riding his opponent, not letting Petersen buck him off. #T11#
Petersen is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Petersen rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Anderson trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Anderson controlling the action here.
Petersen controlling the position for now.#T12#
Petersen is not content to let Anderson control the position.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard but Anderson has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (10) Anderson
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen controlling the leg, holding on to half guard.
Petersen wants to control but Anderson is keeping busy.
#T13#
Anderson wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen tries to roll over but Anderson keeps him under control.#SUB2#
Petersen is trying to control Anderson's posture. Anderson takes advantage of the lull and advances to side control. He also appears to have an arm triangle here! Uh oh, big trouble for Petersen! Anderson is rotating here... this could be the end... Petersen is out! Anderson has ended this one emphatically! Great submission!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 14:57 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Arm Triangle). Richard Anderson!
Richard Anderson thanked the fans post fight for their support.
In defeat, Conald Petersen stepped up to the mic, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 116
Date: Jan 14, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 78 wins and 58 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of London, with a TWGC record of 59 wins and 59 losses; Able Archer!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Matheus Silva and Emerson Jorge.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen scores with a nice takedown into half guard. Let's see what he's got on the ground. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Archer
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Archer is defending well.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Archer is having none of it.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Archer for as long as he can get away with.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Archer is defending well. #T1#
Petersen trying to control the action but Archer is working from the bottom.
Archer is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Archer avoid being mounted?
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Archer desperately trying to maintain half guard. #T2#
Petersen is pressing down on Archer's thigh, looking to free his foot. Archer is holding on for now. #SUB#
Petersen looking for a submission but Archer manages to get full guard, putting an end to that submission attempt.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Archer tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard. #T3#
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Archer is keeping the position for now.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen trying to control but Archer is working from the bottom.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Archer gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Archer#T4#
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Archer passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (5) Archer
Archer controlling the position.
My spies in Jed's Gym inform me that Archer has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen is not content to let Archer control the position. #T5#
Petersen keeping his opponent close.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Petersen is trying to control Archer's posture but Archer avoids it.
Petersen manages to get one leg in to regain half guard. #T6#
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Archer is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is trying to control but Archer manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (8) Archer
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen wants to control but Archer is having none of it.
Archer controlling from mount.
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.#T7#
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Archer gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
#SUB2#
Archer moves into side control, trying to work for a kimura. That looks painful! Will he finish!!?? No, Petersen has worked his arm free - good work by Petersen!
Petersen gives up the full mount - oops, sloppy defensive grappling there! Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (2) vs (10) Archer
Petersen is working to get back to half guard.
Petersen tries to control Archer's body but Archer pushes him off. Petersen squirms to his side and now Archer has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (2) vs (13) Archer#T8#
Petersen staying busy and making it hard for Archer to control.
Petersen trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Petersen tries to escape but Archer has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Archer is trying to stick to Petersen's back but Petersen is turning into Archer. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Archer's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Petersen. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (13) Archer
Archer keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen controlling from the top position. #T9#
Petersen continues to stall.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Archer keeps moving.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Archer is keeping the position for now.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.#T10#
Archer has Petersen pulled in close to control his posture.
Archer is continuing to stall.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Archer swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Archer keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #T11#
Petersen advances to half guard.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Archer does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen is pressing down on Archer's thigh, looking to free his foot. Archer is holding on for now.
Archer is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Archer is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T12#
Petersen is just content to waste time from the top position. Archer takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen pushing down on Archer's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Archer defends it.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Archer is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T13#
Archer is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Archer is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Archer is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Archer is not content to let Petersen control the position.#T14#
Archer trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Archer is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Archer is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Archer wins on points by 13 to 4.
A victorious Able Archer thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
In defeat, Conald Petersen stepped up to the mic, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 115
Date: Jan 10, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 77 wins and 58 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 49 wins and 21 losses; Abu Schaubi!
The judges for this bout are Alexandre Firmino, Thiago Cunha and Emerson Jorge.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen is looking for a takedown here. He's shot in and has managed to get it, finishing up in Schaubi's half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Schaubi
Schaubi is trying to get back to full guard.
Schaubi is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Schaubi is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen uses his free foot to push down on Schaubi's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Schaubi. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Schaubi
Schaubi is wriggling around trying to escape.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Schaubi regains half guard.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Schaubi knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Schaubi wants to get back to full guard.#T1#
Petersen controlling the action here.
Schaubi is trying to get back to full guard.#SUB#
Petersen is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Schaubi defends it well.
Schaubi wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen wants to control but Schaubi is keeping him busy.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Schaubi works his way to full guard. Good work.#T2#
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Schaubi is retaining full guard.
Schaubi seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T3#
Petersen advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (0) Schaubi
Schaubi is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Schaubi is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Schaubi wants to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen trying to control the action but Schaubi is working from the bottom.
Petersen content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though. #T4#
Petersen trying to control the action but Schaubi is working from the bottom.
Petersen tries to move into full mount but can't pass Schaubi's legs. #T5#
Schaubi is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Petersen trying to control the action but Schaubi is working from the bottom.
Petersen is really struggling to control Schaubi but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Schaubi regains half guard there - taking advantage of Petersen's attempt to lay and pray for a moment.
Schaubi trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
#T6#
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Schaubi is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T7#
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Schaubi does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Schaubi wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Schaubi wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen stalling.
Schaubi tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen is pressing down on Schaubi's thigh, looking to free his foot. Schaubi is holding on for now.
Petersen passes the guard and advances to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (11) vs (0) Schaubi
Schaubi has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.#T8#
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Schaubi is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen is looking to work his way around to Schaubi's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Schaubi is looking to escape.
Schaubi is working to get back to half guard.
Schaubi sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.#T9#
Schaubi slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Schaubi swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen is pushing down on Schaubi's leg trying to pass to half guard. Schaubi is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Schaubi does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Schaubi trying to control here.
Petersen controlling the action here. #T10#
Petersen is looking to advance position but Schaubi won't allow it.
Petersen trying to control the action but Schaubi is working from the bottom.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Schaubi is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Schaubi does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T11#
Schaubi is trying to control but can't.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#SUB2#
Schaubi looking for submissions off his back.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Petersen wants to control but Schaubi is keeping him busy.
Schaubi wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Schaubi is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Schaubi trying to control but Petersen postures up.
#T12#
Petersen is looking to advance position but Schaubi won't allow it.
Petersen passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (14) vs (0) Schaubi
Petersen tries to move to mount but Schaubi blocks the move with his legs.
You can see the frustration on Schaubi's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Petersen taking a breather here.
Schaubi tries to bench press Petersen off him but Petersen keeps the position. #T13#
A lull in the action here.
Schaubi tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Schaubi wants to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Schaubi is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Schaubi stops Petersen from passing to mount. #T14#
The referee tells the fighters to keep busy.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Schaubi denies him.
Petersen wants to control but Schaubi is keeping him busy.
Schaubi regains half guard there - taking advantage of Petersen's attempt to lay and pray for a moment.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Schaubi is defending the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Schaubi is looking to improve his position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 14 to 0.
Conald Petersen thanked the fans post fight for their support.
Abu Schaubi spoke after the fight, saying 'Gawld dawg'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 114
Date: Jan 07, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 35 wins and 27 losses; Tres Sulvar! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 77 wins and 57 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Alexandre Firmino, Thiago Cunha and Luis Engracia.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD#
Sulvar shoots in and gets a takedown into half guard. Sulvar showed some decent athleticism there. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sulvar (2) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Sulvar is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sulvar is trying to control the action in half guard but Petersen is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Petersen tries to roll over but Sulvar keeps him under control.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen controlling the position well.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Sulvar is very close to passing his half guard.#T1##SUB2#
Petersen looking for submissions off his back.
Sulvar passes into side control, despite Petersen's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sulvar (5) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard.#T2#
Sulvar is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position.
Petersen is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Petersen is trying to work for a sweep but Sulvar has mounted him! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sulvar (7) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen is desperately trying to improve his position but Sulvar has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.#T3#
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Petersen tries to control the position but Sulvar now has his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Sulvar (10) vs (0) Petersen
Sulvar keeps control of the position as Petersen tries to break free.
Petersen is keeping busy.
We've been hearing good reports from Sulvar's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Petersen trying to control the hands but Sulvar won't let him. #T4#
Sulvar tries to get the hooks in deep but Petersen pushed the leg off.
Petersen is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Sulvar is controlling the position but Petersen somehow manages to roll and ends up with half guard.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.#T5#
Sulvar seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Petersen does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Sulvar has control of the leg.
Petersen wants to sweep but Sulvar has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sulvar (13) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sulvar (13) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Sulvar is defending well.
Petersen wants to advance to full mount but Sulvar doesn't think that's going to happen and regains full guard instead.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sulvar is keeping the position for now. #T6#
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Sulvar pulls Petersen in to control the position.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Sulvar keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #T7#
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Sulvar is retaining full guard.
Sulvar is trying to hold Petersen in close to prevent damage but Petersen has managed to pass into half guard.
Petersen is trying to control. Sulvar wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T8#
Sulvar trying to control from the bottom.
#SUB2#
Petersen is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Sulvar doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Petersen.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Sulvar is working away.
Sulvar is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sulvar is trying is best to control the position here. #T9#
Petersen is trying to advance to mount but he's lost his balance and Sulvar reverses the position - he's now on top in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sulvar (15) vs (2) Petersen
Sulvar looking to pass the guard.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
#SUB2#
Petersen had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sulvar defends it easily.
Petersen has Sulvar pulled in close to control his posture. #T10#
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sulvar postures up.
Petersen pulls Sulvar in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Sulvar tries to pass.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall. #T11#
Sulvar trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen pulls Sulvar in to control the position.
Sulvar trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sulvar is one step ahead there. #T12#
Sulvar trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Sulvar controlling him for the moment.
Petersen has control of Sulvar's left arm, preventing Sulvar from doing any damage.
Sulvar trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Sulvar is proving a slippery customer.
#T13#
Petersen has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Sulvar has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sulvar (18) vs (2) Petersen
Sulvar wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Sulvar takes a little break here. Petersen wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.#T14#
Petersen sneaks back into half guard.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Sulvar is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is positioning himself well to prevent Sulvar advancing to mount.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sulvar takes the fight on points by 18 to 2.
A very excited looking Tres Sulvar made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 113
Date: Jan 03, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 40 wins and 34 losses; Helio Gracias! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 77 wins and 56 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Cesar, Paulo Santos and Felipe Paraventi.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Gracias misses with a takedown attempt. He shot from a bit too far out.#TD2#
Petersen drives through with a takedown into Gracias's guard. Let's see what he can do from the top position. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Gracias (0) vs (2) Petersen
Gracias keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Gracias is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Gracias holds on and takes a little breather.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Gracias keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T1#
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Gracias tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Gracias working a defensive guard here.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Gracias bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Gracias (2) vs (2) Petersen
Gracias stands and throws Petersen's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Gracias (5) vs (2) Petersen#T2#
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen looking for a sweep but Gracias has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Gracias (7) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Gracias is trying to control. Petersen wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Gracias prevents Petersen from improving his position.#T3#
Petersen wants to control but Gracias passes into side.
Score +3 for passing guard: Gracias (10) vs (2) Petersen
Gracias controlling the position.
Petersen tries to control but Gracias manages to take his back. Score +3 for taking back: Gracias (13) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen can't escape the position.
Petersen rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Petersen wants to control but Gracias is keeping busy.
#T4#
Gracias wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen tries to roll over but Gracias keeps him under control.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen is pressing down on Gracias's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Petersen controlling Gracias's posture.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T5#
Petersen is trying to keep Gracias in close.
Petersen wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Gracias not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now. #T6#
Petersen trying to control the position.
Gracias stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Gracias trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Gracias showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Gracias wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving. #T7#
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Gracias slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up. #T8#
Gracias stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen pulls Gracias in close to his closed guard and prevents Gracias from doing any damage or advancing position.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Gracias is proving a slippery customer.
#SUB2#
Petersen looking for a guillotine here but Gracias defends easily.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
#T9#
Petersen wants to sweep here but Gracias controlling him for the moment.
Petersen pulls Gracias in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen looking to control.
Gracias is fighting to break Petersen's control of his arms but Petersen is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Gracias stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Gracias engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Gracias stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.#T10#
Gracias wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Gracias controlling from the top position.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet. #T11#
Petersen looking to control.
Gracias slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen seems keen to control Gracias's posture.
Gracias wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen is trying to hold Gracias in close to prevent damage but Gracias has managed to pass into half guard.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen tries to roll over but Gracias keeps him under control.
Gracias wants to pass the guard but Petersen is defending well. #T12#
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Gracias is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Gracias is just content to waste time from the top position. Petersen takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T13#
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Gracias controlling him for the moment.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen looking to control but Gracias passes into half guard.
Gracias controlling the pace.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Gracias is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T14#
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Gracias perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Petersen tries to roll over but Gracias keeps him under control.
Petersen wants to sweep but Gracias has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Gracias (16) vs (2) Petersen
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen regains half guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Gracias takes the fight on points by 16 to 2.
Helio Gracias retains his super heavyweight title!
Our winner, Helio Gracias, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 112
Date: Dec 31, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 76 wins and 56 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 66 wins and 39 losses; Bo Nickal!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Thiago Cunha and Paulo Santos.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Petersen scores with a nice takedown into half guard. Let's see what he's got on the ground. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Nickal
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Nickal is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there. #SUB#
Petersen trying to work for an americana but Nickal has managed to regain full guard.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Nickal is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Nickal
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Nickal denies him.
Petersen trying to control the action but Nickal is working from the bottom. #T1#
Petersen is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position.
Petersen wants to control but Nickal is keeping him busy.
Petersen controls the position from side control.#T2#
Nickal sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Nickal is trying to control but can't.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Nickal is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Nickal wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Nickal is defending the position.
Nickal has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.#T3#
Petersen prevents Nickal from improving his position.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Nickal is defending the position.
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (0) Nickal
Nickal is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Nickal has given up his back - I don’t know if this is a deliberate ploy to try and escape or if he is just struggling down there.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (11) vs (0) Nickal#T4#
Petersen biding his time, looking for the opening.
Nickal tries to escape but Petersen has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Will Petersen go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
Nickal tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Petersen is trying to take his opponent's back.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount. #T5#
Nickal tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen trying to control but Nickal is having none of it.
Petersen moves to back control. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (14) vs (0) Nickal
Petersen controlling well, preventing Nickal from escaping the position.
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Nickal's body.
#SUB#
Nickal is displaying good submission defense - not really looking in danger of submitting to the rear naked choke at the moment. That could change in an instant of course if Petersen gets his way!
#T6#
Nickal looking very determined here, making life difficult for Petersen.
Petersen controls the position.
Petersen trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
#T7#
Nickal trying to control the position but Petersen manages to sink in the hooks.
Petersen looking to hold on to the position here but Nickal rolls and ends up regaining guard.
Nickal wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Petersen pushing down on Nickal's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Nickal! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (17) vs (0) Nickal
Nickal has given up his back. Will we see Petersen going for some submissions?
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (20) vs (0) Nickal
A lull in the action here.
#T8#
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
We've been informed that Nickal has been working hard on his conditioning in the buildup to the fight.
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
#T9#
Nickal trying to control the hands but Petersen won't let him.
Nickal tries to escape the position.
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
Nickal is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
#T10##SUB#
Petersen is working really hard to secure the rear naked choke. Nickal defends successfully for a significant amount of time. Both fighters are looking very determined. #SUB#
Petersen is working hard for the rear naked choke here.
Good control from Petersen.
Nickal staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control. #T11#
A bit of a pause in the action here. Petersen controlling the positon.
Nickal tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen is looking to work his way around to Nickal's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Petersen looking to control but Nickal is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Nickal tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.#T12#
Petersen tries to control but Nickal wriggling away.
Petersen is really struggling to control Nickal but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Nickal to control.#T13#
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T14#
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen trying to control but Nickal is having none of it.
Nickal is looking to get to half guard.
Nickal is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Nickal is looking to escape.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 20 to 0.
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 111
Date: Dec 27, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 76 wins and 55 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of London, with a TWGC record of 38 wins and 34 losses; Helio Gracias!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Cesar, Luis Engracia and Mauricio Rocha.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
No luck with that takedown attempt from Gracias. #TD2#
Gracias closes the distance, clinches up and gets a nice trip takedown into side control. Very smooth. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (0) vs (4) Gracias
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Petersen wants to control but Gracias postures up.
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Gracias keeps moving and retains side control.
Gracias controls the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Gracias trying to control the position but Petersen is working away.
Petersen is trying to improve his position.
Petersen is sneaking out the side here. He's bucked Gracias off and has taken his back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (4) vs (4) Gracias#T1#
Gracias is keeping busy.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen is really struggling to control Gracias but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Petersen controlling from the back.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Gracias for as long as he can get away with.
Gracias is keeping busy.
Petersen controls the action.#T2#
Petersen continues to stall.
Petersen wants to control but Gracias manages to buck him off and is now in Petersen's guard! Nice work there by Gracias! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (6) Gracias
Gracias preventing the sweep.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Gracias trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T3#
Petersen pulls Gracias in close to prevent any damage.
Gracias is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #SUB#
Gracias got a little sloppy there for a moment and Petersen has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Gracias has managed to get both his arms back between Petersen's legs - danger averted.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Gracias manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (6) vs (6) Gracias
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T4#
Gracias looking to control.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Gracias is retaining full guard.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Gracias is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Gracias manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (6) vs (8) Gracias
Gracias showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #T5#
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen wants to improve his position but instead Gracias has moved into half guard.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Gracias is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Gracias is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen is doing well to control the position and prevent Gracias from advancing to side control.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done. #T6#
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Gracias sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Gracias controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Gracias passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (6) vs (11) Gracias#T7#
Petersen can't escape the position.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen tries to hold on but Gracias pushes him away.
Petersen reaches up to try and control the position but Gracias seems to have an arm triangle now! Uh oh! Petersen rolls and tries to escape and now Gracias has his back!
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (6) vs (14) Gracias
Petersen tries to break free.
Gracias is not going to allow Petersen to sit and survive in this position. #T8#
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Gracias is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen prevents Gracias from getting a body triangle.
Gracias avoiding Petersen 's attempts to control his hands.
Petersen tries to escape but Gracias has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Gracias is not going to allow Petersen to sit and survive in this position. #T9#
Gracias trying to control.
Gracias gets his hands free as Petersen looks to control.
Petersen tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Petersen sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Gracias is working away from the top position though.
Petersen tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Gracias has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (6) vs (17) Gracias
Petersen slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.#T10#
Petersen preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen wants to control the action here but instead Gracias manages to pass to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (6) vs (20) Gracias
Petersen tries to reverse the position but Gracias maintains control.
Petersen bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (8) vs (20) Gracias
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much. #T11#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Gracias keeps moving.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Gracias is retaining full guard.
Petersen works a leg free and moves into half guard. #SUB#
Petersen seems to be looking for submissions.
Gracias is trying to control but can't.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Gracias knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T12#
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Gracias is having none of it.
Petersen is looking for the mount but instead finds himself back in full guard.
Gracias keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Gracias working a defensive guard here.
Gracias keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #T13#
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Gracias is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard. #T14#
Gracias tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Gracias is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Gracias trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Gracias wins on points by 20 to 8.
Helio Gracias is the new super heavyweight champion!
A relieved looking Helio Gracias thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 110
Date: Dec 24, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 65 wins and 38 losses; Bo Nickal! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 75 wins and 55 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Edson Gomes and Alexandre Firmino.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen fakes an overhand right and shoots for a takedown. Nickal sprawls well initially but Petersen persists and gets the takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Nickal (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Nickal defends it.
Nickal is trying to get back to full guard.
Nickal is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Nickal knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T1#
Petersen trying to control from Nickal's half guard. Nickal has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Nickal controlling the position.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Nickal is keeping the position.
Petersen stays in close to Nickal's body and controls the position. #T2#
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Nickal's guard.
Nickal has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen is looking to stall here but Nickal recovers full guard. #T3#
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Nickal is keeping the position for now.
Nickal looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
More stalling from Petersen.
Petersen trying to control but Nickal is working from the bottom. #T4#
Petersen is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Nickal is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Nickal is keeping the position for now. #T5#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Nickal is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Petersen passes into half guard.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Nickal does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T6#
Nickal keeping hold of Petersen's head, controlling as best he can.
Petersen is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Nickal (0) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen fails to take his opponent's back.
Petersen trying to control but Nickal is having none of it.
Nickal is trying desperately to improve position.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #T7##SUB2#
Petersen jumps to the side looking to secure the arm triangle…. Ooooh, that looks tight… Nickal is gargling but he's managed to escape! Nice work there by Nickal and Petersen has given up the dominant position trying to land that submission.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Nickal keeps working.
The referee asks Petersen politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Petersen prefers to stall for the moment though.
Petersen trying to control the action but Nickal is working from the bottom.
Nickal is being controlled here. #T8#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Nickal is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Nickal haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Nickal is looking for a sweep.
Petersen is pausing for a moment. What's he doing? It looks like he's clearing his nose. Oh dude! He's shot a load of snot all down Nickal's shoulder. That is not cool. #SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Nickal has escaped the position, nice work there. #T9#
Petersen in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Nickal prevents Petersen from improving position.
Petersen trying to control the position but Nickal is working away.
Petersen controlling the position from side mount. #T10#
Petersen trying to control the action but Nickal is working from the bottom.
Petersen has knee on belly and moves into mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Nickal (0) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen wants to control the pace but Nickal is squirming around nicely. #T11#
Petersen prevents Nickal from getting the reversal.
Petersen looking to control but Nickal is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Nickal gets back to half guard.#T12#
Nickal slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Nickal swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Nickal is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T13#
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Nickal is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen content to stall in guard here. #T14#
Nickal keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Nickal looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 7 to 0.
Conald Petersen is the new super heavyweight champion!
Conald Petersen decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 109
Date: Dec 20, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 51 wins and 36 losses; Tommy Toehold! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 74 wins and 55 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Seu Braga, Matheus Silva and Emerson Jorge.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen displays good takedown defense there as he swats away a double leg from Toehold. #TD2#
Petersen shoots in and bounces Toehold off the ropes to secure the takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Toehold (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Toehold seems keen to control Petersen's posture.#T1#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Toehold is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Toehold is retaining full guard.
Toehold is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Toehold not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen trying to control but Toehold is working from the bottom. #T2#
Toehold has control of Petersen's left arm, preventing Petersen from doing any damage.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Toehold keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen trying to control but Toehold is working from the bottom. #T3#
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen trying to control but Toehold is working from the bottom.
Toehold might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Toehold swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T4#
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Toehold has his hands on Petersen's head, controlling the position.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much. #T5#
Petersen is fighting to break Toehold's control of his arms but Toehold is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Toehold keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Toehold is trying to control the position from the bottom.
#T6#
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Toehold keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Toehold looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there. #T7#
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Petersen passes Toehold's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Petersen wants to advance to full mount but Toehold doesn't think that's going to happen and regains full guard instead.
Petersen trying to control but Toehold is working from the bottom. #T8#
Petersen stays in close to Toehold's body and controls the position.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Toehold is keeping the position.
Toehold keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Toehold is keeping the position.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Toehold working a defensive guard here.
#T9#
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen content to stall in guard here. #T10#
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Toehold swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen trying to control but Toehold is working from the bottom.
Toehold is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Toehold keeps moving. #T11#
Toehold looking for a sweep. Not yet Toehold, not yet.
Toehold controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Toehold is retaining full guard. #T12#
Toehold seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Toehold is keeping the position.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Toehold is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Toehold keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Toehold looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there. #T13#
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Toehold swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Toehold looking for a sweep. Not yet Toehold, not yet.
Petersen postures up.
Toehold keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #T14#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Toehold keeps moving.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Toehold keeps moving.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 2 to 0.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 108
Date: Dec 17, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 100 wins and 60 losses; Kurt Diesel! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 73 wins and 55 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Alexandre Firmino, Mauricio Rocha and Felipe Paraventi.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Diesel tries to sprawl but Petersen drives through with a takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Diesel (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Diesel (0) vs (5) Petersen
Diesel is in all sorts of trouble here.
#T1#
Petersen takes Diesel's back. Could be looking for a rear naked choke here - either way, Diesel is in trouble. Score +3 for taking back: Diesel (0) vs (8) Petersen
I really don't envy Diesel right now.
#SUB2#
Diesel defending nicely against the rear naked choke attempt.
I really don't envy Diesel right now.
Petersen trying to control.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T2#
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Diesel's body.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Diesel tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Petersen tries to control but Diesel wriggling away.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Diesel to control.
Petersen controlling from mount. #T3#
Petersen looking to control but Diesel is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Petersen trying to control but Diesel is having none of it. #T4#
Petersen wants to control the action but instead Diesel gets a body lock and reverses into Petersen's guard! Nice work! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (2) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Diesel manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (2) vs (10) Petersen
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Diesel is keeping the position for now.
Diesel is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen trying to control but Diesel is working from the bottom.
Diesel is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage. #T5#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Diesel keeps moving.
Diesel seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Diesel keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen trying to control but Diesel is working from the bottom. #T6#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Diesel working a defensive guard here.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Diesel has control of Petersen's left arm, preventing Petersen from doing any damage. #T7#
Petersen trying to control but Diesel is working from the bottom.
Petersen stands and throws Diesel's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Diesel (2) vs (13) Petersen
A lull in the action here as Petersen stalls from top position.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Diesel keeps working. #T8#
Diesel tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Petersen wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Petersen staying calm.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Diesel keeps working.
Diesel tries to bench press Petersen off him but Petersen keeps the position.
Petersen trying to control the action but Diesel is working from the bottom.
Diesel tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Petersen wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #T9#
Petersen wants to control but Diesel is keeping him busy.
Diesel is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Diesel sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Petersen is taking a breather. Diesel says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Diesel defends it.
Diesel wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Diesel is trying to control but can't.
#T10#
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Diesel knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Diesel keeps working.
Petersen is just content to waste time from the top position. Diesel takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Diesel.
Diesel can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.#T11#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Diesel is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen trying to control but Diesel is working from the bottom.
Diesel is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T12#
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Diesel is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Diesel is keeping the position for now.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Diesel keeps moving.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Diesel is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T13#
Diesel keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Diesel has his hands on Petersen's head, controlling the position.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Diesel is keeping the position for now.
Petersen stays in close to Diesel's body and controls the position.
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Petersen.#T14#
Diesel wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Diesel keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Diesel is keeping the position for now.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Diesel is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 13 to 2.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 107
Date: Dec 13, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 73 wins and 54 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 49 wins and 36 losses; Tommy Toehold!
The judges for this bout are Alexandre Firmino, Matheus Silva and Luis Engracia.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Toehold shoots in for a takedown! He's got it and he's managed to land in side control! That's better than Toehold was expecting from the takedown attempt, I'm sure! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (0) vs (4) Toehold
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Toehold keeps moving and retains side control.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen prevents Toehold from moving into mount.
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen wants to control but Toehold postures up.
Toehold taking a breather here.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Petersen manages to get back to half guard.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Toehold is controlling well.
Petersen is looking to control Toehold's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Toehold has control of the leg. #T2#
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Toehold is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is in a bad position, trying to hold on for dear life but he is really struggling to maintain any sort of control.
Toehold trying to mount his opponent but Petersen defends it.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen wants to control but Toehold is keeping busy and won't allow it. #T3#
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Toehold in particular looking to stall.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Toehold has control of the leg.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.#SUB#
Petersen looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
#T4#
Petersen is concentrating on defense, preventing Toehold from advancing position.
Toehold tries to pass to full mount but Petersen defends it.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen wants to control but Toehold is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen controlling the position well.
Petersen gets full guard.#T5#
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Toehold wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Toehold postures up. #T6#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Toehold stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Petersen is pulling down on Toehold's head. It's preventing any offense from Toehold, at least for the moment.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet. #T7#
Petersen is pulling down on Toehold's head. It's preventing any offense from Toehold, at least for the moment.
Toehold preventing the sweep.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Petersen is controlling Toehold's posture.#T8##SUB#
Petersen looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Toehold passes into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (7) Toehold
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen is trying to improve his position.
Toehold trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen tries to improve position but can't. #T9#
Petersen tries to slip a leg under to move to half guard but Toehold presses down on the leg and jumps into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (0) vs (9) Toehold
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen tries to hold on but Toehold postures up.
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Toehold isn't that keen on the idea.#T10#
Petersen looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (0) vs (12) Toehold
Toehold tries to keep control of the position but Petersen is staying busy.
Petersen can't escape the position.
A lull in the action here.
Toehold has the hooks in. Petersen is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Petersen trying to control the position but Toehold manages to sink in the hooks.
Petersen staying busy and making it hard for Toehold to control.
Toehold gets his hands free as Petersen looks to control. #T11#
Petersen tries to roll but Toehold sticks to his back.
Petersen trying to control the hands but Toehold breaks the grip.
Petersen is in bad spot here.
Toehold biding his time, controlling Petersen.
Petersen tries to break free.
#T12#
Toehold is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Toehold has the hooks in. Petersen is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Petersen just trying to survive but Toehold is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Toehold is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.#T13#
Petersen rolls, trying to escape but Toehold keeps control of the position.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Toehold's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Toehold trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Petersen doesn't escape.
Toehold controlling well, preventing Petersen from escaping the position.
Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen is in bad spot here.
#T14#
Toehold has good solid back control here.
Petersen is in bad spot here.
Will Toehold go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
Toehold has the hooks in. Petersen is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to control the hands but Toehold breaks the grip.
Petersen rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
And that's the end of the fight!
Toehold wins on points by 12 to 0.
Tommy Toehold thanked the fans post fight for their support.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 106
Date: Dec 10, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 29 wins and 17 losses; Ricky Clubber! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 72 wins and 54 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Emerson Jorge and Felipe Paraventi.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL#
Clubber rushes Petersen and presses him up against the ropes.#TD#
Clubber has clasped his hands together around Petersen's back... aaand, he's got a takedown into side control. Nicely done. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Clubber (4) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen is trying to control Clubber's posture but Clubber avoids it.
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Clubber keeps moving and retains side control.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (4) vs (2) Petersen
Clubber won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Clubber is working away.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Clubber is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Clubber avoid being mounted?
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.#T1#
Clubber is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is working hard to pass the guard. He's done it - he's now in full mount! Trouble for Clubber! Score +3 for passing guard: Clubber (4) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen wants to control the pace but Clubber is squirming around nicely.
Clubber really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen forces the positional change into back control. Score +3 for taking back: Clubber (4) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen is controlling the position but Clubber somehow manages to roll and ends up with half guard.
Petersen is looking to stall here but Clubber recovers full guard. #T2#
Clubber wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Petersen postures up.
Clubber is controlling Petersen's posture.
Clubber has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Clubber is keeping the position for now.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control. #T3#
Petersen works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Petersen wants to control but Clubber is keeping him busy.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T4#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Clubber is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Clubber is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Clubber (4) vs (11) Petersen#T5#
Petersen takes a little break here. Clubber wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Clubber is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Clubber stops Petersen from passing to mount.
A lull in the action here as Petersen stalls from top position.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.#T6#
Clubber can't do much from the bottom here.
Clubber is trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen trying to control the position but Clubber is working away.
Clubber wants to control but Petersen postures up.#T7#
Clubber being controlled for a moment.
Petersen tries to move to mount but Clubber blocks the move with his legs.
Clubber is not content to let Petersen control the position.
A lull in the action here as Petersen stalls from top position.
Petersen laying and praying for a moment but Clubber takes advantage and regains half guard. #T8#
Petersen wants to control but Clubber is keeping him busy.
Clubber is looking to improve his position.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Petersen stalling away here and it's allowed Clubber to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard.
Petersen pushing down on Clubber's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Clubber keeping hold of Petersen's head, controlling as best he can. #T9#
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
#SUB#
Clubber is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Petersen pulls his head out easily.
Petersen stalling.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Clubber is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T10#
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen is trying to advance to mount but he's lost his balance and Clubber reverses the position - he's now on top in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (6) vs (11) Petersen
Petersen is controlling Clubber's posture.
Clubber postures up.
#T11#
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Clubber trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Clubber slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Clubber is fighting to break Petersen's control of his arms but Petersen is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Petersen wants to control but Clubber passes easily into half guard.
Clubber will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#T12#
Petersen has a hand on Clubber's thigh, trying to get back to full guard. Clubber takes advantage of the position though and mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Clubber (9) vs (11) Petersen
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Clubber isn't that keen on the idea.
Well,Clubber is on his way to losing a decision here. Can he use his experience to pull something off in the closing minutes?
Petersen manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Clubber has control of the leg.
Clubber wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Clubber is really struggling to control Petersen but he's trying to hold on to the position.#T13#
Petersen is pressing down on Clubber's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Clubber looking to pass the guard.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (9) vs (13) Petersen
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Clubber is retaining full guard.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Clubber wants to sweep but no luck. #T14#
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Clubber is keeping the position for now.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Clubber is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Clubber gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Clubber (11) vs (13) Petersen
Petersen has his hands on Clubber's head, controlling the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 13 to 11.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 105
Date: Dec 08, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 32 wins and 21 losses; Amir Ziyaeddin! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 72 wins and 53 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Thiago Cunha, Matheus Silva and Luis Engracia.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#CL#
Ziyaeddin takes the fight into the clinch. #TD#
Ziyaeddin pulls guard.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Petersen trying to control but Ziyaeddin is working from the bottom.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #T1#
Ziyaeddin looking to control.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Ziyaeddin is keeping the position.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen trying to control but Ziyaeddin is working from the bottom.
Ziyaeddin working a defensive guard here.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Ziyaeddin is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen controlling from the top position. #T2#
Petersen trying to control but Ziyaeddin is working from the bottom.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #SUB#
Ziyaeddin throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Ziyaeddin is retaining full guard.
Petersen trying to control but Ziyaeddin is working from the bottom. #T3#
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen trying to control but Ziyaeddin is working from the bottom.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen is continuing to stall.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Ziyaeddin keeps moving. #T4#
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen trying to control but Ziyaeddin is working from the bottom. #SUB#
Ziyaeddin throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen postures up.
Ziyaeddin keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #T5#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Ziyaeddin is keeping the position.
Petersen trying to control but Ziyaeddin is working from the bottom.
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
Petersen prevents Ziyaeddin from improving his position.
Ziyaeddin is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at The Italian Job, so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Petersen wants to control but Ziyaeddin is keeping him busy. #SUB#
Ziyaeddin is working on a guillotine. He's managed to get to full guard and he's really squeezing tight! Petersen is tapping! Great win for Ziyaeddin!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 6:59 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Amir Ziyaeddin!
Amir Ziyaeddin bigged himself up after the win. The crowd seemed to love it.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 104
Date: Dec 06, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 71 wins and 53 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 46 wins and 27 losses; Ivan Kamenev!
The judges for this bout are Thiago Cunha, Emerson Jorge and Felipe Paraventi.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen is looking for a takedown here. He's shot in and has managed to get it, finishing up in Kamenev's half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Kamenev
Petersen not doing much here.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Kamenev for as long as he can get away with.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Kamenev is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Kamenev is working away.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time. #T2#
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Petersen is pressing down on Kamenev's thigh, looking to free his foot. Kamenev is holding on for now.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#SUB2#
Kamenev looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Kamenev knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T3#
Petersen is trying to advance to mount but he's lost his balance and Kamenev reverses the position - he's now on top in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Kamenev
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Kamenev trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom. #T4#
Petersen trying to control the position.
Kamenev is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Kamenev's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (2) Kamenev
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Kamenev keeps moving. #T5#
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (2) Kamenev#SUB#
Petersen swings around for an armbar but Kamenev sees it coming a mile off and turns beautifully into Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (7) vs (4) Kamenev
Kamenev wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Kamenev looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather. #T6#
Kamenev preventing the sweep.
Petersen pulls Kamenev in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T7#
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen is pulling down on Kamenev's head to control his posture.
Kamenev preventing the sweep.
Petersen has his hands on Kamenev's head, controlling the position.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Kamenev trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T8#
Kamenev postures up.
Petersen wants to improve his position but instead Kamenev has moved into half guard.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Kamenev controlling the pace.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Kamenev is controlling well.
Kamenev wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
#T9#
Petersen tries to roll over but Kamenev keeps him under control.
Kamenev is trying to control. Petersen wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen is controlling Kamenev's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Kamenev tries to pass the half guard into mount. Petersen knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Petersen wants to control but Kamenev is keeping busy.
Kamenev wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy. #T10#
Petersen is trying is best to control the position here.
Petersen is looking to control Kamenev's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Kamenev is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Kamenev preventing the sweep.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Kamenev looking to pass the guard. #T11#
Petersen is trying to keep Kamenev in close.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (9) vs (4) Kamenev
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Kamenev is keeping the position.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T12##SUB2#
Kamenev working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Petersen doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Petersen manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Kamenev is retaining full guard.
Kamenev being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Kamenev is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen advances to half guard. #T13#
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen is keen to just control but Kamenev is a slippery customer.
Petersen frees up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (12) vs (4) Kamenev
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Petersen looking to control but Kamenev is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen controlling from the full mount. #T14#
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Petersen moves to back control. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (15) vs (4) Kamenev
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Kamenev trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Petersen biding his time, looking for the opening.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 15 to 4.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 103
Date: Dec 03, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 70 wins and 53 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 11 wins and 8 losses; Anderson Gracie!
The judges for this bout are Matheus Silva, Seu Braga and Alexandre Firmino.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD#
Petersen looking for a takedown here - he's got it. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Gracie
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Gracie keeps moving.
Gracie is trying to keep Petersen in close.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time. #T1#
Petersen stalling.
Gracie is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Gracie wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Gracie is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T2#
Gracie trying to control here.
Gracie manages to get to full guard.
Petersen is pushing down on Gracie's leg trying to pass to half guard. Gracie is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Gracie
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Gracie is looking to escape. #T3#
Petersen with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
Gracie tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Gracie is looking to escape.
Petersen controlling his opponent. #T4#
Gracie can't escape the position.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen is really struggling to control Gracie but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Gracie working to try and regain half guard.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully. #T5#
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Gracie is looking to escape.
Petersen moves to the back position. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (8) vs (0) Gracie
Gracie is keeping busy.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T6#
Petersen not allowing Gracie to control his hands.
Gracie is keeping busy.
Gracie can't escape the position.
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
Gracie trying to control the hands but Petersen won't let him.
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
#T7#
A lull in the action here.
Gracie wants to escape the position.
Gracie trying to control the hands but Petersen won't let him.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Petersen's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Petersen keeps control of the position easily here as Gracie tries to buck him off.
#T8##SUB#
Petersen has his opponent's back and is working for the choke.
Petersen controlling well, preventing Gracie from escaping the position.
Petersen is trying to stick to Gracie's back but Gracie is turning into Petersen. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Petersen's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Gracie. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (8) vs (2) Gracie
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen is pulling down on Gracie's head to control his posture. #T9#
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen has Gracie pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Gracie pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now. #T10#
Petersen is trying to keep Gracie in close.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Gracie wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Gracie must be cautious of submissions here, given that his opponent has the superior Jiu Jitsu.
Petersen trying to control the position.
#T11#
Gracie wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Gracie looking to pass the guard.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Gracie's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (2) Gracie
Gracie can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Gracie is keeping the position.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.#T12#
Gracie keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen trying to control but Gracie is working from the bottom.
Gracie is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Gracie has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (10) vs (6) Gracie
Petersen tries to reverse the position but Gracie maintains control.
Petersen is trying to reverse the position but instead Gracie has taken his back - oops! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (10) vs (9) Gracie#T13#
Petersen tries to escape but Gracie has the hooks in and won't let him break free. #T14#
Petersen trying to control but not successfully.
Gracie tries to keep control of the position but Petersen is staying busy.
Gracie controls the position.
Gracie gets his hands free as Petersen looks to control.
Petersen is trying to break free.
Petersen trying to control the hands but Gracie won't let him.
Petersen is in a bad position, trying to hold on for dear life but he is really struggling to maintain any sort of control.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Gracie tries to keep control of the position but Petersen is staying busy.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 10 to 9.
Conald Petersen thanked the fans post fight for their support. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 101
Date: Nov 29, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 69 wins and 53 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 40 wins and 16 losses; Abu Schaubi!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Luis Engracia and Emerson Jorge.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Schaubi's waist but Schaubi gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Petersen off to one side. #TD#
Petersen closes the distance and scores a nice trip takedown into half guard. Schaubi did well to prevent Petersen getting side control. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Schaubi
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Schaubi won't allow it.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Schaubi is looking to improve his position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Schaubi is having none of it.
Schaubi keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Schaubi is defending well. #T1#
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Schaubi is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Schaubi won't allow it. #T2#
Schaubi preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Petersen is taking a breather. Schaubi says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Schaubi is defending the position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Schaubi wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
#SUB#
Petersen is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Schaubi sees it coming and defends easily.#T3#
Petersen is keen to just control but Schaubi is a slippery customer.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Schaubi defends it.
Schaubi has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Schaubi has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Schaubi is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Schaubi is trying to get back to full guard.
Schaubi trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T4#
Schaubi won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Schaubi is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Schaubi wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Schaubi is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Schaubi is pressing down on Petersen's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Schaubi has control of Petersen's left arm, preventing Petersen from doing any damage.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T5#
Schaubi can't keep his opponent in guard - Petersen advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Schaubi is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Schaubi is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Schaubi is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Schaubi trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen is keen to just control but Schaubi is a slippery customer.#SUB#
Petersen looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
#T6#
Schaubi is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is keen to just control but Schaubi is a slippery customer.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Schaubi defends it.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Schaubi keeping control of the position.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Schaubi is having none of it. #T7#
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Schaubi is having none of it.
Schaubi tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Schaubi is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Schaubi avoid being mounted?
Schaubi keeping hold of Petersen's head, controlling as best he can.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T8#
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Schaubi does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Schaubi is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Petersen's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Petersen's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (2) vs (4) Schaubi
Schaubi doesn't have the hooks in and Petersen manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (4) Schaubi
Schaubi looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Petersen passes Schaubi's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Petersen is pressing down on Schaubi's thigh, looking to free his foot. Schaubi is holding on for now. #T9#
Petersen wants to take a breather but Schaubi is having none of it.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Schaubi is defending the position.
Petersen works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (4) Schaubi
Schaubi keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Schaubi stops Petersen from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better. #T10#
Schaubi is in all sorts of trouble here.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Schaubi stops Petersen from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Schaubi is looking to get to half guard.
Schaubi sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.#T11#
Schaubi is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Schaubi is having none of it.
Schaubi is trying is best to control the position here.
Schaubi wants to get back to full guard.#SUB#
Petersen looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Schaubi tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg. #T12#
Schaubi is in trouble now - Petersen has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (10) vs (4) Schaubi
Petersen wants to control the pace but Schaubi is squirming around nicely.
Schaubi is the more experienced fighter here and he's going to need to draw on some of that experience if he's going to pull this one out the bag.
Schaubi is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Schaubi is holding on tight.
Schaubi is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.#T13#
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Schaubi tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Schaubi is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Schaubi tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen looking to control but Schaubi is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T14#
Petersen moves to back control. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (13) vs (4) Schaubi
Petersen wants to control but Schaubi is keeping busy.
Petersen has the hooks in. Schaubi is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Petersen just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
Petersen is looking to control Schaubi but Schaubi is wriggling around and keeping busy.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!#SUB#
Petersen is staying calm and holding on to the back position, whilst working on a rear naked choke. Schaubi is defending well though. Petersen let's go of the attempt for now.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 13 to 4.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it.
Abu Schaubi was interviewed post fight and said 'Gawld dawg'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 100
Date: Nov 26, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 68 wins and 53 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 42 wins and 26 losses; Abubakar Camara!
The judges for this bout are Felipe Paraventi, Edson Gomes and Seu Braga.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD#
Petersen throws the overhand right but ducks down into a quick takedown attempt. Camara was covering up waiting for the punch and Petersen finishes the takedown easily into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Camara
Petersen won't allow Camara to sweep him here.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Camara is keeping the position.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Camara is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is really struggling to control Camara but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Petersen pushes down on Camara's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Camara felt the need to train up his defensive grappling in the buildup to the fight. Presumably he was expecting to be in a difficult position like this, so let's see if he can get out of it.#T1#
Camara trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen stalling.
Petersen trying to control the action but Camara is working from the bottom. #SUB#
Petersen is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Camara is just riding it out for now. Petersen eventually gives up the hold.
Camara tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg. #T2#
Camara trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Camara is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen is thwarting Camara's attempts to control the position.
Camara is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time. #T3#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Camara is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Camara is defending the position.
Petersen is keen to just control but Camara is a slippery customer.
Petersen prevents Camara from improving his position.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Camara is defending the position.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Camara is working away. #T4#
Camara keeping hold of Petersen's head, controlling as best he can.
Camara is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Camara is defending the position.
Camara wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Camara knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding. #T5#
Petersen wants to take a breather but Camara is having none of it.
Camara is trying to control but can't.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Camara is defending the position.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Camara is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen wants to advance to full mount but Camara doesn't think that's going to happen and regains full guard instead.
Camara keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass. #T6#
Camara keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Camara is keeping the position.
Camara is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Camara trying to control the position.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen trying to move into half guard but instead Camara has managed to sweep! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Camara#T7#
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (2) Camara
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen passes Camara's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Camara is trying to control but can't.
Petersen works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (2) Camara
Camara is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action. #T8#
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Camara holds on, trying desperately to control.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Camara tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Camara stops Petersen from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better. #T9#
Camara tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Camara is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Petersen wants to control but Camara has made it back to half guard. Nice work.
Petersen wants to control but Camara is keeping him busy. #T10#
Camara is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Camara for as long as he can get away with.
Petersen is working hard to pass the guard. He's done it - he's now in full mount! Trouble for Camara! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (10) vs (2) Camara
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen looking to control but Camara is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Camara is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.#T11#
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen is trying to take his opponent's back.
Camara tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but Camara doesn't allow it.
Camara is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen fails to advance to Camara's back. #T12#
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Petersen prevents Camara from getting the reversal.
Camara is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Camara is the more experienced fighter here and he's going to need to draw on some of that experience if he's going to pull this one out the bag.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Camara is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen looking to control but Camara is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T13#
Camara is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen can't control as he wanted to and Camara manages to get the fight back to his half guard.
Petersen is taking a breather. Camara says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Petersen wants to control but Camara is keeping him busy.
Camara is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard. #T14#
Camara trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Camara is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Camara is defending well.
Petersen stalling away here and it's allowed Camara to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard.
Camara keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Camara trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Camara is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 10 to 2.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 99
Date: Nov 22, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 13 wins and 12 losses; Alexander Mesquita! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 68 wins and 52 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Thiago Cunha and Felipe Paraventi.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Petersen closes the distance and looks for a trip takedown... aaaand he's got it - Petersen lands in his opponent's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Mesquita (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen trying to control but Mesquita is working from the bottom.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Mesquita keeps moving.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #SUB#
Mesquita is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Petersen is aware though and is defending well.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Mesquita tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen stays in close to Mesquita's body and controls the position.
Mesquita is trying to keep Petersen in close.
#T1#
Mesquita being controlled here, momentarily. #SUB#
Petersen got a little sloppy there for a moment and Mesquita has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Petersen has managed to get both his arms back between Mesquita's legs - danger averted.
Mesquita looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Mesquita keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Mesquita trying to control the position.
#T2##SUB#
Mesquita looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Petersen passes Mesquita's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Petersen passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Mesquita (0) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Mesquita is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Mesquita tries to bench press Petersen off him but Petersen keeps the position.
Mesquita is working hard here to advance position.#T3#
Petersen controlling the position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen trying to control the action but Mesquita is working from the bottom.
Mesquita is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Belmiro Academy, so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Mesquita is looking for a sweep.
The referee asks Petersen politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Petersen prefers to stall for the moment though.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Mesquita manages to regain guard - a lesson learnt for Petersen.
Petersen passes Mesquita's right leg, so he's now in half guard. #T4#
Mesquita is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Mesquita is working away.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Mesquita is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Mesquita is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T5#
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.
Mesquita wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Mesquita is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Mesquita makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Mesquita.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Mesquita is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T6#
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Mesquita looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Mesquita working a defensive guard here.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Mesquita wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Mesquita is keeping the position.#T7#
Mesquita can't keep his opponent in guard - Petersen advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Petersen is stalling here. Mesquita is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Petersen seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Mesquita has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Mesquita (4) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen has one of Mesquita's arms on lockdown, trying to prevent him from doing any damage.
Petersen is trying to control Mesquita's posture but Mesquita avoids it.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Petersen wants to control but Mesquita postures up.
Mesquita advances to mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Mesquita (6) vs (5) Petersen
Mesquita controlling the position easily from mount. #T8#
Petersen tries to hold on but Mesquita postures up.
Mesquita sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Mesquita moves to the back. Score +3 for taking back: Mesquita (9) vs (5) Petersen
Mesquita just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
Petersen is trying to break free.
#T9#
Mesquita tries to get the hooks in deep but Petersen pushed the leg off.
Petersen wants to control his opponent's hands but Mesquita gets his hands free. #SUB#
Mesquita has his arm under Petersen's chin here. Game over son! Mesquita squeezes tightly and Petersen is forced to tap out!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 9:37 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Alexander Mesquita!
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 98
Date: Nov 19, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 67 wins and 52 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 45 wins and 33 losses; Tommy Toehold!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Alexandre Firmino and Luis Engracia.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Toehold shoots in from a long way out. He's driving through with the takedown attempt and he eventually gets it, landing in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Toehold
Petersen is adopting a defensive guard.
Toehold won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Toehold
Toehold pulls Petersen in close to his closed guard and prevents Petersen from doing any damage or advancing position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Petersen will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#T1#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Toehold is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen advances to half guard.
Toehold is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Toehold wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T2#
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Toehold defends it.
Petersen working to pass to mount. He's got his hand pressing down on Toehold's thigh. Toehold counters though and makes it back to full guard.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Toehold swivels though and keeps the full guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Toehold is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Toehold is retaining full guard.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
This is a sustained period of stalling by Petersen.#T3#
Toehold is controlling Petersen's posture.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Toehold is keeping the position.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Toehold keeps moving. #T4#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Toehold is keeping the position.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Toehold swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Toehold keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Toehold seems keen to control Petersen's posture.
Toehold not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T5#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Toehold keeps moving.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen continues to hold on tight.#T6#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Toehold is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Toehold not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Toehold being controlled here, momentarily.
Toehold wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now. #T7#
Toehold keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen stays in close to Toehold's body and controls the position.
Toehold seems keen to control Petersen's posture.
Toehold manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (4) Toehold
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control. #T8#
Toehold trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen managing to control the position.
Petersen is trying to keep Toehold in close.
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it. #T9#
Toehold postures up.
Toehold wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen controls Toehold momentarily but Toehold frees himself.
Petersen pulls Toehold in to control the position.
Toehold preventing the sweep. #T10##SUB#
Petersen looking for a guillotine here but Toehold defends easily.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen pulls Toehold in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Toehold is one step ahead there.
Toehold trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Toehold controlling him for the moment. #T11#
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
#SUB#
Petersen is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle. #SUB#
Petersen has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Toehold can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Petersen controlling the position.#T12#
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (4) Toehold
Petersen pushing down on Toehold's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Toehold is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Toehold is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Toehold defends it. #T13#
Toehold has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Toehold is defending the position.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Toehold is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard. #T14#
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen is looking for the mount but instead finds himself back in full guard.
Toehold can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to control but Toehold is working from the bottom.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points, we go to a tie breaker and Petersen gets a bonus point for attempting more subs.
Petersen takes the fight on points by 5 to 4.
An out of breath Conald Petersen thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 97
Date: Nov 17, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 67 wins and 51 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 7 wins and 6 losses; Anderson Gracie!
The judges for this bout are Thiago Cunha, Mauricio Rocha and Alexandre Firmino.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL2#
Gracie has managed to clinch.
#TD2#
Gracie gets the body lock takedown. After a quick scramble, Petersen regains guard.
Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Gracie
Petersen is adopting a defensive guard.
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Gracie passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (5) Gracie
Petersen is in all sorts of trouble here.
Gracie looking to control but Petersen is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Gracie controlling the pace for now.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Gracie seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Petersen is holding on tight.
Gracie wants to control the pace but Petersen is squirming around nicely. #T1#
Gracie avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Gracie looking to control but Petersen is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen is wriggling around trying to escape.
Gracie can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape.
Petersen regains half guard.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard but Gracie has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (8) Gracie#T2#
Petersen is wriggling around trying to escape.
Gracie takes his opponent's back. Perhaps a chance to lock up a rear naked choke here.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (0) vs (11) Gracie
Gracie slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
#SUB2#
Petersen defends a rear naked choke attempt by controlling one of Gracie's arms.
Petersen tries to roll but Gracie sticks to his back.
Petersen trying to control the hands but Gracie won't let him.
Petersen is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
#T3#
Petersen wants to control his opponent's hands but Gracie gets his hands free.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Gracie is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen can't escape the position.
Petersen trying to control the position but Gracie manages to sink in the hooks.
Will Gracie go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
Petersen turns into Gracie and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (11) Gracie
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Gracie is retaining full guard. #T4#
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Gracie is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Gracie is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (11) Gracie
Petersen just content to control the position.
Petersen wants to control but Gracie is keeping him busy. #T5#
Petersen tries to advance to mount but can't.
Petersen trying to control the position but Gracie is working away.
Gracie is looking for a sweep.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Gracie keeps working.
Petersen in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Gracie is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it. #T6#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Gracie is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Gracie is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Gracie keeps working.
Petersen is really struggling to control Gracie but he's trying to hold on to the position.#T7#
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Gracie denies him.
Gracie struggling a bit here.
Gracie manages to work his way to half guard, despite Petersen's best efforts.
Gracie is holding on to half guard well.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Gracie is working away. #T8#
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Gracie is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Gracie is defending well.
Petersen not doing much here.
#T9#
Petersen is looking to advance position but Gracie won't allow it.
Petersen is trying to control. Gracie wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Gracie is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Gracie defending well.
Gracie has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.#T10#
Gracie is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen is thwarting Gracie's attempts to control the position.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Petersen trying to advance position but Gracie counters by regaining guard.
Gracie pulls Petersen in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Gracie keeps moving. #T11#
Gracie wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Gracie is keeping the position for now.
Petersen passes Gracie's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Gracie does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T12#
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Gracie trying to control here.
Petersen wants to control but Gracie is keeping him busy.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Gracie won't allow it.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
#T13#
Gracie has his hands clasped together around Petersen's back. He's all about the action.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Gracie does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Gracie is defending the position.
Gracie trying to control here.
Petersen controlling the action here.#T14#
Gracie is looking to improve his position.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen is trying to control. Gracie wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
And that's the end of the fight!
Gracie wins on points by 11 to 5.
Anderson Gracie seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 93
Date: Nov 05, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 66 wins and 51 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 23 losses; Jerry Curls!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Emerson Jorge and Daniel Cesar.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen gets the takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (4) vs (0) Curls
Curls prevents Petersen from moving into mount.
Petersen working away.
Petersen is trying to move to mount but Curls reverses beautifully and ends up in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (2) Curls
Petersen will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen is trying to keep Curls in close.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Curls trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen pulls Curls in close to prevent any damage. #T1#
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (6) vs (2) Curls
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Curls is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Curls not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Curls is pulling down on Petersen's head to control his posture.
Petersen trying to control but Curls is working from the bottom.
Curls trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Curls seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now. #T2#
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Curls trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Curls swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Curls is trying to keep Petersen in close.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Curls keeps moving. #T3#
Curls is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Petersen advances to half guard.
Curls is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Curls won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Curls is having none of it.
Petersen is really struggling to control Curls but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Curls is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Curls avoid being mounted?#T4#
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Curls is defending well.
Curls is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Curls is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Curls defends it.
Curls tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.#T5#
Curls is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Curls is working away. #SUB#
Petersen is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Curls is defending the position.
Petersen is keen to just control but Curls is a slippery customer.#T6#
Curls is trying to control but can't.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Curls keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Petersen stalling.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Curls is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T7#
Curls trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Petersen is pressing down on Curls's thigh, looking to free his foot. Curls is holding on for now.
Petersen is keen to just control but Curls is a slippery customer.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Petersen trying to control the action but Curls is working from the bottom. #T8#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Curls defending well.
Petersen wants to control but Curls is keeping him busy.
Curls wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Curls has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard. #T9#
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Curls keeps working.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Curls does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T10#
Curls is controlling Petersen's trapped leg to prevent Petersen from advancing to side control.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Curls is defending the position.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Curls for as long as he can get away with.#T11#
Petersen passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (9) vs (2) Curls
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Curls is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Curls tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Curls is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position. #T12#
Curls is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but can't.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen trying to control the action but Curls is working from the bottom.
Petersen controls the position.#T13#
Petersen taking a break here but Curls is having none of it and regains half guard.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Curls is holding on for dear life with his legs.
The fighters are battling for position here. Curls manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Curls can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Curls has his hands on Petersen's head, controlling the position. #T14#
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Curls gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (9) vs (4) Curls
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Curls stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 9 to 4.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 91
Date: Oct 29, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 8 wins and 5 losses; Travis Labuschagne! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 65 wins and 51 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Felipe Paraventi, Edson Gomes and Seu Braga.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen shoots in for a takedown and gets it. Let's see what he's got on the mat. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Labuschagne (0) vs (2) Petersen
Labuschagne not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Labuschagne wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Labuschagne is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Labuschagne seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Labuschagne controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen trying to control but Labuschagne is working from the bottom.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Labuschagne is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Labuschagne (2) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen manages to get to full guard.
#T1#
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Labuschagne's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Labuschagne (2) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen wants to control from the top but Labuschagne keeps moving.
Labuschagne wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Labuschagne holds on and takes a little breather.
Labuschagne is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Labuschagne looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T2#
Labuschagne being controlled here, momentarily.
Labuschagne is looking to sweep but instead, Petersen has passed into half guard.
Labuschagne won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Labuschagne is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Labuschagne knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Labuschagne tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there. #T3#
Labuschagne won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Petersen is trying to control. Labuschagne wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Labuschagne defending well.
Petersen controlling the pace.
Petersen is thwarting Labuschagne's attempts to control the position.
Labuschagne won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Labuschagne is having none of it.
Labuschagne is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Labuschagne is trying to get back to full guard.#T4#
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Labuschagne keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Petersen trying to control the action but Labuschagne is working from the bottom.
Petersen works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Labuschagne (2) vs (7) Petersen
Labuschagne is trying to get back to half guard.#T5#
Labuschagne can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen controlling the position.
Petersen trying to control the position but Labuschagne is working away.
Labuschagne gets back to half guard.
Labuschagne trying to control here.
Labuschagne controlling the leg, holding on to half guard.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Labuschagne keeps working.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense. #T6#
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Labuschagne is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen is keen to just control but Labuschagne is a slippery customer.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time. #SUB2#
Petersen is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Labuschagne won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Labuschagne wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen is trying to control. Labuschagne wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T7#
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Labuschagne is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Labuschagne (2) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Labuschagne regains half guard.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Labuschagne is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Labuschagne moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Labuschagne is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Labuschagne (4) vs (10) Petersen#T8#
Petersen is trying to control the position but Labuschagne postures up.
Petersen pulls Labuschagne in close to prevent any damage.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Labuschagne passes Petersen's right leg, so he's now in half guard. #SUB#
Labuschagne is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
Labuschagne is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Labuschagne trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away. #T9#
Labuschagne trying to control the pace.
Petersen tries to roll over but Labuschagne keeps him under control.
Petersen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Labuschagne looking to pass the guard.
Labuschagne passes Petersen's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Petersen trying to control but Labuschagne postures up.
Labuschagne is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Labuschagne wants to pass the guard but Petersen is defending well.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.#T10#
Petersen trying to hold on to Labuschagne's head to control him but Labuschagne postures up.
Petersen might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Labuschagne haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Petersen is trying to avoid being dragged into an even worse position than he's already in but Labuschagne is staying active.
Labuschagne wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Labuschagne prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen works his way to full guard. Good work.
Labuschagne pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Labuschagne trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Labuschagne pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen trying to control the position.
#T11#
Labuschagne passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Labuschagne (7) vs (10) Petersen
Labuschagne tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Petersen is trying to control Labuschagne's posture but Labuschagne avoids it.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard.#T12#
Petersen is not content to let Labuschagne control the position.
Labuschagne tries to advance to mount but Petersen denies him. #SUB#
Labuschagne looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen prevents Labuschagne from improving position.
Petersen isn't going anywhere.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard.#T13#
Petersen is not content to let Labuschagne control the position.
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Labuschagne keeps moving and retains side control.
Labuschagne tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Petersen manages to work his way to half guard, despite Labuschagne's best efforts.
Petersen is refusing to be controlled, as Labuschagne sits in half guard.
Labuschagne tries to pass the half guard into mount. Petersen knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.#T14#
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#SUB#
Labuschagne is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Petersen has managed to free his arm - good work.
Petersen tries to roll over but Labuschagne keeps him under control.
Labuschagne tries to pass the half guard into mount. Petersen knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Labuschagne wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Labuschagne is working away from the top position though.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Labuschagne wants to take a breather but Petersen is having none of it.
Labuschagne wants to free his trapped foot but Petersen is holding on for dear life with his legs.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 10 to 7.
A victorious Conald Petersen thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 89
Date: Oct 22, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 65 wins and 50 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 42 wins and 24 losses; Ivan Kamenev!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Matheus Silva and Daniel Cesar.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#CL2#
Kamenev clinches with his opponent.
#TD2#
Kamenev jumps guard.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Kamenev keeps moving.
Petersen is really struggling to control Kamenev but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Kamenev being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Kamenev keeps moving.
Kamenev being controlled here, momentarily. #T1#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Kamenev keeps moving.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Kamenev is keeping the position.#SUB2#
Kamenev looking for a guillotine here but Petersen defends easily.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Kamenev is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T2#
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Kamenev is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Kamenev is retaining full guard. #T3#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Kamenev is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (3) vs (0) Kamenev
Petersen trying to control the action but Kamenev is working from the bottom. #T4#
Petersen controlling the position from side mount.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Kamenev manages to regain guard - a lesson learnt for Petersen.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control. #T5##SUB2#
Kamenev looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Kamenev keeps moving.
Kamenev can't keep his opponent in guard - Petersen advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Petersen not doing much here.
#SUB#
Petersen seems to be working for a kimura but Kamenev defends the submission attempt.#T6#
Kamenev tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#T7#
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Kamenev defends it.
Petersen stalling away here and it's allowed Kamenev to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #T8#
Kamenev trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Kamenev keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass. #T9#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Kamenev is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen passes into half guard.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
#SUB2#
Kamenev looking for submissions off his back.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Kamenev is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #SUB2#
Petersen is looking to control the position but Kamenev frees his trapped leg and locks up an armbar from the bottom! It looks tight! Petersen grimaces and holds on for a second but is forced to tap or have his arm broken! Slick Jiu Jitsu from Kamenev there - Petersen really paying for some sloppy defensive work!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 10:59 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Ivan Kamenev!
A relieved looking Ivan Kamenev thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 87
Date: Oct 15, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 65 wins and 49 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of London, with a TWGC record of 25 wins and 27 losses; Helio Gracias!
The judges for this bout are Felipe Paraventi, Leandro Rodrigues and Alexandre Firmino.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen looking to score a takedown here. Gracias is defending well but Petersen drives through and ends up in Gracias's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Gracias
Petersen being controlled here momentarily.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Gracias swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Gracias keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #T1#
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Gracias keeps moving.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Gracias has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (2) vs (4) Gracias
Gracias prevents Petersen from getting the reversal.#T2#
Petersen wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (2) vs (7) Gracias
Petersen tries to escape the position.
Petersen trying to control but not successfully.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Petersen tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Petersen wants to hold on but Gracias pushes him away.
Gracias controlling from the full mount. #T3#
Gracias is trying to take his opponent's back.
Petersen tries to reverse the position but Gracias maintains control.
Petersen tries to hold on but Gracias pushes him away.
Gracias trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen is working to get back to half guard.
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet. #T4#
Petersen has given up his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (2) vs (10) Gracias
Petersen is trying to break free.
Gracias is looking to control Petersen but Petersen is wriggling around and keeping busy.
Gracias biding his time, controlling Petersen.
Petersen is trying to break free.
#T5#
Petersen trying to control the hands but Gracias breaks the grip.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Petersen has the hand control, trying to stop the rear naked choke.
Petersen trying to control the hands but Gracias breaks the grip.
Petersen tries to escape but Gracias has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Petersen manages to reverse the position and now he's in Gracias's guard. Nice work there by Petersen.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (10) Gracias
Petersen trying to control but Gracias is working from the bottom.
Petersen trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Gracias manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (12) Gracias#T6#
Petersen is trying to control the position but Gracias postures up.
Petersen managing to control the position.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Gracias trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Gracias controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T7#
Gracias trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (6) vs (12) Gracias#T8#
Gracias is pulling down on Petersen's head to control his posture.
Petersen trying to control but Gracias is working from the bottom.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Gracias gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (6) vs (14) Gracias
Petersen is adopting a defensive guard.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T9#
Petersen pulls Gracias in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Gracias from controlling successfully.
Petersen wants to improve his position but instead Gracias has moved into half guard.
Petersen keeping hold of Gracias's head, controlling as best he can. #T10#
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Gracias is controlling well.
Petersen is looking to control Gracias's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Petersen wants to improve his position but Gracias is controlling well.
Petersen wants to control but Gracias is keeping busy and won't allow it. #T11#
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Still in half guard, Gracias seems content to control.
Petersen trying to control here.
Petersen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Petersen looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Gracias puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Gracias is controlling well.
Petersen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.#T12#
Gracias trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Gracias is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Gracias from controlling successfully.
Petersen pulls Gracias in to control the position. #T13#
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Gracias is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen pulls Gracias in close to prevent any damage.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen controlling Gracias's posture. #T14##SUB2#
Gracias drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Gracias jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position. #SUB#
Petersen has his foot on Gracias's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Gracias works his way back into a safe position though.
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Petersen working a defensive guard but Gracias passes into half guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Gracias prevents Petersen from improving his position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Gracias wins on points by 14 to 6.
After winning the bout, Helio Gracias thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 85
Date: Oct 08, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 65 wins and 48 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 38 wins and 36 losses; Jab Brown!
The judges for this bout are Matheus Silva, Thiago Cunha and Seu Braga.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Brown gets caught on his heels momentarily as he allows Petersen to score an easy takedown into full guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Brown
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard. #SUB2#
Petersen lying in Brown's guard like a wet fish here, stalling away. Brown decides he's had enough of all that nonsense - he escapes his hips and locks up an armbar! Wow, that was slick! Petersen taps! This one is aaaaaaaaaaall over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 0:32 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Jab Brown!
A victorious Jab Brown thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 83
Date: Oct 04, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 32 wins and 16 losses; Enamorado Bandito! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 65 wins and 47 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Edson Gomes, Emerson Jorge and Daniel Cesar.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Petersen drives through with a takedown into Bandito's guard. Let's see what he can do from the top position. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Bandito (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Bandito trying to control the position here.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Bandito is retaining full guard.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Bandito keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard. #T1#
Bandito keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Bandito.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Bandito keeps moving.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T2#
Petersen trying to control but Bandito is working from the bottom.
Bandito trying to control the position.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Bandito is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Bandito manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bandito (2) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#SUB2#
Petersen is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Petersen looking to control.
#T3#
Bandito is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Bandito manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bandito (2) vs (4) Petersen
Bandito is pulling down on Petersen's head to control his posture.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Bandito is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T4#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Bandito controlling the position.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Bandito manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bandito (4) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Bandito manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bandito (4) vs (6) Petersen#T5#
Bandito trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Bandito keeps moving.
Bandito looking for a sweep. Not yet Bandito, not yet.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Petersen is fighting to break Bandito's control of his arms but Bandito is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Petersen advances to half guard. #T6#
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Bandito does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Bandito does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T7#
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen trying to control the action but Bandito is working from the bottom.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Petersen is pressing down on Bandito's thigh, looking to free his foot. Bandito is holding on for now. #SUB2#
Petersen seems to be looking for submissions.
Bandito is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Bandito avoid being mounted?
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
#T8#
Bandito is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Bandito is holding on for dear life with his legs. #SUB#
Bandito looking for subs from the bottom but Petersen mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Bandito (4) vs (9) Petersen
Petersen controlling from mount.
We've been hearing good reports from Bandito's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Bandito is squirming around nicely. #T9#
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen is looking to work his way around to Bandito's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Bandito is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Bandito wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.#T10#
Petersen tries to control but Bandito wriggling away.
Bandito is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Bandito wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Bandito bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bandito (6) vs (9) Petersen
Bandito postures up.
Bandito pushing down on Petersen's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work. #T11#
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen tries to roll over but Bandito keeps him under control.
Bandito tries to pass the half guard into mount. Petersen knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Bandito is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen is trying to keep Bandito in close.
Bandito wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving. #T12#
Petersen trying to control the position.
Bandito tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Bandito stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T13#
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Bandito trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Bandito trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen is trying to keep Bandito in close.
#T14#
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#SUB2#
Petersen looks to be working for a triangle here. Oh, it looks like he might have it! Bandito has picked Petersen up and slammed him! Petersen can't keep hold of the triangle and Bandito manages to pass to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Bandito (9) vs (9) Petersen
Petersen tries to slip a leg under to move to half guard but Bandito presses down on the leg and jumps into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Bandito (11) vs (9) Petersen
Bandito avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.
Bandito is trying to control here but Petersen has managed to regain half guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Bandito content to control rather than advance.
And that's the end of the fight!
Bandito takes the fight on points by 11 to 9.
Enamorado Bandito decided to go for the less than humble approach in his post fight interview, telling everyone how he is going to conquer the world. The crowd seemed to like it when really that sort of approach could have gone either way.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 82
Date: Oct 01, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 65 wins and 46 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 38 wins and 22 losses; Abubakar Camara!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Cesar, Emerson Jorge and Paulo Santos.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen closes the distance and scores a nice trip takedown into half guard. Camara did well to prevent Petersen getting side control. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Camara
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Camara is trying to get back to full guard.
Camara felt the need to train up his defensive grappling in the buildup to the fight. Presumably he was expecting to be in a difficult position like this, so let's see if he can get out of it.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Camara won't allow it.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Camara is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Petersen wants to advance to full mount but Camara doesn't think that's going to happen and regains full guard instead. #T1#
Petersen postures up.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Camara swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Camara keeps moving. #T2#
Camara is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Camara has his hands on Petersen's head, controlling the position.
Petersen looking to pass the guard. #T3#
Camara keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Camara is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Camara is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#T4#
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Camara gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Camara
Petersen is adopting a defensive guard.
Camara postures up.
Petersen has Camara pulled in close to control his posture.
Camara is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #T5#
Petersen is pulling down on Camara's head to control his posture.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (2) Camara
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Camara swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Camara keeps moving.
Camara is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (4) Camara#T6#
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Camara controlling the action here. #SUB2#
Camara is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Petersen trying to get back to full guard but Camara takes advantage of the position and moves to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (4) vs (7) Camara
Petersen is trying desperately to improve position.
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet. #T7#
Camara controlling from mount.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Camara seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Petersen is holding on tight.
Petersen is working to get back to half guard.
Petersen sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.
The fighters are battling for position here. Petersen manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen is looking to sweep but instead, Camara has passed into half guard.
Camara prevents Petersen from improving his position.#T8#
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Camara takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen works his way to full guard. Good work.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Camara won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Camara trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Camara trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T9#
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Camara showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Petersen wants to control but Camara passes easily into half guard.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Camara in particular looking to stall.
Petersen wants to control but Camara is keeping busy.
Petersen gets back to full guard.
#T10#
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Camara controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Camara is proving a slippery customer.
Camara preventing the sweep.
Camara trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet. #T11#
Petersen trying to control the position.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Camara is one step ahead there.
Camara pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Camara tries to pass.
Camara is still trying to improve position.
Camara controlling from the top position. #T12#
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Camara is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Camara controlling him for the moment. #T13#
Petersen looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Camara puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Camara controlling the action here.
Camara prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Camara controlling the action here.
Camara wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen tries to roll over but Camara keeps him under control.#T14#
Petersen tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Camara has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (4) vs (10) Camara
Petersen stops Camara from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen wants to hold on but Camara pushes him away.#SUB2#
Petersen tries to improve his position but Camara has taken his back! Camara has a choke - it's sunk in pretty tight... Will Petersen tap? No... maybe... yes! He's tapped! Camara pushes Petersen away and gets up to celebrate with his corner!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 14:59 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Abubakar Camara!
A victorious Abubakar Camara thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
In defeat, Conald Petersen stepped up to the mic, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 81
Date: Sep 27, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 64 wins and 46 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 28 wins and 22 losses; Joshua Burroughs!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Emerson Jorge and Leandro Rodrigues.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Petersen feints and then dives in with a takedown. That was a long way out but the feint bought him enough time to close the distance and complete the takedown. Now we'll play guard for a bit and see who can get the better of that position. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Burroughs
Petersen wants to control from the top but Burroughs keeps moving.
Petersen slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Burroughs
Burroughs can't do much from the bottom here.
Burroughs is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Petersen's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Burroughs is defending the position. #SUB#
Petersen wants to work for an arm triangle but Burroughs is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen passes the guard and advances to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (0) Burroughs#T1#
Petersen controlling from mount.
Burroughs tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Petersen forces the positional change into back control. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (11) vs (0) Burroughs#T2#
Petersen not allowing Burroughs to control his hands.
A lull in the action here.
Petersen gets his hands free as Burroughs looks to control.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen is riding his opponent, not letting Burroughs buck him off. #SUB#
Petersen is remaining active here, looking for the choke. The more discerning members of the crowd will appreciate his efforts.
Petersen slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
Burroughs is keeping busy.
#T3#
Petersen slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
A lull in the action here.
Petersen not allowing Burroughs to control his hands.
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but Burroughs is staying busy.#T4#
Petersen really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Burroughs.#SUB#
Petersen is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. Burroughs knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften Burroughs for a finish.
Petersen wants to control the position but Burroughs frees himself and scrambles - Petersen manages to regain control in side control.
You can see the frustration on Burroughs's face as Petersen controls the position.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Burroughs for as long as he can get away with.
Petersen tries to move into full mount but can't pass Burroughs's legs. #T5#
Burroughs is looking for a sweep.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Burroughs keeps working.
Burroughs is looking for a sweep.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Burroughs keeps working.
Petersen advances nicely into full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (13) vs (0) Burroughs
Burroughs is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen wants to take Burroughs's back but he can't do it this time. #T6#
Petersen trying to control but Burroughs is having none of it.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen tries to control but Burroughs wriggling away. #T7#
Petersen is trying to take his opponent's back.
Burroughs is looking to get to half guard.
Burroughs is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Burroughs is working to get back to half guard.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #T8#
Burroughs has worked his way to half guard, taking advantage of Petersen's lack of action.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Burroughs is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.#T9#
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Burroughs wants to get back to full guard.
Burroughs is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen stalling.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Burroughs is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen trying to control the action but Burroughs is working from the bottom. #T10#
Burroughs is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen stalling.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Burroughs defends it. #T11#
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Burroughs is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Burroughs defending well.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Burroughs tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Burroughs has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.#T12#
Petersen is trying to control. Burroughs wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #SUB2#
Burroughs looking for submissions off his back.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Burroughs is working away. #T13#
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Burroughs is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (16) vs (0) Burroughs
Petersen trying to control but Burroughs is having none of it.
Burroughs prevents Petersen from taking his back.#T14#
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Burroughs is controlling an arm, preventing Petersen from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen moves to his opponent's back but Burroughs bucks him off and ends up in guard. A bit of a disaster there for Petersen. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (16) vs (2) Burroughs
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 16 to 2.
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 79
Date: Sep 22, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 64 wins and 45 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 90 wins and 53 losses; Kurt Diesel!
The judges for this bout are Matheus Silva, Paulo Santos and Mauricio Rocha.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Petersen keeps the fight standing with a nice sprawl.
A telegraphed takedown attempt from Diesel is defended easily by Petersen.
Diesel will have to do better than that with his takedown attempts.
Conald Petersen has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Kurt Diesel.
A telegraphed takedown attempt from Diesel is defended easily by Petersen.
Petersen appears to be looking for a counter takedown.
Diesel dives in and grabs Petersen's left leg, looking for a takedown. Petersen pushes down on Diesel's head and hops out.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Diesel shoots in for a takedown but Petersen shows good takedown defense there and keeps this one on the feet.
Diesel fails miserably with a takedown attempt.#TD#
Petersen drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Diesel#T1#
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen trying to control but Diesel is working from the bottom.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Diesel is keeping the position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Diesel is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T2#
Petersen trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Diesel manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Diesel
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Diesel is one step ahead there.
Petersen is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control. #T3#
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Diesel controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T4#
Diesel won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Petersen is trying to hold Diesel in close to prevent damage but Diesel has managed to pass into half guard.
Diesel prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen trying to hold on to Diesel's head to control him but Diesel postures up.
#T5#
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Diesel is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Diesel is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Diesel prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Diesel is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Diesel is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T6#
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Diesel is very close to passing his half guard.
Still in half guard, Diesel seems content to control.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Diesel is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.#T7#
Petersen is doing well to control the position and prevent Diesel from advancing to side control.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Diesel has control of the leg.
Diesel is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Diesel prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen is looking to get back to full guard here but Diesel has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (5) Diesel
Petersen tries to buck Diesel off but Diesel is having none of it.#T8#
Petersen manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard but Diesel has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (8) Diesel
Diesel working away.
Diesel is maintaining the dominant position - no doubt Petersen will start to get frustrated soon if he's not already.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Diesel wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #T9#
Petersen struggling a bit here.
Petersen tries to buck Diesel off but Diesel is having none of it.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen regains half guard.
Diesel looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Diesel wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Diesel is very close to passing his half guard.#T10#
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Petersen is controlling Diesel's trapped leg to prevent Diesel from advancing to side control.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Diesel is controlling well.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Diesel is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T11#
Diesel passes into side control, despite Petersen's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (11) Diesel
Diesel wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen wants to control but Diesel postures up.
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Diesel keeps moving and retains side control.
Diesel staying calm.
Petersen struggling a bit here.#T12#
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
Petersen trying to hold on to Diesel's head to control him but Diesel postures up.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Diesel is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T13#
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Diesel is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen is looking to control Diesel's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Petersen trying to control here.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.#T14#
Petersen trying to control here.
Petersen is trying to control but Diesel passes into side control!
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (14) Diesel
Diesel gets to mount! Petersen was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (2) vs (16) Diesel
Petersen can't escape the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen tries to hold on but Diesel postures up.
Petersen can't escape the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Diesel wins on points by 16 to 2.
Our winner, Kurt Diesel, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 78
Date: Sep 17, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 47 wins and 28 losses; Bo Nickal! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 64 wins and 44 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Thiago Cunha, Alexandre Firmino and Paulo Santos.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Nickal shoots in for a takedown! He's got it and he's managed to land in side control! That's better than Nickal was expecting from the takedown attempt, I'm sure! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Nickal (4) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen wants to control but Nickal postures up.
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen is trying to work for a sweep but Nickal has mounted him! Score +2 for reaching mount: Nickal (6) vs (0) Petersen
Nickal prevents Petersen from getting the reversal.
Petersen tries to hold on but Nickal pushes him away.
Petersen sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.
Nickal tries to pass the half guard into mount. Petersen knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Nickal has control of the leg.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen wants to control but Nickal is keeping busy and won't allow it. #T1#
Petersen controlling the position well.
Nickal is keen to just control but Petersen is a slippery customer.#SUB2#
Petersen actively working from the bottom here.
Petersen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Petersen seems keen to control Nickal's posture.
Nickal wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Nickal has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.#T2#
Petersen pulls Nickal in close to his closed guard and prevents Nickal from doing any damage or advancing position.#SUB2#
Nickal avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Nickal postures up.
Petersen looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Nickal puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Nickal has control of the leg.
Petersen won't allow Nickal to pass to mount. #T3#
Nickal prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen has a hand on Nickal's thigh, trying to get back to full guard. Nickal takes advantage of the position though and mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Nickal (9) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen is working to get back to half guard.
Petersen wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Nickal (12) vs (0) Petersen
Nickal wants to control the position but Petersen frees himself and scrambles - Nickal manages to regain control in side control.
Petersen tries to control the position but he's not in luck - Nickal easily slips into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Nickal (14) vs (0) Petersen#T4#
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Nickal gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Nickal isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Nickal isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen stops Nickal from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better. #T5#
Nickal tries to control but Petersen wriggling away.
Petersen working to try and regain half guard.
Petersen sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Nickal has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Nickal (17) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Nickal (17) vs (2) Petersen
Nickal is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control. #T6#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Nickal is keeping the position.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Nickal.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Nickal keeps moving.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Nickal keeps moving.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.#T7#
Nickal is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Nickal swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Nickal.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Nickal is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T8#
Petersen won't allow Nickal to sweep him here.
Nickal is controlling Petersen's posture.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Nickal is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen pushes down on Nickal's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Petersen has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Nickal (17) vs (5) Petersen
Nickal wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.#T9#
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Nickal prevents Petersen from taking his back.
Nickal is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Nickal tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Nickal is squirming around nicely.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #T10#
Petersen pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen looking to control but Nickal is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen wants to control but Nickal has made it back to half guard. Nice work.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense. #T11#
Nickal is trying is best to control the position here.
Nickal is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Petersen passes the guard and advances to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Nickal (17) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen controlling his opponent. #T12#
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Nickal keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Nickal is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Nickal tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.#T13#
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Petersen tries to control but Nickal wriggling away.
Nickal keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Nickal to control.
Petersen controlling from mount. #T14#
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Petersen works his way to his opponent's back.
Score +3 for taking back: Nickal (17) vs (11) Petersen
Nickal can't escape the position.
Petersen is riding his opponent, not letting Nickal buck him off.
Petersen is looking to control Nickal but Nickal is wriggling around and keeping busy.
I would not like to be Nickal right now.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Nickal takes the fight on points by 17 to 11.
Our winner, Bo Nickal, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 76
Date: Sep 13, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 24 wins and 18 losses; Jerry Curls! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 63 wins and 44 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Cesar, Edson Gomes and Mauricio Rocha.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen shoots in and scores a nice double leg takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Curls (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Curls defends it. #SUB2#
Petersen looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Curls might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T1#
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Curls is defending the position.
Petersen not doing much here.
Curls is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen prevents Curls from improving his position.
Curls is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position. #T2#
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Petersen is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Curls (0) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Petersen.#T3#
Petersen looking to control but Curls is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Petersen wants to take Curls's back here but Curls is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Petersen mounts Curls! Really nice guard pass there! #T4#
Petersen wants to control the pace but Curls is squirming around nicely.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Curls looks out of his depth in this position - he's holding on tight.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Curls wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen trying to control but Curls is having none of it. #T5#
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #SUB2#
Petersen looking for an armbar but decides to keep the dominant position instead.
Petersen trying to control but Curls is having none of it.
Curls has given up his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Curls (0) vs (8) Petersen
Curls trying to control but not successfully. #T6#
Petersen controls the position.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Yet more stalling tactics from Petersen.
Petersen wants to control but Curls is keeping busy.#T7#
Petersen trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Curls doesn't escape. #SUB2#
Petersen is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. Curls knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften Curls for a finish.
Curls staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control.
Curls turns into Petersen and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Curls (2) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen is trying to keep Curls in close.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck. #T8#
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Curls (2) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Curls is keeping the position.
Curls looking for a sweep. Not yet Curls, not yet.
Curls keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Curls pulls Petersen in close to his closed guard and prevents Petersen from doing any damage or advancing position.#T9#
Curls keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Curls keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Curls is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T10#
Petersen slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Curls (2) vs (13) Petersen
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Curls is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though.
Curls is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it. #T11#
Petersen tries to move to mount but Curls blocks the move with his legs.
Petersen staying calm.
Curls stops Petersen from passing to mount.
You can see the frustration on Curls's face as Petersen controls the position. #T12#
Petersen advances nicely into full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Curls (2) vs (15) Petersen
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
More stalling from Petersen.
Petersen with more of the same as he continues to hold on.
Curls is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
Curls is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen tries to control but Curls wriggling away.
Petersen controlling from the full mount. #T13#
Curls wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Curls is looking to escape. #T14#
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Curls is looking to escape.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 15 to 2.
A very excited looking Conald Petersen made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 75
Date: Sep 10, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 62 wins and 44 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 35 wins and 23 losses; Skjoldr Leifsson!
The judges for this bout are Luis Engracia, Seu Braga and Mauricio Rocha.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL2#
Leifsson darts in and clinches Petersen up against the ropes.
Leifsson tries to score a body lock takedown but Petersen shows good agility there to stay on his feet.#TD#
Petersen has Leifsson pressed up against the ropes. He's trying to work for a single leg takedown. Petersen pulls back from the ropes and twists to the side, sending Leifsson tumbling to the mat - Petersen dives into Leifsson's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Leifsson
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Leifsson is keeping the position for now.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Petersen pushing down on Leifsson's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen not doing much here.
Leifsson moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Petersen stays in close to Leifsson's body and controls the position. #T1#
Leifsson tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Leifsson is keeping the position for now.
Petersen postures up.
#T2#
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Leifsson
A lull in the action here.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Petersen advances nicely into full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (7) vs (0) Leifsson
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but Leifsson doesn't allow it.
Petersen content just to control the position here. #T3#
Leifsson really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen tries to control but Leifsson wriggling away.
Leifsson looks more muscular than last time we saw him. He must have been on the weights.#T4#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Leifsson is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Leifsson is working to get back to half guard.
Petersen tries to control but Leifsson wriggling away. #T5#
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Leifsson tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen wants to take Leifsson's back but he can't do it this time.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
This is a sustained period of stalling by Petersen.
Leifsson wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen looking to control but Leifsson is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T6#
Leifsson prevents Petersen from taking his back.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Leifsson to control.
Leifsson regains half guard.
Petersen trying to control the pace. #T7#
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Leifsson keeps working.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen frees up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (10) vs (0) Leifsson#T8#
Leifsson looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (13) vs (0) Leifsson
I really don't envy Leifsson right now.
Leifsson keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen controlling the position well here. Leifsson rolled but Petersen kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Petersen controlling well, preventing Leifsson from escaping the position.
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
Leifsson is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
#T9#
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Leifsson for as long as he can get away with.
Leifsson is keeping busy.
Petersen controls the action.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen trying to control.#T10##SUB#
Petersen working for a choke but Leifsson is defending well.
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but Leifsson is staying busy.
Petersen is riding his opponent, not letting Leifsson buck him off.
Leifsson wants to escape the position.
Petersen trying to control.
Petersen keeps control of the position easily here as Leifsson tries to buck him off.
#T11##SUB#
Petersen looking for the choke but no joy.
Petersen trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Leifsson doesn't escape.
Petersen is not going to allow Leifsson to sit and survive in this position.
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Leifsson's body.
#T12#
Leifsson is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Leifsson is keeping busy.
You can see the frustration on Leifsson's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Petersen biding his time, looking for the opening.
Will Petersen go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
#SUB#
Leifsson is displaying good submission defense - not really looking in danger of submitting to the rear naked choke at the moment. That could change in an instant of course if Petersen gets his way!
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
#T13#
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
Petersen is really struggling to control Leifsson but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Petersen is hanging on to Leifsson's back as he tries to escape.
#SUB#
Petersen working for the choke.
Leifsson trying to control the position but Petersen manages to sink in the hooks.
Petersen controls the action.#T14#
Petersen not allowing Leifsson to control his hands. #SUB#
Leifsson is displaying good submission defense - not really looking in danger of submitting to the rear naked choke at the moment. That could change in an instant of course if Petersen gets his way!
What can Leifsson do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
Leifsson trying to control the hands but Petersen breaks the grip.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 13 to 0.
After winning the bout, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 69
Date: Aug 27, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 22 wins and 9 losses; Tyler Alvarez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 62 wins and 43 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Edson Gomes, Matheus Silva and Leandro Rodrigues.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen displays good takedown defense there as he swats away a double leg from Alvarez.
Alvarez shoots in looking for a takedown but Petersen manages to keep the fight standing, pushing Alvarez's face into the canvas for good measure before circling away.
Alvarez tries for a takedown but Petersen sees it coming a mile off and avoids it easily.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyler Alvarez. That's going to take a lot out of him.#TD2#
Petersen manages to get an easy takedown there - catching Alvarez on his heels. He'll look to pass Alvarez's guard now, I'm sure. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Alvarez (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Alvarez (0) vs (5) Petersen
Alvarez stops Petersen from passing to mount.
Alvarez tries to improve position but can't.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen taking a breather here.
Alvarez manages to work his way to half guard, despite Petersen's best efforts.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Alvarez keeps working. #T1#
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Alvarez won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen stalling.
Alvarez is looking to improve his position.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Alvarez is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Alvarez keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Petersen controlling the pace. #T2#
Petersen is looking to advance position but Alvarez won't allow it.
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen is just content to waste time from the top position. Alvarez takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard. #SUB#
Petersen got a little sloppy there for a moment and Alvarez has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Petersen has managed to get both his arms back between Alvarez's legs - danger averted.
Alvarez lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Alvarez (2) vs (5) Petersen#T3#
Petersen keeping full guard, as Alvarez tries to pass.
Petersen has control of Alvarez's left arm, preventing Alvarez from doing any damage.
Alvarez won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Alvarez manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Alvarez (2) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen trying to control but Alvarez is working from the bottom.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Alvarez's guard. #T4#
Alvarez keeping hold of Petersen's head, controlling as best he can.
Petersen trying to control the action but Alvarez is working from the bottom.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.#T5#
Alvarez is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen is taking a breather. Alvarez says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.#T6#
Alvarez is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Alvarez defending well.
Alvarez is trying to get back to full guard.#T7#
Petersen is thwarting Alvarez's attempts to control the position.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Alvarez keeps working.
Petersen stalling.
Petersen trying to advance position but Alvarez counters by regaining guard.
Alvarez wants to sweep but no luck.
Alvarez controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen won't allow Alvarez to sweep him here. #T8##SUB#
Petersen content to sit in guard, stalling... Great. Oh but he could get punished here because Alvarez has locked up a guillotine! Alvarez's face is contorted as he sqeezes tight on the submission attempt - will he finish? Petersen is holding on here and Alvarez must be using up a lot of energy. Petersen has gone limp! He's out! He's out cold! Alvarez gets to his feet, tossing aside his stricken foe. Arms raised, he milks the applause from the crowd. Great submission!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 8:24 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Tyler Alvarez!
During a confident post fight interview, Tyler Alvarez thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
In defeat, Conald Petersen stepped up to the mic, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 67
Date: Aug 16, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 10 wins and 6 losses; Rio Rolla! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 62 wins and 42 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Felipe Paraventi, Luis Engracia and Matheus Silva.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Petersen fakes an overhand right and shoots for a takedown. Rolla sprawls well initially but Petersen persists and gets the takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rolla (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Rolla wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Rolla is trying to control but can't.
Rolla slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Rolla keeps moving.
Rolla is looking to sweep but instead, Petersen has passed into half guard.
Rolla is looking to improve his position.
Rolla's coaches at LéCrucible have been working on his defensive grappling in preparation for this fight so let's see if he can get out of this tricky position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rolla makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Rolla.
Rolla keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Rolla looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there. #T1##SUB#
Rolla looking for subs off his back but Petersen has passed one foot through into half guard.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Rolla defending well.
Rolla is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Rolla is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Rolla manages to get to full guard.
#T2#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Rolla's guard.
Petersen prevents Rolla from improving his position.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Rolla won't allow it.
Petersen wants to control but Rolla is keeping him busy.
Petersen is pressing down on Rolla's thigh, looking to free his foot. Rolla is holding on for now.
Rolla is trying to get back to full guard.#T3#
Petersen trying to control the action but Rolla is working from the bottom.
Rolla is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is trying to control. Rolla wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Rolla is looking to improve his position.
Rolla moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Rolla keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Rolla is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen looking to pass the guard. #T4#
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Rolla manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rolla (2) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen keeping full guard, as Rolla tries to pass.
Rolla postures up.
Rolla preventing the sweep.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rolla (2) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Rolla is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T5#
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Rolla looking for a sweep. Not yet Rolla, not yet. #SUB#
Rolla throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Rolla wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment. #SUB#
Petersen avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Petersen trying to control but Rolla is working from the bottom.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Rolla is keeping the position.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Rolla is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T6#
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Rolla is keeping the position for now.
Rolla looking for a sweep. Not yet Rolla, not yet.
Rolla keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Rolla keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.#T7#
Rolla will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Rolla wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Rolla is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Rolla.
Rolla looking to control.
Rolla looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #SUB#
Rolla is looking for a triangle but Petersen pushes his legs off easily.
Rolla wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Rolla swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T8#
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Rolla is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rolla (4) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen is trying to keep Rolla in close.
Rolla looking to pass the guard.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Rolla looking to pass the guard.
Petersen trying to control the position.
#T9#
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Rolla passes into half guard.
Petersen won't allow Rolla to pass to mount. #SUB#
Rolla maintaining the dominant position here and is working for a kimura. He's locked it up! Petersen could be in real trouble here! He's trying to wriggle out but Rolla has cracked it and Petersen is screaming in pain - he's tapped out! Great finish by Rolla!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 9:44 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Kimura). Rio Rolla!
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 65
Date: Aug 09, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 87 wins and 47 losses; Kurt Diesel! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 62 wins and 41 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Emerson Jorge, Thiago Cunha and Mauricio Rocha.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Diesel looking to score a takedown here. Petersen is defending well but Diesel drives through and ends up in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Diesel (2) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen is trying to keep Diesel in close.
Diesel preventing the sweep.
Diesel has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen pulls Diesel in close to his closed guard and prevents Diesel from doing any damage or advancing position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is continuing to stall.#T1#
Diesel stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Diesel puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Petersen is looking to control Diesel's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Petersen gets back to full guard.
#T2#
Petersen looking to control but Diesel passes into half guard.
Petersen manages to get to full guard.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall. #T3#
Petersen is trying to control the position but Diesel postures up.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (2) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen stays in close to Diesel's body and controls the position.
Diesel looking for a sweep. Not yet Diesel, not yet. #T4#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Diesel keeps moving. #SUB#
Diesel looking for a guillotine here but Petersen defends easily.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Diesel manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (4) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (4) vs (4) Petersen#T5#
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #SUB#
Diesel is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Petersen pulls his head out easily.
Petersen is thwarting Diesel's attempts to control the position.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Diesel is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Diesel is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Petersen's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Petersen's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Diesel (8) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen trying to control the action but Diesel just sinks the hooks in. #T6#
Petersen wants to escape the position.
Petersen tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Petersen is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen wants to control but Diesel is having none of it.
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Diesel isn't that keen on the idea.#T7#
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen has a hand on Diesel's thigh, trying to get back to full guard. Diesel takes advantage of the position though and mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Diesel (11) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
#T8#
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Diesel gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen tries to hold on but Diesel postures up.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T9#
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen regains half guard.#T10#
Petersen gets full guard.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (11) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment. #T11#
Diesel works his way to full guard. Good work.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen forces his way into half guard.
Diesel wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Diesel is defending well. #T12#
Diesel manages to get to full guard.
Petersen trying to control but Diesel is working from the bottom.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Petersen forces his way into half guard.#T13#
Petersen controlling the pace.
Petersen is trying to control. Diesel wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Diesel tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Diesel is not content to let Petersen control the position.#SUB#
Diesel looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Diesel is working away. #T14#
Petersen controlling the action here.
Diesel trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Diesel is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Diesel avoid being mounted?
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Diesel is defending well.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Diesel gets full guard.
Diesel is trying to keep Petersen in close.
And that's the end of the fight!
Diesel takes the fight on points by 11 to 6.
Kurt Diesel retains his super heavyweight title!
A relieved looking Kurt Diesel thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 64
Date: Aug 06, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 61 wins and 41 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 76 wins and 32 losses; Donald Trump!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Felipe Paraventi and Thiago Cunha.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen closes the distance and scores a nice trip takedown into half guard. Trump did well to prevent Petersen getting side control. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Trump
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Trump keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Petersen wants to control but Trump is keeping him busy.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Trump
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen looking to control but Trump is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen wants to take Trump's back but he can't do it this time. #T1#
Trump tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen looking to control but Trump is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Trump tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen trying to control but Trump is having none of it.
Petersen controlling his opponent. #T2#
Trump manages to control the position for a moment.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Trump is squirming around nicely.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Trump keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
#T3#
Trump keeps trying to improve his position.
Trump manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Trump is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Trump moves into full guard.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen passes Trump's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T4#
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Trump is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen frees up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (0) Trump
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Trump is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Trump felt the need to train up his defensive grappling in the buildup to the fight. Presumably he was expecting to be in a difficult position like this, so let's see if he can get out of it.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Trump to control.#T5#
Trump bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (8) vs (2) Trump
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Trump wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Trump postures up.
Trump is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Trump stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Trump is one step ahead there. #T6#
Petersen being controlled here, momentarily.
Trump trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Trump passes Petersen's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Petersen is looking to control Trump's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?#SUB#
Petersen looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.#T7#
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Trump is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen trying to control here.
Petersen is not content to let Trump control the position.
Petersen keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Petersen is looking to control Trump's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
The fighters are battling for position here. Petersen manages to regain full guard. Nice work. #T8#
Trump looking to pass the guard.
Trump postures up.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Trump's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (2) Trump
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Trump trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Trump keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass. #T9#
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Trump is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Trump wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Petersen postures up.
Trump wants to control but Petersen passes easily into half guard.
Trump slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.#T10#
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Trump is retaining full guard.
Trump is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Trump controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Trump is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T11#
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Trump is keeping the position for now.
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Trump's guard.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Trump is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Trump is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen is taking a breather. Trump says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.#T12#
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Trump is defending the position.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Trump is looking to improve his position.
Trump is holding on to half guard well.#T13#
Trump is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Trump avoid being mounted?
Petersen trying to control the action but Trump is working from the bottom.
Trump gets back to full guard.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.#T14#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Trump keeps moving.
Trump is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen preventing the sweep.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 10 to 2.
Conald Petersen decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well. |
|
|
|
Event:
Bots de Garra 62
Date: Jul 30, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 44 wins and 43 losses; Able Archer! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 60 wins and 41 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Matheus Silva, Alexandre Firmino and Emerson Jorge.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen scores with a nice takedown into half guard. Let's see what he's got on the ground. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Archer (0) vs (2) Petersen#SUB#
Archer looking for submissions off his back.
Archer trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Archer is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Petersen is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.#SUB#
Archer actively working from the bottom here.#SUB#
Archer looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Archer has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.#T1#
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
The fighters are battling for position here. Archer manages to regain full guard. Nice work. #SUB#
Archer looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
#SUB#
Archer is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Archer is keeping the position for now.
Archer being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Archer.#T2#
Archer can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Archer is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Archer looking for a sweep. Not yet Archer, not yet.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Archer trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Archer's guard.
Archer is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Archer (0) vs (5) Petersen
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#SUB2#
Petersen is working on an americana here. Ooh, that looks pretty nasty! Nope, Archer has managed to escape the submission attempt.
#T3#
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Archer is looking to escape.
Petersen is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Archer regains half guard.
Petersen moves into full mount! Archer won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Archer (0) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it. #T4#
Archer is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
We've been hearing good reports from Archer's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time. #SUB2#
Petersen goes for an armbar but he's not got it… Archer turns into him and now he's in Petersen's guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Archer (2) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen is trying to hold Archer in close to prevent damage but Archer has managed to pass into half guard.
#T5#
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Archer is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen keeps control of the position for the meantime. #SUB#
Archer is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Archer has control of the leg. #T6#
Petersen wants to control but Archer is keeping busy.
Petersen is trying to control but Archer manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Archer (5) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen regains half guard.#SUB#
Petersen is defending against the submission attempts here by Archer.
Petersen trying to hold on to Archer's head to control him but Archer postures up.
#T7#
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Archer has control of the leg. #SUB#
Archer seems to be working for a kimura but Petersen defends the submission attempt.
Archer wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Archer wants to take a breather but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen is controlling Archer's trapped leg to prevent Archer from advancing to side control.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Archer is working away from the top position though.#T8#
Petersen has his hands clasped together around Archer's back. He's all about the action.
Petersen is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Archer jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Archer (8) vs (8) Petersen
Archer wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen tries to improve position but can't. #T9#
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Petersen wants to control but Archer is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen tries to roll over but Archer keeps him under control.
Petersen is pressing down on Archer's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Petersen is trying to keep Archer in close.
Petersen controlling the position.#T10#
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Archer (8) vs (10) Petersen#SUB#
Archer is looking for a triangle but Petersen pushes his legs off easily.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Archer is retaining full guard. #SUB#
Archer throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Archer trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Archer is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control. #T11#
Petersen postures up.
Petersen is pushing down on Archer's leg trying to pass to half guard. Archer is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Archer is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen prevents Archer from improving his position.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Archer is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Archer avoid being mounted?
Petersen is trying to control. Archer wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time. #SUB2#
Petersen is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Archer has managed to free his arm - good work. #T12#
Petersen trying to control the action but Archer is working from the bottom.
Petersen has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Archer (8) vs (13) Petersen
Petersen takes Archer's back. Could be looking for a rear naked choke here - either way, Archer is in trouble. Score +3 for taking back: Archer (8) vs (16) Petersen
Well,Archer is on his way to losing a decision here. Can he use his experience to pull something off in the closing minutes?
Archer is really stuck here.
Petersen controlling the position well here. Archer rolled but Petersen kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
#T13#
Archer is keeping busy.
Archer rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Archer is trying to control but can't.
Petersen stalling.
More stalling from Petersen.
Petersen trying to control the action but Archer is working from the bottom.
Archer tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg. #T14#
Archer has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Archer tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Archer (8) vs (19) Petersen
Petersen looking to control but Archer is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Archer wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 19 to 8.
Our winner, Conald Petersen, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 399
Date: Jul 16, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 18 wins and 20 losses; Helio Gracias! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 59 wins and 41 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Frank Dennis, Chris Downing and George Francis.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen shoots in and scores a nice double leg takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Gracias (0) vs (2) Petersen
Gracias trying to control here.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Gracias does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen is just content to waste time from the top position. Gracias takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Gracias is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Gracias keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Gracias is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Gracias manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Gracias (2) vs (2) Petersen#T1#
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Gracias from controlling successfully.
Gracias preventing the sweep.
Petersen pulls Gracias in to control the position.
Gracias forces his way into half guard.
Gracias is keen to just control but Petersen is a slippery customer.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen is not content to let Gracias control the position.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
#T2#
Petersen preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Petersen wants to control but Gracias is keeping busy.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen has his hands clasped together around Gracias's back. He's all about the action.
Gracias keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.#T3##SUB#
Gracias is looking for a kimura here.
Petersen gets full guard.
Gracias is fighting to break Petersen's control of his arms but Petersen is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Gracias from controlling successfully.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Gracias is proving a slippery customer.
Gracias looking to pass the guard. #T4#
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Gracias stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard. #SUB2#
Petersen is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Gracias's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Gracias (2) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen trying to control but Gracias is working from the bottom.
Petersen won't allow Gracias to sweep him here. #T5#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Gracias is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Gracias is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Gracias not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen is pushing down on Gracias's leg trying to pass to half guard. Gracias is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Gracias trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Gracias is not content to let Petersen control the position.#SUB#
Gracias is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Petersen pulls his head out easily. #T6#
Gracias wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Gracias is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard. #SUB2#
Petersen is looking for submissions but instead, Gracias has regained full guard.
#T7#
Gracias is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Gracias looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Gracias keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen trying to control but Gracias is working from the bottom. #T8#
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen moves into full mount! Gracias won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Gracias (2) vs (7) Petersen
Gracias tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Gracias is squirming around nicely.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #T9#
Gracias prevents Petersen from taking his back.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Gracias is looking to escape.
Petersen content just to control the position here. #T10#
Petersen looking to control but Gracias is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Gracias has given up his back here. Will Petersen look for the submission or keep pounding away?
Score +3 for taking back: Gracias (2) vs (10) Petersen
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Petersen trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
Gracias is really stuck here.
#T11#
Petersen has good solid back control here.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
A lull in the action here.
#SUB2#
Petersen tightening his grip on Gracias, looking for the choke.
Gracias wants to escape the position.
#T12#
Petersen wants to control but Gracias is keeping busy.
I would not like to be Gracias right now.
Petersen trying to control.
Gracias is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
Gracias is keeping busy.
#SUB2#
Petersen is persistently looking for the submission but Gracias is defending it well.
#T13#
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but Gracias is staying busy.#SUB2#
Petersen is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. Gracias knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften Gracias for a finish.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
#T14#
Petersen is hanging on to Gracias's back as he tries to escape.
Petersen really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Gracias.
Gracias prevents Petersen from getting a body triangle.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Gracias tries to break free.
Petersen really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Gracias.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 10 to 2.
Conald Petersen thanked the fans post fight for their support. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 397
Date: Jul 09, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 24 wins and 25 losses; Kevin Walters! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 59 wins and 40 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are George Francis, Daniel Franklin and Cecil Peabody.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen shoots in with a takedown attempt and he has Walters pinned against the ropes. Walters gets the underhooks and manages to circle away.
Horrible takedown attempt by Walters or perhaps it was just good defense by Petersen, which made it look bad. #TD#
Petersen gets taken down but at least he's managed to land in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Walters (2) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen has his hands on Walters's head, controlling the position.
Walters not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #SUB2#
Petersen has an active guard here but Walters has managed to pass into half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is not content to let Walters control the position.#T1#
Walters tries to pass to full mount but Petersen defends it.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Walters in particular looking to stall.
Petersen is not content to let Walters control the position.
Walters moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Walters (5) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen holding on.
The referee asks Walters politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Walters prefers to stall for the moment though.#T2##SUB#
Walters is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Petersen knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
Petersen struggling a bit here.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Walters keeps moving and retains side control.
Walters wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen is trying to improve his position.
Petersen is not content to let Walters control the position. #T3#
Petersen wants to control but Walters postures up.
Petersen tries to bench press Walters off him but Walters keeps the position.
Petersen seems a little lost for a moment, as Walters dominates the positioning.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Walters wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Walters wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Walters keeps moving and retains side control.
Walters wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen is positioning himself to get back to half guard. #T4#
Walters wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Walters is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Walters is maintaining the dominant position - no doubt Petersen will start to get frustrated soon if he's not already.
Walters trying to control the position but Petersen is working away.
Walters taking a breather here. #SUB#
Walters thinks about going for a far side armbar but bails out and retains the dominant position instead. #T5#
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen is sneaking out the side here. He's bucked Walters off and has taken his back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Walters (5) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen is trying to stick to Walters's back but Walters is turning into Petersen. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Petersen's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Walters. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Walters (7) vs (4) Petersen
Walters trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Walters postures up.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Walters is one step ahead there. #T6#
Petersen is controlling Walters's posture.
Walters pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Walters trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
We've been hearing good reports from Walters's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Petersen has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Walters has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Walters (10) vs (4) Petersen
Walters wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working. #T7#
Petersen is trying to escape the position but Walters is controlling the position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen trying to remain calm as Walters controls from the top position.
Walters wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen is trying to control Walters's posture but Walters avoids it.
Petersen is not content to let Walters control the position.
Petersen is looking to reverse the position.#T8#
Petersen is trying to escape the position but Walters is controlling the position.
Petersen is not content to let Walters control the position.
Walters staying calm.
Walters trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Walters working away.
Walters is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position. #T9#
Walters's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen is not content to let Walters control the position.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Walters wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Petersen is not content to let Walters control the position.
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Walters wants to take a breather but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
#T10#
Petersen controlling the leg, holding on to half guard. #SUB#
Walters is trying to work for a kimura but Petersen is defending well.
Walters is looking for the mount but instead finds himself back in full guard.
Walters trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Walters controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen has his hands on Walters's head, controlling the position.
Walters pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now. #T11#
Walters stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen looking to control.
Walters preventing the sweep.
Walters trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Walters is proving a slippery customer.
Walters trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen has control of Walters's left arm, preventing Walters from doing any damage.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T12#
Walters slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Walters (13) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen is not content to let Walters control the position.
Petersen manages to work his way to half guard, despite Walters's best efforts.
The fighters are battling for position here. Petersen manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Walters not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Walters trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Petersen manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Walters (13) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T13#
Walters seems keen to control Petersen's posture.#SUB#
Walters is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Petersen defends well.
Walters being controlled here, momentarily. #T14#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Walters keeps moving.
Walters working a defensive guard here.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Walters lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Walters (15) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Walters trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Walters wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
And that's the end of the fight!
Walters takes the fight on points by 15 to 6.
Kevin Walters took to the microphone after his victory and thanked his sponsors, Conviction for their support in the buildup to the fight.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 393 Peterson vs Ottke
Date: Jul 02, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 58 wins and 40 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 64 wins and 45 losses; Rolf Ottke!
The judges for this bout are Gwen Towbar, Robert Twigg and Cecil Peabody.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Ottke closes the distance and clinches up with Petersen, looking for a takedown. Ottke pushes Petersen against the ropes but Petersen circles to the side and manages to break the clinch.
Petersen fails with a rather predictable takedown attempt.
Ottke changes levels for a counter takedown but doesn't follow through with his attempt.#TD2#
Ottke drives through with a takedown into Petersen's guard. Let's see what he can do from the top position. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Ottke
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Ottke being controlled here momentarily.
Petersen trying to control the position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen controlling Ottke's posture.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Ottke looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T1#
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Ottke is one step ahead there.
Petersen being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Ottke#T2#
Ottke is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen stalling. #SUB#
Petersen is trying to work for a kimura but Ottke is defending well.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Ottke is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Ottke is having none of it. #T3#
Petersen not doing much here.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Ottke keeps working.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Ottke is defending well.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Ottke defending well.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Ottke is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T4#
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Petersen is thwarting Ottke's attempts to control the position.
Petersen works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (2) Ottke
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Ottke is looking to escape.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T5#
Ottke has worked his way to half guard, taking advantage of Petersen's lack of action.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Ottke won't allow it. #T6#
Ottke is trying to control but can't.
Petersen trying to advance position but Ottke counters by regaining guard.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Ottke is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Ottke keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Ottke is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T7#
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Ottke is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Ottke swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Ottke wants to sweep but no luck. #T8#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Ottke keeps moving.
Ottke can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Ottke is retaining full guard.
Ottke working a defensive guard here.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #T9#
Ottke trying to control the position.
Petersen trying to control but Ottke is working from the bottom.
Ottke wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Ottke lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (5) vs (4) Ottke
Ottke postures up.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Ottke from controlling successfully.
Petersen is pulling down on Ottke's head. It's preventing any offense from Ottke, at least for the moment.#T10#
Ottke trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Petersen controls Ottke momentarily but Ottke frees himself.
Ottke wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Ottke pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now. #T11#
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Ottke is one step ahead there.
Petersen managing to control the position.
Ottke wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Ottke might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Petersen haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Ottke manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (7) vs (4) Ottke
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard. #T12#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Ottke keeps moving. #SUB2#
Ottke is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Petersen defends well.
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Ottke's guard.
Ottke is looking to improve his position.
Ottke trying to control here.
#T13#
Petersen trying to control the action but Ottke is working from the bottom.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Ottke is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Ottke wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen trying to control the action but Ottke is working from the bottom. #T14#
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Ottke is defending the position.
Ottke is controlling Petersen's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Ottke is holding on for dear life with his legs.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 7 to 4.
A victorious Conald Petersen thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 389
Date: Jun 25, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 58 wins and 39 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 46 wins and 27 losses; Koryu Miyagi!
The judges for this bout are Thiago Cunha, Matheus Silva and Felipe Paraventi.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen has a takedown stuffed.#TD2#
Miyagi closes the distance, clinches up and gets a nice trip takedown into side control. Very smooth. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (0) vs (4) Miyagi
Petersen manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
Miyagi prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Miyagi seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Miyagi has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (7) Miyagi
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen wants to hold on but Miyagi pushes him away.#T1#
Miyagi fails to advance to Petersen's back.
Petersen wants to hold on but Miyagi pushes him away.
Miyagi content just to control the position here.
Petersen can't escape the position.
Miyagi trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen wants to control but Miyagi is having none of it.
Miyagi wants to control the pace but Petersen is squirming around nicely. #T2#
Miyagi is looking to work his way around to Petersen's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Miyagi tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Miyagi pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen tries to hold on but Miyagi pushes him away.
Petersen is desperately trying to improve his position but Miyagi has a good base and remains in mount.#T3#
Miyagi wants to take Petersen's back but he can't do it this time.
Petersen can't escape the position.
Petersen prevents any damage by holding on tight.
Petersen regains half guard.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Miyagi tries to pass to full mount but Petersen defends it.
Miyagi prevents Petersen from improving his position.#T4#
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Miyagi trying to mount his opponent but Petersen defends it.
Petersen is concentrating on defense, preventing Miyagi from advancing position.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Petersen is pressing down on Miyagi's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.#T5#
Petersen controlling Miyagi's posture.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Miyagi from controlling successfully.
Miyagi seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Petersen is controlling Miyagi's posture.#T6#
Miyagi not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Miyagi passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (10) Miyagi
Petersen is desperately trying to improve his position but Miyagi has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Miyagi fails to move to back control.
Petersen tries to hold on but Miyagi postures up.
Miyagi trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T7#
Petersen regains half guard.
Miyagi trying to control the pace.
Miyagi is looking to advance position but Petersen won't allow it.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen keeping control of the position. #T8#
Miyagi is taking a breather. Petersen says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Miyagi trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away.
Petersen is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Miyagi jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (13) Miyagi
Miyagi wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen is sneaking out the side here. He's bucked Miyagi off and has taken his back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (4) vs (13) Miyagi#T9#
Petersen is riding his opponent, not letting Miyagi buck him off.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Miyagi rolls, trying to escape but Petersen keeps control of the position.
Miyagi staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control.
Petersen controlling well, preventing Miyagi from escaping the position.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
#T10#
Petersen trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
Petersen wants to control the position but Miyagi frees himself and scrambles - Petersen manages to regain control in side control.
A lull in the action here as Petersen stalls from top position.
Further stalling from Petersen.
Petersen tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it. #T11#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Miyagi is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen taking a breather here.
Petersen wants to control for a moment but Miyagi uses the opportunity to move back to half guard.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Miyagi is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T12#
Petersen moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (13) Miyagi
Petersen advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (9) vs (13) Miyagi
Miyagi is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Miyagi is trying desperately to improve position.#T13#
Miyagi regains half guard.#SUB#
Petersen is working for a submission of some sort.
Miyagi tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Miyagi wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it. #SUB#
Petersen is working for a submission of some sort.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Miyagi is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T14#
Miyagi controlling the position for now.#SUB#
Petersen seems to be looking for submissions.
Miyagi is trying to get back to full guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to control the action but Miyagi is working from the bottom.
Miyagi tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
And that's the end of the fight!
Miyagi wins on points by 13 to 9.
Koryu Miyagi seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 386
Date: Jun 18, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 36 wins and 18 losses; Michael Cruz! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 58 wins and 38 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Seu Braga, Felipe Paraventi and Leandro Rodrigues.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Cruz gets taken down but at least he's managed to land in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Cruz (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Cruz is retaining full guard.
Cruz has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Petersen is looking to pass into half guard but Cruz pushes him away with his feet and jumps on top - now Cruz is in guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Cruz (2) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Cruz haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Cruz content to stall in guard here.
Petersen managing to control the position. #T1#
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen pulls Cruz in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen trying to control the position.
#T2#
Cruz's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Cruz preventing the sweep.
Cruz postures up.
Cruz stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Cruz tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now. #T3#
Cruz tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen seems keen to control Cruz's posture.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is trying to keep Cruz in close.
Petersen seems keen to control Cruz's posture.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen has Cruz pulled in close to control his posture. #T4#
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Cruz is proving a slippery customer.
Cruz preventing the sweep.
Cruz tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Cruz postures up.
Petersen wants to improve his position but instead Cruz has moved into half guard.
Petersen gets full guard.
Cruz stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Cruz passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Cruz (5) vs (2) Petersen
Cruz is trying to take his opponent's back.
#T5#
Cruz takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen tries to reverse the position but Cruz maintains control.
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Cruz moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Cruz (8) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen wants to control but Cruz postures up.
Cruz wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Cruz working away.#T6#
Petersen is not content to let Cruz control the position.
Petersen prevents Cruz from moving into mount.
Cruz trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen tries to improve position but can't. #T7#
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen is trying to improve his position.
Cruz wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here. #T8#
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Cruz prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Cruz trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
#T9#
Petersen working a defensive guard but Cruz passes into half guard.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Cruz is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Cruz controlling the action here.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Cruz is working away from the top position though.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Cruz is controlling well.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
#T10#
Petersen is not content to let Cruz control the position.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Cruz has control of the leg.
Cruz controlling the action here.
Petersen gets back to full guard.
#T11#
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Petersen is trying to keep Cruz in close.
Petersen working a defensive guard but Cruz passes into half guard.
Cruz sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Cruz is working away from the top position though.#T12#
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Cruz wants to free his trapped foot but Petersen is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Cruz is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Cruz takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.#T13#
Petersen is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Cruz jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Cruz (11) vs (2) Petersen
Cruz controls the position.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Cruz wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Cruz taking a breather here.
Petersen is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Cruz tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Cruz trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom. #T14#
The referee asks Cruz politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Cruz prefers to stall for the moment though.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Cruz's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Cruz sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen manages to get to full guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Cruz is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
And that's the end of the fight!
Cruz takes the fight on points by 11 to 2.
Michael Cruz retains his welterweight title!
A victorious Michael Cruz thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 383
Date: Jun 11, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 57 wins and 38 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 45 wins and 26 losses; Koryu Miyagi!
The judges for this bout are Matheus Silva, Seu Braga and Emerson Jorge.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen shoots in looking for a single leg takedown. Miyagi is trying to defend but Petersen finishes it well and ends up in half guard. Let's see if he can advance position further. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Miyagi
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Miyagi knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Miyagi has his hands clasped together around Petersen's back. He's all about the action.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Miyagi is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard. #T1#
Petersen wants to advance to full mount but Miyagi doesn't think that's going to happen and regains full guard instead.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Miyagi swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Miyagi
Miyagi is not content to let Petersen control the position. #T2#
Miyagi is looking for a sweep.
Petersen tries to move into full mount but can't pass Miyagi's legs.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Miyagi is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#T3#
Petersen tries to advance to mount but can't.
Miyagi is looking to reverse the position.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Miyagi is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
The referee tells the fighters to keep busy.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but can't.
Miyagi tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen wants to control but Miyagi is keeping him busy.
Miyagi is letting Petersen control him for a moment. #T4#
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Miyagi denies him.
Petersen advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (7) vs (0) Miyagi
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Petersen is looking to work his way around to Miyagi's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Miyagi is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Miyagi tries to get back to half guard but can't. #T5#
Miyagi wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Miyagi tries to get back to half guard but can't.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Petersen trying to control but Miyagi is having none of it.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #T6#
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Miyagi for as long as he can get away with.
Miyagi is trying to escape the mount.
Miyagi wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Miyagi slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Miyagi is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Miyagi is holding on to half guard well.#T7#
Petersen controlling the action here.
Miyagi felt the need to train up his defensive grappling in the buildup to the fight. Presumably he was expecting to be in a difficult position like this, so let's see if he can get out of it.
Miyagi is looking to improve his position.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Miyagi is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Miyagi tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.#T8##SUB#
Petersen wants to work for an arm triangle but Miyagi is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Miyagi is defending the position.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard. #T9##SUB#
Petersen is looking for a kimura but Miyagi is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Petersen to get the leverage.
Miyagi is controlling Petersen's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Miyagi won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Miyagi wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Miyagi won't allow it.
Miyagi tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg. #T10#
Petersen not doing much here.
Miyagi wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen is looking for the mount but instead finds himself back in full guard.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Miyagi.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Miyagi swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Miyagi keeps moving. #T11#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Miyagi is keeping the position.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Miyagi is keeping the position.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Miyagi is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up. #T12#
Miyagi is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Miyagi is the more experienced fighter here and he's going to need to draw on some of that experience if he's going to pull this one out the bag.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Miyagi is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Miyagi is keeping the position.
Petersen stays in close to Miyagi's body and controls the position. #T13#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Miyagi is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Miyagi being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Miyagi is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Miyagi is keeping the position.#T14#
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Miyagi pulls Petersen in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Miyagi keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Miyagi can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 7 to 0.
Our winner, Conald Petersen, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
Koryu Miyagi was interviewed post fight and said 'Ill train smarter and harder next time, so i come back stronger than ever!'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 379
Date: May 28, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 34 wins and 18 losses; Michael Cruz! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 57 wins and 37 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Thiago Cunha, Daniel Cesar and Felipe Paraventi.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Cruz tries to sprawl but Petersen drives through with a takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Cruz (0) vs (2) Petersen
Cruz wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen is keen to just control but Cruz is a slippery customer.
Petersen controlling the action here.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Cruz wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Cruz regains full guard. Nicely done. #T1#
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Cruz looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Cruz is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Cruz (2) vs (2) Petersen#T2#
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Cruz has control of the leg.
Petersen preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen controlling the leg, holding on to half guard.
Petersen trying to control but Cruz postures up.
#T3#
Petersen wants to improve his position but Cruz is controlling well.
Petersen wants to control but Cruz is keeping busy.
Petersen tries to roll over but Cruz keeps him under control.
Cruz wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position. #T4#
Cruz with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Petersen is positioning himself well to prevent Cruz advancing to mount.
The fighters are battling for position here. Petersen manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Cruz postures up.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen controlling the position.#T5#
Cruz looking to pass the guard.
Petersen has control of Cruz's left arm, preventing Cruz from doing any damage.
Petersen is trying to keep Cruz in close.
Petersen has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Cruz has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Cruz (5) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen stuck in half guard on the bottom here.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen is positioning himself to get back to half guard. #T6#
Cruz controls the position.
Petersen manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
Petersen wants to control but Cruz is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Cruz has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Cruz (8) vs (2) Petersen
Cruz tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #T7#
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Cruz gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Cruz (11) vs (2) Petersen
Cruz is riding his opponent, not letting Petersen buck him off.
Petersen can't escape the position.
#T8#
Petersen wants to control his opponent's hands but Cruz gets his hands free.
Petersen is in bad spot here.
Petersen controlling Cruz 's hands.
Petersen can't escape the position.
Petersen looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment.
Cruz controlling from the back.
Cruz not allowing Petersen to control his hands. #T9#
I really don't envy Petersen right now.
I would not like to be Petersen right now.
Petersen is in bad spot here.
Cruz avoiding Petersen 's attempts to control his hands.
Cruz has the hooks in. Petersen is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Cruz controls the position.
Cruz's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T10#
Petersen is really stuck here.
Cruz controlling the position well here. Petersen rolled but Cruz kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Cruz seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Petersen for as long as he can get away with.
Petersen is trying to break free.
Cruz has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Petersen's body.
#T11#
Cruz keeps control of the position as Petersen tries to break free.
Cruz controlling from the back.
Cruz is trying to stick to Petersen's back but Petersen is turning into Cruz. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Cruz's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Petersen. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Cruz (11) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen looking to pass the guard. #T12#
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Cruz keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Cruz wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Cruz is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T13#
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Cruz is keeping the position for now.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Cruz is retaining full guard. #T14#
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Cruz is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Cruz trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
And that's the end of the fight!
Cruz takes the fight on points by 11 to 4.
Michael Cruz retains his welterweight title!
During a confident post fight interview, Michael Cruz thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 375
Date: May 14, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 56 wins and 37 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Helsinki, with a TWGC record of 40 wins and 22 losses; Bo Nickal!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Alexandre Firmino and Felipe Paraventi.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Petersen has a takedown stuffed.
Nickal tries to score a power double leg takedown but Petersen sees that one coming and sprawls well. That will dishearten Nickal somewhat.
Petersen attempts a counter takedown but Nickal avoids it well and moves away.
Petersen dives in and grabs Nickal's left leg, looking for a takedown. Nickal pushes down on Petersen's head and hops out.
Nickal is definitely looking for the counter takedowns here.#TD#
Petersen gets a double leg takedown into Nickal's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Nickal
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Nickal keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen stands and throws Nickal's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Nickal
Nickal is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Nickal seems a little lost for a moment, as Petersen dominates the positioning.#T2#
Petersen wants to control but Nickal is keeping him busy.
Petersen tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Petersen trying to control the action but Nickal is working from the bottom.
A lull in the action here as Petersen stalls from top position.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Nickal for as long as he can get away with.#T3#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Nickal is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Nickal can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Petersen wants to control for a moment but Nickal uses the opportunity to move back to half guard.
Petersen controlling the pace. #T4#
Petersen wants to control but Nickal is keeping him busy.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.#T5##SUB#
Petersen is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Nickal sees it coming and defends easily.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Nickal tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.#T6#
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Nickal knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Nickal trying to control but Petersen postures up.
We've been informed that Nickal has been working hard on his conditioning in the buildup to the fight.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Petersen is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (0) Nickal
Nickal stops Petersen from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better. #T7#
Petersen can't control as he wanted to and Nickal manages to get the fight back to his half guard.
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (11) vs (0) Nickal
Petersen tries to control but Nickal wriggling away.
Petersen controlling the pace for now. #T8#
Nickal is looking to get to half guard.
Nickal is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Nickal wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it. #T9#
Petersen wants to control the pace but Nickal is squirming around nicely.
Nickal can't escape the position.
Nickal holds on for dear life, controlling Petersen's posture momentarily.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen continues to stall.#T10#
Petersen wants to take Nickal's back here but Nickal is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Petersen is looking to work his way around to Nickal's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Nickal is squirming around nicely.
Petersen wants to control but Nickal has made it back to half guard. Nice work.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Nickal is defending the position. #T11##SUB#
Petersen wants to work for an arm triangle but Nickal is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Nickal is defending the position.
Nickal is trying to control but Petersen manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (14) vs (0) Nickal
Nickal has worked his way to half guard, taking advantage of Petersen's lack of action.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
#T12#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Nickal is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Nickal is looking to improve his position.
Petersen is trying to control. Nickal wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Nickal does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen is really struggling to control Nickal but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard. #T13#
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Nickal is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Petersen is keen to just control but Nickal is a slippery customer.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense. #T14#
Nickal won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Petersen is taking a breather. Nickal says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Nickal won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to control from Nickal's half guard. Nickal has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 14 to 0.
After winning the bout, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 372
Date: May 07, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 26 wins and 14 losses; Wilhelm Bar! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 55 wins and 37 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Emerson Jorge and Edson Gomes.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Bar gets caught on his heels momentarily as he allows Petersen to score an easy takedown into full guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Bar (0) vs (2) Petersen
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Bar seems keen to control Petersen's posture.#SUB#
Bar looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Bar wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Bar is keeping the position for now.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen won't allow Bar to sweep him here. #T1#
Bar can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Bar has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Bar controlling Petersen's posture.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Bar swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Bar is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Bar holds on and takes a little breather. #T2#
Bar continues to stall.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Bar is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Bar keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Bar keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Bar looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it. #T3#
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Bar is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Bar is keeping the position for now.
Petersen won't allow Bar to sweep him here. #T4#
Bar being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Bar.
Bar has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Bar will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Bar keeps moving.
Bar being controlled here, momentarily. #T5#
Bar looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Petersen postures up.
Bar can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.#T6#
Bar controlling Petersen's posture.
Petersen pushing down on Bar's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Bar is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Bar makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Bar.#T7#
Bar is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen advances to half guard.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Bar preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head. #SUB2#
Petersen seems to be working for a kimura but Bar defends the submission attempt.
Petersen content to control rather than advance. #T8#
Bar tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Bar (0) vs (5) Petersen#T9#
Bar really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Bar is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Petersen is stalling here but it's allowed Bar to get half guard.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Bar defending well. #T10#
Bar tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Bar is trying is best to control the position here.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Bar is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Bar controlling the position well.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T11#
Bar preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Bar is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T12#
Bar is in trouble now - Petersen has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Bar (0) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen controlling from mount.
Bar really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Bar is squirming around nicely. #T13#
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Bar is looking to escape.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Bar is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.#T14#
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Bar is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen is trying to take his opponent's back.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen controlling his opponent.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 8 to 0.
During a confident post fight interview, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 369
Date: Apr 30, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 54 wins and 37 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Sydney, with a TWGC record of 7 wins and 2 losses; Cesare Borgia!
The judges for this bout are Alexandre Firmino, Luis Engracia and Paulo Santos.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Borgia drops down and drives through with a powerful takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Borgia
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Borgia controls from within his opponent's guard.
Borgia passes into half guard.
Petersen controlling the position for now.#SUB2#
Borgia is working for a submission of some sort.
Borgia trying to pass the guard but Petersen defending well.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen works his way to full guard. Good work.
Petersen controlling Borgia's posture.
Borgia won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Borgia must be cautious of submissions here, given that his opponent has the superior Jiu Jitsu.#T1#
Borgia showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #SUB#
Petersen has his foot on Borgia's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Borgia works his way back into a safe position though.
Borgia trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Borgia tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen pulls Borgia in to control the position.
Borgia passes Petersen's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Petersen won't allow Borgia to pass to mount.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Borgia is controlling well.
#T2#
Petersen wants to control but Borgia passes into side.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (5) Borgia
Petersen manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (5) Borgia
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Borgia has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.#T3#
Borgia wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (5) Borgia
Borgia prevents Petersen from moving into mount.
Petersen advances nicely into full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (7) vs (5) Borgia
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Borgia is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen controlling his opponent. #T4#
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Borgia is looking to escape.
Borgia is trying desperately to improve position.
Petersen looking to control but Borgia is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen is looking to work his way around to Borgia's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position. #T5#
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen wants to take Borgia's back but he can't do it this time.
Petersen looking to control but Borgia is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Borgia tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #T6#
Borgia tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Borgia looks out of his depth in this position - he's holding on tight.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Borgia keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen looking to control but Borgia is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T7#
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Borgia is looking to escape. #T8#
Borgia is controlling an arm, preventing Petersen from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Borgia felt the need to train up his defensive grappling in the buildup to the fight. Presumably he was expecting to be in a difficult position like this, so let's see if he can get out of it.
Borgia working to try and regain half guard.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Borgia tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.#T9#
Petersen wants to control the pace but Borgia is squirming around nicely.
Borgia tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T10#
Borgia slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Borgia is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Borgia wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Petersen is looking to stall here but Borgia recovers full guard. #T11#
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Borgia controlling Petersen's posture.
Borgia keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Borgia looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T12#
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Borgia is the more experienced fighter here and he's going to need to draw on some of that experience if he's going to pull this one out the bag.
Borgia is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen trying to control but Borgia is working from the bottom.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard. #T13#
Borgia keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen passes Borgia's right leg, so he's now in half guard. #T14##SUB#
Petersen is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Borgia is just riding it out for now. Petersen eventually gives up the hold.
Borgia wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Petersen is trying to control. Borgia wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!#SUB#
Petersen is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Borgia sees it coming and defends easily.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Borgia wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 7 to 5.
An out of breath Conald Petersen thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 366
Date: Apr 23, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 53 wins and 37 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 16 wins and 4 losses; Tyler Alvarez!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Alexandre Firmino and Leandro Rodrigues.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD#
Petersen gets a takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Alvarez#SUB#
Petersen is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Alvarez has managed to free his arm - good work.
Alvarez slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Petersen trying to move into half guard but instead Alvarez has managed to sweep! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Alvarez
Petersen has Alvarez pulled in close to control his posture. #SUB#
Petersen is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen has Alvarez pulled in close to control his posture.
Alvarez pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Alvarez trying to move into half guard but instead Petersen has managed to sweep! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (2) Alvarez
Alvarez looking for a sweep. Not yet Alvarez, not yet. #T1#
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Alvarez for as long as he can get away with.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Alvarez is keeping the position for now.
Alvarez trying to control the position.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Alvarez is trying to keep Petersen in close.
#T2#
Alvarez can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Petersen postures up.
Alvarez looking for a sweep. Not yet Alvarez, not yet.
Petersen is pushing down on Alvarez's leg trying to pass to half guard. Alvarez is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.#T3#
Alvarez is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen wants to control but Alvarez is keeping him busy.
Alvarez trying to control from the bottom.
Alvarez is controlling Petersen's trapped leg to prevent Petersen from advancing to side control.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Alvarez is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T4#
Petersen wants to take a breather but Alvarez is having none of it.
Alvarez wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Alvarez is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Alvarez tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg. #T5#
Alvarez keeps trying to improve his position.
Alvarez is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Alvarez does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (2) Alvarez
Alvarez keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
#T6#
Alvarez regains half guard.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Alvarez is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Alvarez is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.#T7#
Petersen is working hard to pass the guard. He's done it - he's now in full mount! Trouble for Alvarez! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (10) vs (2) Alvarez
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen tries to control but Alvarez wriggling away.
Alvarez is working to get back to half guard.
Alvarez wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (13) vs (2) Alvarez
Good control from Petersen.#T8#
Alvarez is trying to break free.
Petersen controls the position.
Alvarez trying to control but not successfully.
Petersen slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
#T9#
Alvarez breaks Petersen's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (13) vs (4) Alvarez
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen controlling Alvarez's posture.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Alvarez tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen controls Alvarez momentarily but Alvarez frees himself.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Alvarez's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (15) vs (4) Alvarez
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.#T10#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Alvarez keeps moving.
Alvarez looking for a sweep. Not yet Alvarez, not yet.
Petersen passes Alvarez's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Alvarez is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen prevents Alvarez from improving his position.
Petersen controlling the action here. #T11##SUB#
Petersen is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Petersen not doing much here.
Alvarez gets full guard.
Petersen advances to half guard.
Petersen not doing much here.
Alvarez has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.#T12#
Petersen is trying to control. Alvarez wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Alvarez is trying to control but can't.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Alvarez does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Alvarez knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Alvarez works his way to full guard. Good work.#T13#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Alvarez wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen stays in close to Alvarez's body and controls the position.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Alvarez controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard. #T14#
Petersen is looking to pass into half guard but Alvarez pushes him away with his feet and jumps on top - now Alvarez is in guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (15) vs (6) Alvarez
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now. #SUB2#
Alvarez is holding a leg here, probably looking for an ankle lock - he drops back and goes for it! Petersen is in trouble! Is it all over??? No! Petersen has escaped and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (17) vs (6) Alvarez
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Alvarez is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Alvarez is retaining full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 17 to 6.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 361
Date: Apr 16, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 24 wins and 21 losses; Chan Siam! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 53 wins and 36 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Luis Engracia, Paulo Santos and Alexandre Firmino.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Petersen shoots in for a takedown and gets it. Let's see what he's got on the mat. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Siam (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Petersen trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Siam manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Siam (2) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Siam might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Siam wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen controlling the position.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
We've been hearing good reports from Siam's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T1#
Siam not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Siam from controlling successfully.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Siam being controlled here momentarily.
Siam slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Petersen controls Siam momentarily but Siam frees himself.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Siam manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Siam (2) vs (4) Petersen#T2#
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Siam keeps moving.
Siam looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #T3#
Petersen trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Siam manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Siam (4) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen controlling Siam's posture.
Siam is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen controlling Siam's posture.
Siam stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.#T4#
Petersen is trying to keep Siam in close.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Siam postures up.
Petersen pulls Siam in to control the position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Siam haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Siam pushes down on Petersen's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Siam seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Petersen does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T5#
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Petersen wants to sweep but Siam has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Siam (7) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen struggling a bit here.
Petersen is letting Siam control him for a moment.
Siam tries to advance to mount but Petersen denies him.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Siam wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #T6#
Petersen is trying to control Siam's posture but Siam avoids it.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Siam wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Siam taking a breather here.
Petersen is looking to reverse the position.
Petersen manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Siam (7) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen controlling the action here.#T7#
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Siam tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
#T8#
Petersen is keen to just control but Siam is a slippery customer.
Siam has his hands clasped together around Petersen's back. He's all about the action.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Siam is defending well.
Petersen controlling the pace.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T9#
Siam is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Siam manages to get to full guard.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Siam swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Siam trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T10#
Petersen trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Siam manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Siam (9) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen is pulling down on Siam's head to control his posture.
Siam pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is pulling down on Siam's head. It's preventing any offense from Siam, at least for the moment.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T11#
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Siam content to stall in guard here.
Petersen managing to control the position.
Siam forces his way into half guard.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Siam is working away from the top position though.#T12#
Siam is taking a breather. Petersen says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Siam postures up.
#SUB2#
Petersen is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Siam won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Siam's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen trying to control the position.
#T13#
Siam slips nicely into half guard.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Siam has control of the leg.
Siam tries to pass the half guard into mount. Petersen knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Siam in particular looking to stall.
Petersen is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Siam jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Siam (12) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen trying to control but Siam flips him over like a cheap hooker and has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Siam (15) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen trying to control the hands but Siam won't let him. #T14#
Siam struggling to keep hold of the position.
Petersen is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Petersen trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Siam is trying to stick to Petersen's back but Petersen is turning into Siam. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Siam's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Petersen. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Siam (15) vs (8) Petersen
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Siam is pulling down on Petersen's head to control his posture.
Siam is trying to control the position from the bottom.
And that's the end of the fight!
Siam takes the fight on points by 15 to 8.
An out of breath Chan Siam thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 358
Date: Apr 09, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 41 wins and 24 losses; Koryu Miyagi! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 53 wins and 35 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Leandro Rodrigues and Seu Braga.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL#
Miyagi has Petersen up against the cage in a clinch.
Petersen changes levels and goes for a takedown here. Miyagi fights it off and pushes away nicely.
#CL#
Miyagi instigates a clinch. #TD#
Miyagi has clasped his hands together around Petersen's back... aaand, he's got a takedown into side control. Nicely done. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Miyagi (4) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Miyagi keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen is controlling Miyagi's trapped leg to prevent Miyagi from advancing to side control.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Still in half guard, Miyagi seems content to control.#T1#
Miyagi wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position.
Petersen keeping control of the position.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Miyagi is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T2#
Petersen wants to get back to full guard but Miyagi has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Miyagi (7) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen tries to hold on but Miyagi pushes him away.
Petersen is in all sorts of trouble here.
Miyagi controlling the position easily from mount.
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Miyagi isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen has given up his back - I don’t know if this is a deliberate ploy to try and escape or if he is just struggling down there.
Score +3 for taking back: Miyagi (10) vs (0) Petersen
Miyagi has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Petersen's body.
#T3#
Miyagi controlling well, preventing Petersen from escaping the position.
Petersen looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment.
Miyagi is hanging on to Petersen's back as he tries to escape.
Miyagi has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Petersen's body.
Petersen trying to control the hands but Miyagi won't let him. #T4#
What can Petersen do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Miyagi keeps control of the position as Petersen tries to break free.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Miyagi avoiding Petersen 's attempts to control his hands.
Petersen tries to escape but Miyagi has the hooks in and won't let him break free. #T5#
Petersen trying to control but not successfully.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Miyagi not allowing Petersen to control his hands.
Petersen tries to escape the position.
Miyagi not allowing Petersen to control his hands.
Miyagi just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
Miyagi trying to control.#T6#
Miyagi just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
Petersen tries to break free.
Petersen rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Petersen is doing well to control the position and prevent Miyagi from advancing to side control.
Miyagi trying to pass the guard but Petersen defending well.
Petersen trying to hold on to Miyagi's head to control him but Miyagi postures up.
Petersen is staying active underneath Miyagi, who seems content to just control the action from this position. #T7#
Miyagi is looking to advance position but Petersen won't allow it.
Petersen is looking to control Miyagi's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Miyagi prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Miyagi is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is controlling Miyagi's trapped leg to prevent Miyagi from advancing to side control.#T8#
Petersen is looking to get back to full guard here but Miyagi has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Miyagi (13) vs (0) Petersen
The referee tells the fighters to keep busy.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard.
Miyagi is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.#T9#
Petersen wants to control but Miyagi postures up.
Miyagi is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position.
Petersen tries to bench press Miyagi off him but Miyagi keeps the position.
A control attempt from Petersen but he's now mounted! Score +2 for reaching mount: Miyagi (15) vs (0) Petersen
Miyagi avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.#T10#
Petersen tries to control Miyagi's body but Miyagi pushes him off. Petersen squirms to his side and now Miyagi has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Miyagi (18) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen can't escape the position.
Petersen trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Petersen trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Petersen wants to escape the position.
Petersen trying to control the action but Miyagi just sinks the hooks in.
Miyagi is trying to stick to Petersen's back but Petersen is turning into Miyagi. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Miyagi's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Petersen. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Miyagi (18) vs (2) Petersen#T11#
Petersen is looking to pass into half guard but Miyagi pushes him away with his feet and jumps on top - now Miyagi is in guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Miyagi (20) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Miyagi (20) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Miyagi looking to control.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Miyagi is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Miyagi keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Miyagi keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass. #T12#
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Miyagi keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Miyagi is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard. #T13#
Petersen forces his way into half guard.
Miyagi wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Miyagi knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T14#
Miyagi is looking to improve his position.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Miyagi moves into full guard.
Miyagi has Petersen pulled in close to control his posture.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
And that's the end of the fight!
Miyagi takes the fight on points by 20 to 4.
A victorious Koryu Miyagi thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 354
Date: Apr 02, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the welterweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 52 wins and 35 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 12 wins and 12 losses; Bjørn Helvig!
The judges for this bout are Seu Braga, Emerson Jorge and Matheus Silva.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Petersen throws a loose over hand right and dives in with a double leg takedown. Helvig tries to sprawl but it's too late and the fighters hit the mat. Petersen is in Helvig's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Helvig
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Helvig is controlling Petersen's posture.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.#SUB2#
Helvig is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Petersen defends well.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Helvig can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.#SUB2#
Helvig throws his legs up looking for a submission but Petersen uses it to pass to side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Helvig
Petersen tries to move into full mount but can't pass Helvig's legs. #T1#
Helvig is trying to improve his position.
Helvig can't do much from the bottom here.
Helvig is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen wants to control but Helvig is keeping him busy.
Petersen takes a little break here. Helvig wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.
Petersen tries to move into full mount but can't pass Helvig's legs.
Petersen controls the position.
Petersen tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it. #T2#
Helvig is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen controls the position from side control.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Helvig is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Helvig trying to remain calm as Petersen controls from the top position.
Helvig manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
Petersen prevents Helvig from improving his position.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T3#
Helvig is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Helvig manages to get to full guard.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Helvig is retaining full guard.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Helvig is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T4#
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Helvig is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (5) vs (2) Helvig
Helvig wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Helvig seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Petersen managing to control the position.
Helvig tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen pulls Helvig in close to prevent any damage.
Helvig pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now. #T5#
Helvig won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Helvig advances to half guard.
Petersen works his way to full guard. Good work.
Helvig seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up. #SUB#
Petersen is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Helvig defends well.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Helvig tries to pass.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Helvig is one step ahead there.
Helvig stays in close to Petersen's body and controls the position. #T6#
Helvig forces his way into half guard.
Petersen won't allow Helvig to pass to mount.
Petersen keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Helvig is controlling well.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Helvig tries to pass.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Helvig from controlling successfully.
Helvig postures up.
Helvig passes Petersen's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Petersen tries to roll over but Helvig keeps him under control.#T7##SUB2#
Helvig is working for a kimura but Petersen is defending it quite comfortably.
#SUB2#
Helvig is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.#SUB2#
Helvig is working for a kimura but Petersen is defending it quite comfortably.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.#SUB2#
Helvig is working for a submission of some sort.
Petersen holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now. #T8#
Helvig is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #SUB2#
Helvig seems to be looking for submissions.
Helvig moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (5) Helvig
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Helvig's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Helvig looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Helvig trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Helvig is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Helvig is controlling well.
#T9#
Helvig is keen to just control but Petersen is a slippery customer.
Helvig passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (8) Helvig
Petersen is trying to control Helvig's posture but Helvig avoids it. #SUB2#
Helvig wants to work for a kimura but he's foiled early by Petersen, who protects the arm well.
Petersen stops Helvig from passing to mount.
Helvig is trying to move to mount but Petersen reverses beautifully and ends up in Helvig's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (7) vs (8) Helvig
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.#T10#
Helvig looking for a sweep. Not yet Helvig, not yet.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Helvig is controlling Petersen's posture.#SUB2#
Helvig had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Petersen defends it easily.#T11#
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Helvig keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Helvig looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #T12#
Helvig looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Helvig is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Petersen stays in close to Helvig's body and controls the position.
Further stalling from Petersen.
Petersen stands and throws Helvig's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (10) vs (8) Helvig
Petersen wants to control but Helvig is keeping him busy.
Helvig is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but can't. #T13#
Helvig is trying to improve his position.
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet.
Helvig is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Helvig gets back to half guard.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Helvig is defending the position.
Helvig wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Helvig tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg. #T14#
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Helvig wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Petersen trying to control the action but Helvig is working from the bottom.
Helvig is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Helvig does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 10 to 8.
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 349
Date: Mar 26, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the middleweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 51 wins and 35 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Helsinki, with a TWGC record of 35 wins and 20 losses; Bo Nickal!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Thiago Cunha and Seu Braga.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen darts in and lands a nice takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Nickal
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Nickal
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Nickal is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen moves to his opponent's back but Nickal bucks him off and ends up in guard. A bit of a disaster there for Petersen. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (5) vs (2) Nickal#T1#
Nickal stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen controls Nickal momentarily but Nickal frees himself.
Nickal controls from within his opponent's guard.
Nickal's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Petersen has his hands on Nickal's head, controlling the position. #T2#
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen pulls Nickal in close to his closed guard and prevents Nickal from doing any damage or advancing position.
Nickal wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (7) vs (2) Nickal
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Nickal keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #T3#
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen passes Nickal's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard. #SUB#
Petersen trying to work for an americana but Nickal has managed to regain full guard.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Nickal holds on and takes a little breather.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Nickal is keeping the position.#T4#
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Nickal is keeping the position for now. #SUB2#
Nickal looking for a guillotine here but Petersen defends easily.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T5#
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Nickal is retaining full guard.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Nickal gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (7) vs (4) Nickal
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control. #T6#
Petersen wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Nickal is now in half guard.
Nickal wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position.
Nickal wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Nickal has control of the leg. #T7#
Petersen trying to hold on to Nickal's head to control him but Nickal postures up.
Petersen manages to get to full guard.
Petersen is trying to hold Nickal in close to prevent damage but Nickal has managed to pass into half guard.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Nickal is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Nickal wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position. #T8#
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Nickal in particular looking to stall.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Nickal has control of the leg.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen trying to get back to full guard but Nickal takes advantage of the position and moves to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (7) Nickal
Petersen slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Nickal is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.#T9#
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (9) vs (7) Nickal
Nickal looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Petersen forces his way into half guard.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Nickal won't allow it.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment. #T10#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Nickal is defending well.
Petersen is keen to just control but Nickal is a slippery customer.
Petersen is thwarting Nickal's attempts to control the position.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Nickal defending well.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T11#
Nickal is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Nickal trying to control here.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Nickal for as long as he can get away with.#T12#
Petersen continues to stall.
Nickal tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Nickal won't allow Petersen to pass to mount. #T13#
Petersen is looking to pass Nickal's guard but actually Nickal recovers to full guard.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Nickal keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #T14##SUB#
Petersen is holding a leg here, probably looking for an ankle lock - he drops back and goes for it! Nickal is in trouble! Is it all over??? No! Nickal has escaped and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (9) vs (9) Nickal
Nickal stays in close to Petersen's body and controls the position.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen is pulling down on Nickal's head. It's preventing any offense from Nickal, at least for the moment.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Nickal won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points, we go to a tie breaker and Petersen gets a bonus point for attempting more subs.
Petersen takes the fight on points by 10 to 9.
A victorious Conald Petersen thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 346
Date: Mar 19, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the middleweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 51 wins and 34 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 22 wins and 11 losses; Wilhelm Bar!
The judges for this bout are Percy O'Donnell, Don Winkell and Frank Antenori.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Petersen gets taken down but at least he's managed to land in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Bar
Petersen is pulling down on Bar's head to control his posture.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen is controlling Bar's posture.
Petersen continues to stall.
Bar trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck. #T1#
Bar postures up.
Bar's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Bar not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Bar wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Bar
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Bar is retaining full guard.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Bar has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (2) vs (6) Bar#T2##SUB2#
Bar with some aggressive grappling here. He's looking for submissions here, rather than waiting for the opportunity to counter.
Petersen can't escape the position.
Bar wants to take his opponent's back but Petersen doesn't allow it.
Bar sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Bar trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen wants to hold on but Bar pushes him away.
Bar trying to control but Petersen is having none of it. #T3#
Petersen wants to hold on but Bar pushes him away.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Bar trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen wants to hold on but Bar pushes him away.
Petersen is in a bad position, trying to hold on for dear life but he is really struggling to maintain any sort of control.
Petersen is desperately trying to improve his position but Bar has a good base and remains in mount.
Bar content just to control the position here.
Petersen keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
#T4#
Bar trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Bar controlling from mount.
Bar tries to control but Petersen wriggling away.
Bar controlling from mount.
Petersen tries to hold on but Bar postures up.#T5#
Petersen slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Bar passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (9) Bar
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face as Bar controls the position.
Petersen is looking to reverse the position.
Bar controls the position from side control.
Bar trying to control the position but Petersen is working away.
Petersen manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (9) Bar#T6#
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Petersen wants to control but Bar is keeping him busy.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen is looking to pass Bar's guard but actually Bar recovers to full guard.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #T7#
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Bar keeps moving.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Bar gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (11) Bar
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen has control of Bar's left arm, preventing Bar from doing any damage. #T8#
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Bar won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Bar trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
#SUB#
Petersen is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle. #T9#
Bar controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Bar pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Bar being controlled here momentarily.
Bar passes Petersen's right leg, so he's now in half guard. #T10#
Bar trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen wants to control but Bar is keeping busy.
Bar controlling the pace.
Petersen wants to control but Bar is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Bar has control of the leg.
Bar is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T11#
Bar prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Bar seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Petersen does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Bar is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen wants to control but Bar passes into side.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (4) vs (14) Bar#T12#
Bar in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Petersen is not content to let Bar control the position.
Bar working away.
Petersen is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.#T13#
Petersen is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Bar is working away from the top position though.
Bar prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen is looking to control Bar's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Bar is taking a breather. Petersen says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Bar prevents Petersen from improving his position.#T14#
Petersen moves into full guard.
Bar controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Bar tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Bar wins on points by 14 to 4. Wilhelm Bar retains his middleweight title!
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 340
Date: Mar 12, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the middleweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Helsinki, with a TWGC record of 35 wins and 18 losses; Bo Nickal! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 50 wins and 34 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Thiago Cunha and Paulo Santos.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen shoots in for a takedown and gets it. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Nickal (0) vs (2) Petersen
Nickal tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Nickal defends it.
Petersen stalling.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is pressing down on Nickal's thigh, looking to free his foot. Nickal is holding on for now.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T1#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Nickal defending well. #T2#
Nickal is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Nickal is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Nickal avoid being mounted?
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Nickal defends it. #SUB2#
Petersen is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
#T3#
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Nickal defends it.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Nickal makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Nickal.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Nickal looks to be in better condition than last time we saw him fight. Obviously he's been working hard on his cardio.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Nickal is retaining full guard.
Nickal keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #T4##SUB2#
Petersen drops back looking for a heel hook - he quickly realises he's not going to get it but Nickal manages to dive on top of him before he can escape and now Petersen has Nickal in his guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Nickal (2) vs (2) Petersen
Nickal wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Nickal is proving a slippery customer.
#T5#
Nickal wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Nickal won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen seems keen to control Nickal's posture.
Nickal preventing the sweep.
Petersen is trying to keep Nickal in close.
Nickal is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long. #T6#
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Nickal from controlling successfully.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen controlling the position.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck. #T7#
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Nickal from controlling successfully.
Nickal pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Nickal stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen seems keen to control Nickal's posture.
Nickal trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom. #T8#
Nickal wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen pulls Nickal in to control the position.
Nickal trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Nickal postures up.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Nickal manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Nickal (2) vs (4) Petersen#T9#
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Nickal swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen trying to move into half guard but instead Nickal has managed to sweep! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Nickal (4) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Nickal's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Nickal (4) vs (6) Petersen
Nickal pulls Petersen in close to his closed guard and prevents Petersen from doing any damage or advancing position.
Nickal keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Nickal is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard. #T10#
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Nickal gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Nickal (6) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen looking to control.
Petersen wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Nickal manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Nickal (6) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Nickal is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Nickal is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T11#
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Nickal swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Nickal has his hands on Petersen's head, controlling the position.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Nickal is retaining full guard.
Petersen trying to control but Nickal is working from the bottom. #T12#
Nickal pulls Petersen in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Nickal swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Nickal looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen is fighting to break Nickal's control of his arms but Nickal is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.#T13#
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Nickal is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Nickal (8) vs (8) Petersen
Nickal is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen looking to control but Nickal passes into half guard.
Petersen keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Petersen gets full guard.#T14#
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Nickal is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Petersen looking to control.
Nickal being controlled here momentarily.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Nickal is one step ahead there.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Nickal is stalling in the full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points, we go to a tie breaker and Petersen gets a bonus point for attempting more subs.
Petersen wins on points by 9 to 8.
Conald Petersen decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 336
Date: Mar 05, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the middleweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 9 wins and 9 losses; Jari Laitila! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 49 wins and 34 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Edson Gomes and Leandro Rodrigues.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#CL#
Laitila gets in close and instigates a clinch. #TD#
Laitila manages to pull guard.
#SUB#
Laitila is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Laitila is retaining full guard.
Laitila can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Laitila is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Laitila seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Laitila (0) vs (3) Petersen#T1#
Petersen controlling from side mount.
Petersen works to advance to full mount. Laitila defends for a few seconds but eventually he succumbs. Score +2 for reaching mount: Laitila (0) vs (5) Petersen
Laitila has given up his back - I don’t know if this is a deliberate ploy to try and escape or if he is just struggling down there.
Score +3 for taking back: Laitila (0) vs (8) Petersen
Laitila trying to control the hands but Petersen breaks the grip.
Petersen has good solid back control here. #T2#
Laitila trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Petersen is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.#T3#
Laitila is really stuck here.
Petersen controlling from the back.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Petersen.#T4#
Petersen trying to control.
Laitila can't escape the position.
What can Laitila do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Laitila looking very determined here, making life difficult for Petersen.
Petersen controls the action.#T5#
Yet more stalling tactics from Petersen.
Laitila turns into Petersen and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Laitila (2) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Laitila (2) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Laitila is retaining full guard.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Laitila lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Laitila (4) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen looking to control.
#T6#
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Laitila from controlling successfully.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Laitila tries to pass. #T7#
Laitila wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Laitila postures up.
Petersen seems keen to control Laitila's posture.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Laitila advances to half guard.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Laitila is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Laitila is keen to just control but Petersen is a slippery customer.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Laitila is very close to passing his half guard.#T8#
Laitila is trying to control the action in half guard but Petersen is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen gets back to full guard.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Laitila manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Laitila (4) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Petersen trying to control but Laitila is working from the bottom. #T9#
Laitila pulls Petersen in to control the position.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Laitila keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #SUB#
Laitila has his foot on Petersen's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Petersen works his way back into a safe position though.
Petersen content to stall in guard here. #T10#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Laitila keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Laitila looking to control.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Laitila keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #T11#
Petersen forces his way into half guard.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Laitila is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Laitila moves into full guard.
Petersen advances to half guard. #T12#
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Laitila is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Laitila is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Laitila wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T13#
Laitila controlling the position for now.
Laitila is looking to improve his position.
#SUB2#
Petersen wants to work for an arm triangle but Laitila is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Laitila is holding on to half guard well.
Laitila won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Petersen not doing much here.
#T14#
Laitila trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Petersen not doing much here.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 12 to 4.
During a confident post fight interview, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 10.5
Date: Feb 26, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 31 wins and 34 losses; Roman Boesku! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 48 wins and 34 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Luis Engracia, Daniel Cesar and Edson Gomes.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Petersen tries to score a power double leg takedown but Boesku sees that one coming and sprawls well. That will dishearten Petersen somewhat.#TD2#
Petersen closes the distance and scores a nice trip takedown into half guard. Boesku did well to prevent Petersen getting side control. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Boesku (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Boesku defending well.
Boesku has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is pressing down on Boesku's thigh, looking to free his foot. Boesku is holding on for now.
Boesku controlling the position for now.
Boesku wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
#T1#
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Boesku knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen passes the guard and advances to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Boesku (0) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
We've been hearing good reports from Boesku's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Petersen moves to the back position. Score +3 for taking back: Boesku (0) vs (8) Petersen
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
Petersen is not going to allow Boesku to sit and survive in this position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T2#
I would not like to be Boesku right now.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Boesku is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
#T3#
Petersen keeps control of the position easily here as Boesku tries to buck him off.
#SUB2#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Boesku is staying cool under pressure, defending well against the rear naked choke attempt from his opponent.
Petersen keeps control of the position easily here as Boesku tries to buck him off.
Boesku trying to control the action but Petersen just sinks the hooks in. #T4#
Petersen trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Boesku doesn't escape.
A lull in the action here.
I really don't envy Boesku right now.
What can Boesku do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Boesku tries to escape but Petersen has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Boesku is working hard here to advance position.#T5##SUB2#
Petersen working for a choke but Boesku is defending well.
What can Boesku do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Petersen has the hooks in. Boesku is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Petersen controlling from the back.
Boesku prevents Petersen from getting a body triangle.
A bit of a pause in the action here. Petersen controlling the positon.#T6#
Petersen is not going to allow Boesku to sit and survive in this position.
Boesku is trying to break free.
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Boesku trying to control but not successfully. #T7#
Petersen controlling from the back.
Petersen avoiding Boesku 's attempts to control his hands.
Boesku tries to escape the position.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Petersen not allowing Boesku to control his hands. #T8#
Petersen just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Boesku rolls, trying to escape but Petersen keeps control of the position.
I would not like to be Boesku right now.
Petersen is continuing to stall.
Boesku is trying to break free.
I would not like to be Boesku right now.
Boesku tries to break free.
#T9#
Petersen biding his time, controlling Boesku.
More stalling from Petersen.
The adventures of Petersen the control monster continue. Boring.
Petersen is hanging on to Boesku's back as he tries to escape.
#T10#
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Boesku tries to roll but Petersen sticks to his back.
Petersen controlling the position well here. Boesku rolled but Petersen kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Petersen with more of the same as he continues to hold on.
I really don't envy Boesku right now.
#T11##SUB2#
Petersen is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. Boesku knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften Boesku for a finish.
Boesku is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Petersen.
Petersen controlling well, preventing Boesku from escaping the position.
#SUB2#
Petersen looking to break Boesku's wrist control so he can sink in the choke. Boesku remaining controlled and patient though - he really has to keep calm otherwise Petersen will wrap this one up with the rear naked choke!
Boesku wants to control his opponent's hands but Petersen gets his hands free.
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
Boesku trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble. #T12#
Petersen controls the position.#SUB2#
Petersen is staying calm and holding on to the back position, whilst working on a rear naked choke. Boesku is defending well though. Petersen let's go of the attempt for now.
Boesku just trying to survive but Petersen is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Petersen's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Boesku trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble. #T13#
Petersen is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Petersen has the hooks in. Boesku is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Boesku manages to reverse the position and now he's in Petersen's guard. Nice work there by Boesku.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Boesku (2) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Boesku tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Boesku manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Boesku (2) vs (10) Petersen
Boesku not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen looking to pass the guard. #T14#
Petersen won't allow Boesku to sweep him here.
Boesku keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Boesku manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Boesku (4) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Boesku is one step ahead there.
Boesku looking to pass the guard.
Petersen pulls Boesku in close to his closed guard and prevents Boesku from doing any damage or advancing position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 10 to 4.
Conald Petersen decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 9.5
Date: Feb 19, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 48 wins and 33 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 7 wins and 3 losses; Gotan Wasselach!
The judges for this bout are Emerson Jorge, Mauricio Rocha and Edson Gomes.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Wasselach fakes high and shoots in for a takedown but Petersen avoids it really well and circles away.
Petersen stuffs the takedown.#TD2#
Wasselach drives through with a really nice takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (0) vs (4) Wasselach
Petersen is trying to work for a sweep but Wasselach has mounted him! Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (0) vs (6) Wasselach
Petersen is desperately trying to improve his position but Wasselach has a good base and remains in mount.
Wasselach looking to control but Petersen is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen wants to control but Wasselach is having none of it.
Petersen is wriggling around trying to escape.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is squirming around, avoiding Wasselach's attempts to control the action.
Petersen slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.#T1#
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Wasselach trying to control the pace.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Wasselach is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Wasselach is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Wasselach wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Wasselach trying to mount his opponent but Petersen defends it.
Wasselach is keen to just control but Petersen is a slippery customer.#T2#
Wasselach stalling.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Wasselach is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is pressing down on Wasselach's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#SUB#
Petersen has his foot on Wasselach's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Wasselach works his way back into a safe position though.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Wasselach controlling him for the moment. #T3#
Petersen is trying to keep Wasselach in close.
Wasselach wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#SUB#
Petersen looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Wasselach trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Wasselach wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen is pulling down on Wasselach's head to control his posture. #T4#
Wasselach not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Wasselach must be cautious of submissions here, given that his opponent has the superior Jiu Jitsu.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Wasselach controlling him for the moment.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Wasselach controlling from the top position.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Wasselach controlling him for the moment. #T5#
Petersen controlling Wasselach's posture.
Wasselach is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Wasselach controlling him for the moment. #T6#
Petersen looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Wasselach puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Wasselach is looking to advance position but Petersen won't allow it.
Wasselach is controlling the pace.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Wasselach performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Wasselach is very close to passing his half guard.#T7#
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Wasselach in particular looking to stall.
Petersen keeping hold of Wasselach's head, controlling as best he can.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Wasselach is controlling well.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Wasselach is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
#T8#
Petersen wants to control but Wasselach is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen is trying to control but Wasselach passes into side control!
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (9) Wasselach
Petersen struggling a bit here.
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Wasselach prevents Petersen from improving his position.#T9#
Petersen moves into full guard.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen working a defensive guard but Wasselach passes into half guard.
Wasselach prevents Petersen from improving his position.#T10##SUB#
Petersen looking for submissions off his back.
Petersen wants to control the action here but instead Wasselach manages to pass to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (12) Wasselach
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Wasselach controlling the pace for now.
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
My spies in House of 1000 Corpses inform me that Wasselach has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!#T11#
Petersen tries to hold on but Wasselach postures up.
Wasselach controlling the pace for now.
Wasselach avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.
Wasselach prevents Petersen from getting the reversal.#T12#
Wasselach wants to control the pace but Petersen is squirming around nicely.
Wasselach fails to take his opponent's back.
Petersen is trying to escape the mount.
Wasselach controlling his opponent. #T13#
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen controls Wasselach momentarily but Wasselach frees himself.
Wasselach trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking to control but Wasselach passes into half guard.
#T14#
Petersen is doing well to control the position and prevent Wasselach from advancing to side control.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen is in trouble now - Wasselach has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (15) Wasselach
Wasselach pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Petersen keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Petersen won't allow Wasselach to pass to mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Wasselach wins on points by 15 to 0.
After winning the bout, Gotan Wasselach thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 8
Date: Feb 12, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 48 wins and 32 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 30 wins and 19 losses; Bogdan Kersikov!
The judges for this bout are Luis Engracia, Felipe Paraventi and Matheus Silva.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Petersen darts in and lands a nice takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Kersikov
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Kersikov is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen trying to control the action but Kersikov is working from the bottom.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen wants to control but Kersikov is keeping him busy.
Petersen stalling.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#T1#
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Kersikov is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Kersikov is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T2#
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Kersikov is defending the position.
Kersikov tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Kersikov is in trouble now - Petersen has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Kersikov#T3#
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Kersikov is looking to escape.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T4#
Kersikov is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen fails to take his opponent's back.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#SUB#
Petersen looking to secure an arm triangle but Kersikov defends it well.
Kersikov is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Kersikov is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Kersikov is looking to escape. #T5#
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Kersikov is looking to escape. #T6#
Petersen wants to control but instead Kersikov manages to regain half guard.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Kersikov is having none of it.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen wants to control but Kersikov is keeping him busy.
Kersikov is concentrating on defense, preventing Petersen from advancing position.
Kersikov wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen trying to control from Kersikov's half guard. Kersikov has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #T7#
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Kersikov is retaining full guard.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard. #T8#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kersikov is keeping the position for now.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T9#
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Kersikov keeps moving.
Petersen passes into half guard.
Petersen trying to control the action but Kersikov is working from the bottom.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.#T10#
Kersikov won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Kersikov is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Kersikov is defending well.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen trying to control from Kersikov's half guard. Kersikov has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much. #T11#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Kersikov wants to sweep but no luck.
Kersikov seems keen to control Petersen's posture.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control. #T12#
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Kersikov has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (5) vs (4) Kersikov
Kersikov controlling from mount.
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Kersikov fails to advance to Petersen's back. #T13#
Petersen regains half guard.
Kersikov trying to mount his opponent but Petersen defends it.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Kersikov jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (7) Kersikov
Kersikov trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Kersikov tries to move to mount but Petersen blocks the move with his legs. #T14#
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Kersikov wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Petersen sneaks back into half guard.
Kersikov is pressing down on Petersen's thigh, looking to free his foot. Petersen is holding on for now.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Kersikov is controlling well.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Kersikov is working away from the top position though.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Kersikov has control of the leg.
And that's the end of the fight!
Kersikov wins on points by 7 to 5.
A relieved looking Bogdan Kersikov thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it.
In defeat, Conald Petersen stepped up to the mic, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 7
Date: Feb 05, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 37 wins and 33 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 48 wins and 31 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Jack Bonds and Timothy Bukovac.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Horrible takedown attempt by Petersen or perhaps it was just good defense by Jello, which made it look bad. #TD#
Jello darts in and lands a nice takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jello (2) vs (0) Petersen
Jello is trying to control. Petersen wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Jello has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.
Jello will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Petersen trying to get back to full guard but Jello takes advantage of the position and moves to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (5) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen is in all sorts of trouble here.
Petersen reaches up to try and control the position but Jello seems to have an arm triangle now! Uh oh! Petersen rolls and tries to escape and now Jello has his back!
Score +3 for taking back: Jello (8) vs (0) Petersen
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Jello keeps control of the position easily here as Petersen tries to buck him off.
Jello doesn't have the hooks in and Petersen manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (8) vs (2) Petersen#T1#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Jello keeps moving.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Jello swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Jello is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Jello's guard.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Jello does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen stalling. #T2#
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Jello defends it.
Jello is looking to improve his position.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Jello does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T3#
Petersen working to pass to mount. He's got his hand pressing down on Jello's thigh. Jello counters though and makes it back to full guard.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Jello keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Jello being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Jello gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (10) vs (2) Petersen#T4#
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen is trying to hold Jello in close to prevent damage but Jello has managed to pass into half guard.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Jello has control of the leg.
Petersen is doing well to control the position and prevent Jello from advancing to side control.
Jello looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen is trying to control but Jello passes into side control!
Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (13) vs (2) Petersen#T5#
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Petersen wants to control but Jello postures up.
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Jello is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position.
Petersen prevents Jello from moving into mount. #T6#
Petersen is sneaking out the side here. He's bucked Jello off and has taken his back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Jello (13) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen wants to control the position but Jello frees himself and scrambles - Petersen manages to regain control in side control.
Petersen tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Jello is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Jello is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T7#
Jello seems a little lost for a moment, as Petersen dominates the positioning.
Jello is looking for a sweep.
Petersen in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Jello is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Jello is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it. #T8#
Petersen tries to move into full mount but can't pass Jello's legs.
Jello is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Petersen trying to control the action but Jello is working from the bottom.
Jello is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
A lull in the action here as Petersen stalls from top position.#T9#
Petersen tries to move into full mount but can't pass Jello's legs.
Jello is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Jello is looking to slip a leg under and get half guard but Petersen is one step ahead and moves to full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Jello (13) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen wants to control the pace but Jello is squirming around nicely. #T10#
Jello is trying desperately to improve position.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Jello is squirming around nicely.
Petersen wants to control but instead Jello manages to regain half guard. #T11#
Jello is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard. #SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Jello defends it well.
Jello is looking to improve his position.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Jello knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T12#
Petersen stalling.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Jello is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Jello does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T13#
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Jello defends it.
Well,Jello is on his way to losing a decision here. Can he use his experience to pull something off in the closing minutes?
Petersen wants to control but Jello is keeping him busy.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen is looking for the mount but instead finds himself back in full guard.
Jello is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Jello is keeping the position for now. #T14#
Jello looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Jello keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Jello swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Jello takes the fight on points by 13 to 8.
Moldy Jello seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 6
Date: Jan 29, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 36 wins and 27 losses; Leandro Lo! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 47 wins and 31 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Alexandre Firmino, Felipe Paraventi and Matheus Silva.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Lo dives in and grabs Petersen's left leg, looking for a takedown. Petersen pushes down on Lo's head and hops out.#TD2#
Petersen closes the distance and scores a nice trip takedown into half guard. Lo did well to prevent Petersen getting side control. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Lo (0) vs (2) Petersen
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Lo is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Lo avoid being mounted?
Petersen is pressing down on Lo's thigh, looking to free his foot. Lo is holding on for now.
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Lo (0) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen fails to move to back control.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen takes Lo's back. Could be looking for a rear naked choke here - either way, Lo is in trouble. Score +3 for taking back: Lo (0) vs (8) Petersen
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
#T1#
Lo staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control.
Petersen is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
Lo's coaches at HELLCADEMY have been working on his defensive grappling in preparation for this fight so let's see if he can get out of this tricky position.
Petersen controls the position.
Petersen gets his hands free as Lo looks to control.
Lo tries to escape but Petersen has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Lo wants to control his opponent's hands but Petersen gets his hands free.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Petersen's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
#T2#
A bit of a pause in the action here. Petersen controlling the positon.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Lo tries to roll but Petersen sticks to his back.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
Petersen might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Lo haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.#T3#
Petersen controlling from the back.
Lo tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Lo slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Lo is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen stalling.
Lo is not content to let Petersen control the position.#SUB#
Lo is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Petersen pulls his head out easily.
Lo trying to control here.
#T4#
Petersen frees up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Lo (0) vs (11) Petersen
Petersen is looking to work his way around to Lo's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Lo really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Lo is squirming around nicely. #T5#
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Lo is in all sorts of trouble here.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully. #T6#
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Lo is looking to escape.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Lo is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Lo is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action. #SUB2#
Petersen goes for an armbar but he's not got it… Lo turns into him and now he's in Petersen's guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Lo (2) vs (11) Petersen
Lo stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.#T7#
Petersen working a defensive guard but Lo passes into half guard.
Lo passes into side control, despite Petersen's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Lo (5) vs (11) Petersen
Lo takes a little break here. Petersen wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.
Petersen wants to control but Lo postures up.
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.#T8#
Petersen is trying to improve his position.
Lo staying calm.
Petersen is trying to control Lo's posture but Lo avoids it.
Lo just content to control the position. #T9#
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Lo is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Lo is maintaining the dominant position - no doubt Petersen will start to get frustrated soon if he's not already.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Lo wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #T10#
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Petersen is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.
Petersen wants to control but Lo postures up.#T11#
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Lo's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Lo is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Lo is controlling the pace.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Lo is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T12#
Petersen is looking to get back to full guard here but Lo has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Lo (8) vs (11) Petersen
Lo working away.
Lo wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen is trying to control Lo's posture but Lo avoids it.
Lo trying to control the position but Petersen is working away. #T13#
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Lo content to control rather than advance.
Petersen tries to roll over but Lo keeps him under control.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Lo in particular looking to stall.
Petersen trying to keep hold of his opponent's head but Lo manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Lo (11) vs (11) Petersen#T14#
Petersen is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Lo controlling from the full mount.
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen working to try and regain half guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Lo controlling from mount.
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points and both fighters attempted the same number of subs, we will decide the bout based on the toss of a coin! Lo is heads and Petersen is tails.
The coin is in the air and it lands... tails!
Petersen wins on points by 12 to 11.
After winning the bout, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 5.5
Date: Jan 22, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Hilo, with a TWGC record of 31 wins and 26 losses; Bart Cubbedge ! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 47 wins and 30 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Felipe Paraventi, Paulo Santos and Emerson Jorge.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Petersen fails with a takedown attempt.
Cubbedge fails with a rather predictable takedown attempt.
Petersen tries a counter takedown but it's more of a dummy move, and he uses it to push himself away.#CL#
Cubbedge takes the fight into the clinch.
Cubbedge prevents a takedown attempt there.
#TD#
Cubbedge has moved round to his opponent's back and is looking for a suplex! Oh snap! He's tossed Petersen clear over his head and slammed him to the mat! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Cubbedge (4) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen trying to control but not successfully.
Cubbedge controlling well, preventing Petersen from escaping the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Cubbedge is not going to allow Petersen to sit and survive in this position.
I really don't envy Petersen right now.
#T1#
Petersen trying to control the hands but Cubbedge breaks the grip.
Cubbedge keeps control of the position as Petersen tries to break free.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.#T2#
Cubbedge trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Cubbedge is trying to stick to Petersen's back but Petersen is turning into Cubbedge . He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Cubbedge 's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Petersen. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Cubbedge (4) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Cubbedge is keeping the position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Cubbedge keeps moving.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Cubbedge keeps moving.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard. #T3#
Cubbedge keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen pushing down on Cubbedge 's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Petersen passes the guard and advances to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Cubbedge (4) vs (5) Petersen#T4#
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen fails to move to back control.
Cubbedge is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Cubbedge has given up his back - I don’t know if this is a deliberate ploy to try and escape or if he is just struggling down there.
Score +3 for taking back: Cubbedge (4) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
#T5#
Petersen controlling from the back.
Cubbedge turns into Petersen and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Cubbedge (6) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen wants to improve his position but instead Cubbedge has moved into half guard.
Cubbedge has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.
Petersen is positioning himself well to prevent Cubbedge advancing to mount. #SUB#
Cubbedge is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Petersen has managed to free his arm - good work.
Cubbedge looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Cubbedge 's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Cubbedge 's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Cubbedge (6) vs (12) Petersen#T6#
Petersen tries to get the hooks in deep but Cubbedge pushed the leg off.
Petersen controlling the position well here. Cubbedge rolled but Petersen kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Petersen trying to control.
Good control from Petersen.
Petersen is looking to control Cubbedge but Cubbedge is wriggling around and keeping busy. #T7#
Cubbedge trying to control the position but Petersen manages to sink in the hooks.
Petersen keeps control of the position easily here as Cubbedge tries to buck him off.
Well, with Petersen on his back, surely it's only a matter of time before Cubbedge is tapping out... Can he escape the position?
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but Cubbedge is staying busy.
I would not like to be Cubbedge right now.
#T8#
Petersen controlling well, preventing Cubbedge from escaping the position.
Cubbedge staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control. #SUB2#
Petersen has his hand under the chin of his opponent looking for the choke. He's nearly got it! This one could be all over! But no, Cubbedge has freed his hand and lives to survive another… well, another couple of seconds at least!
Petersen really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Cubbedge .#T9#
Cubbedge turns into Petersen and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Cubbedge (8) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen is trying to control the position but Cubbedge postures up.
Petersen is pulling down on Cubbedge 's head to control his posture.
Petersen working a defensive guard but Cubbedge manages to pass into side control anyway.
Score +3 for passing guard: Cubbedge (11) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen manages to get back to half guard.
Petersen is doing well to control the position and prevent Cubbedge from advancing to side control.#T10#
Cubbedge prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen gets back to full guard.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen wants to control but Cubbedge passes easily into half guard.
Petersen holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Cubbedge is looking to advance position but Petersen won't allow it.
The fighters are battling for position here. Petersen manages to regain full guard. Nice work. #T11#
Petersen working a defensive guard but Cubbedge manages to pass into side control anyway.
Score +3 for passing guard: Cubbedge (14) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Petersen struggling a bit here.
Both fighters take a look at the clock.
Cubbedge wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy. #T12#
Petersen is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
Petersen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Petersen looking to control.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Cubbedge stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Cubbedge postures up.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Cubbedge is now in half guard. #T13#
Petersen desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Cubbedge is controlling well.
Cubbedge is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.#T14#
Petersen is trying is best to control the position here.
Petersen tries to roll over but Cubbedge keeps him under control.
Petersen gets full guard.
Petersen controlling Cubbedge 's posture.
Cubbedge wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to control the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Cubbedge takes the fight on points by 14 to 12.
Bart Cubbedge tried to hype himself up post fight but didn't word it too well and it ended up with him sounding like a bit of a tool.
In defeat, Conald Petersen stepped up to the mic, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 4.5
Date: Jan 15, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 47 wins and 29 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 61 wins and 43 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Timothy Bukovac and Jack Bonds.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown - he's clinched up with Petersen but Petersen pushes him off and we're back to square one.#TD#
Petersen shoots in for a takedown! He's got it and he's managed to land in side control! That's better than Petersen was expecting from the takedown attempt, I'm sure! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (4) vs (0) Sparxx
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Sparxx tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Petersen wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Petersen is really struggling to control Sparxx but he's trying to hold on to the position.#T1#
Petersen happy to just control the position for now.
Petersen working away.
Petersen has knee on belly and moves into mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (6) vs (0) Sparxx
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Sparxx keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Sparxx bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (6) vs (2) Sparxx#T2#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard. #SUB2#
Petersen wants to control position but Sparxx is using a can opener to pass guard... He's turned it into a full on guillotine from mount now! Big trouble for Petersen here! He's turning a lovely shade of purple and yep! He's tapping out! I would say world class Jiu Jitsu but is it really? It was nice but let's not get silly about it.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 2:34 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx is the new super heavyweight champion!
Tyrone Sparxx bigged himself up after the win. The crowd seemed to love it.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 3
Date: Jan 08, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 46 wins and 29 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 17 losses; Bogdan Kersikov!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Jack Bonds and Don Winkell.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
No luck with that takedown attempt from Kersikov. #TD#
Petersen darts in and lands a nice takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Kersikov
Kersikov wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Kersikov is defending the position. #SUB#
Petersen is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Kersikov defends it well.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Kersikov knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Kersikov is trying to get back to full guard.#T1#
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.#SUB#
Petersen seems to be looking for submissions.
Kersikov trying to control here.
Petersen passes the guard and advances to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Kersikov
Petersen wants to control but Kersikov has made it back to half guard. Nice work. #T2#
Petersen is keen to just control but Kersikov is a slippery customer.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Kersikov is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen frees up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (0) Kersikov
Petersen with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
#T3#
Kersikov tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.
Petersen can't control as he wanted to and Kersikov manages to get the fight back to his half guard.
Petersen is keen to just control but Kersikov is a slippery customer.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Kersikov is defending the position.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time. #T4##SUB#
Petersen is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Petersen trying to control the action but Kersikov is working from the bottom.
Kersikov has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Kersikov wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Kersikov is not content to let Petersen control the position.#T5#
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Kersikov trying to control from the bottom.
Kersikov gets full guard.
Petersen trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Kersikov manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (8) vs (2) Kersikov
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T6#
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen is controlling Kersikov's posture.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Kersikov is proving a slippery customer.
#SUB#
Petersen working for a triangle but Kersikov defends it easily.
Kersikov tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Kersikov is proving a slippery customer.
#T7#
Kersikov pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is pulling down on Kersikov's head. It's preventing any offense from Kersikov, at least for the moment.
Petersen wants to control but Kersikov passes easily into half guard.
#T8#
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Kersikov is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen is in a bad position, trying to hold on for dear life but he is really struggling to maintain any sort of control.
Petersen is staying active underneath Kersikov, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Kersikov sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is doing well to control the position and prevent Kersikov from advancing to side control.
Kersikov seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense. #T9#
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Kersikov is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Kersikov is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Kersikov passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Petersen! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (5) Kersikov
Petersen wants to hold on but Kersikov pushes him away.#T10#
Kersikov controlling the pace for now.
Petersen prevents Kersikov from taking his back.
Kersikov manages to capitalize on a mistake by Petersen to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (8) vs (8) Kersikov
Kersikov is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Kersikov is not going to allow Petersen to sit and survive in this position.
Petersen breaks Kersikov's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (8) Kersikov
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard. #T11#
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Kersikov can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Kersikov keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Kersikov keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass. #T12#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Kersikov pulls Petersen in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen stays in close to Kersikov's body and controls the position.
Petersen looking to pass the guard. #T13#
Kersikov being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Kersikov is keeping the position.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Kersikov looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.#T14#
Kersikov not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen trying to control but Kersikov is working from the bottom.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Kersikov keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen stays in close to Kersikov's body and controls the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 10 to 8.
Conald Petersen is the new super heavyweight champion!
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 2
Date: Jan 01, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 8 wins and 6 losses; Disco Kid! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 45 wins and 29 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Ren Mimura, Yukihiro Shimada and Sosuke Kotani.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Petersen scores a trip takedown into side control. Nice. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Kid (0) vs (4) Petersen
We've been hearing good reports from Kid's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Petersen trying to control the position but Kid is working away.
Kid wants to control but Petersen postures up.
Kid gets back to half guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen is keen to just control but Kid is a slippery customer.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Kid tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Kid is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.#T1#
Petersen wants to advance to full mount but Kid doesn't think that's going to happen and regains full guard instead.
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Kid's guard.
Kid might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen is stalling here. Kid is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Petersen seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Kid has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Kid (4) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen struggling a bit here.
Kid trying to control the position but Petersen is working away.
Petersen is positioning himself to get back to half guard. #T2#
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Petersen sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Kid is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen wants to control but Kid is keeping busy and won't allow it.
The fighters are battling for position here. Petersen manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Kid pushing down on Petersen's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Kid trying to advance position but Petersen counters by regaining guard.
Petersen wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Kid is now in half guard. #T3#
Petersen tries to roll over but Kid keeps him under control.
Petersen has his hands clasped together around Kid's back. He's all about the action.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is controlling Kid's trapped leg to prevent Kid from advancing to side control.
Petersen is not content to let Kid control the position.#SUB#
Kid is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there. #T4#
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Kid has control of the leg.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Kid is working away from the top position though.
Kid is trying to control. Petersen wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Kid prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen moves into full guard.
Kid won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kid (4) vs (6) Petersen
Kid trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
#T5#
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kid is keeping the position for now.
Kid trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Kid can't keep his opponent in guard - Petersen advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Petersen trying to control from Kid's half guard. Kid has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Kid keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #T6#
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Kid keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Kid swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Kid keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Kid trying to control the position.
Petersen trying to control but Kid is working from the bottom.
Kid trying to control the position.
#T7#
Kid can't keep his opponent in guard - Petersen advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Kid is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Kid has his hands clasped together around Petersen's back. He's all about the action.
Kid tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.#T8#
Petersen is thwarting Kid's attempts to control the position.
Kid gets back to full guard.
Kid is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Kid keeps moving.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Kid is trying to keep Petersen in close.
#T9#
Petersen forces his way into half guard.
Petersen controlling the pace.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Kid keeps working.
Petersen is looking for the mount but instead finds himself back in full guard.
Kid looking to control.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T10#
Kid keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen stays in close to Kid's body and controls the position.
Kid keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Kid won't allow it. #SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a kimura here.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T11##SUB#
Kid looking for submissions off his back.
Kid trying to control from the bottom.
Kid is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen is taking a breather. Kid says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Kid tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.#T12#
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Kid defends it.
Petersen prevents Kid from improving his position.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Kid is defending the position.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Petersen uses his free foot to push down on Kid's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Kid. Score +3 for passing guard: Kid (4) vs (9) Petersen#T13#
Kid is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen mounts Kid! Really nice guard pass there!
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Kid is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen controlling the pace for now. #T14#
Kid is in all sorts of trouble here.
Petersen is looking to work his way around to Kid's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Kid wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Kid tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Kid is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 9 to 4.
An out of breath Conald Petersen thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 1.5
Date: Dec 25, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 12 wins and 8 losses; Boris Balkan! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 44 wins and 29 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Jeff Smith, Chris Saunders and Paul Gruel.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#CL#
Balkan clinches with his opponent.
#TD2#
Petersen lands a takedown into guard.
Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Balkan (0) vs (2) Petersen
Balkan controlling the position.
Balkan keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Balkan swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Balkan has control of Petersen's left arm, preventing Petersen from doing any damage.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Balkan controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Balkan swivels though and keeps the full guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T1#
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Petersen pushes down on Balkan's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Petersen trying to control the action but Balkan is working from the bottom.
Petersen controlling the pace.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Balkan is having none of it. #SUB2#
Petersen is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Balkan doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Petersen. #T2#
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Balkan wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Balkan defends it.
Balkan works his way to full guard. Good work.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long. #T3#
Balkan keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Balkan controlling Petersen's posture.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Balkan working a defensive guard here.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Balkan is retaining full guard. #T4#
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Petersen passes into half guard.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Balkan is in trouble now - Petersen has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Balkan (0) vs (5) Petersen#T5#
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Balkan is looking to escape.
Balkan really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Balkan is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Balkan keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Balkan has given up his back - I don’t know if this is a deliberate ploy to try and escape or if he is just struggling down there.
Score +3 for taking back: Balkan (0) vs (8) Petersen#T6#
What can Balkan do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Balkan trying to control but not successfully.
Balkan looking very determined here, making life difficult for Petersen.
Balkan tries to escape but Petersen has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Balkan is keeping busy.
Petersen is trying to control but Balkan is trying to escape here - he's now mounted.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T7#
Balkan wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T8#
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Balkan is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen looking to control but Balkan is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Balkan is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Balkan is looking to escape. #T9#
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Balkan really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Balkan is looking to escape. #T10#
Balkan really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Balkan tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Balkan is squirming around nicely.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Balkan is looking to escape. #T11#
Balkan wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Balkan wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Balkan prevents Petersen from taking his back.
Petersen controlling from the full mount. #T12#
Petersen is looking to work his way around to Balkan's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen prevents Balkan from getting the reversal.
Balkan has worked his way to half guard, taking advantage of Petersen's lack of action.
Balkan controlling the position well.
Balkan's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Balkan wants to get back to full guard.#T13#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Balkan is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Balkan defends it.
We've been hearing good reports from Balkan's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Balkan slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Balkan looking to control.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Balkan swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Balkan keeps moving. #T14#
Balkan has control of Petersen's left arm, preventing Petersen from doing any damage.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Balkan is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Balkan is controlling Petersen's posture.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen postures up.
Balkan pulls Petersen in to control the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 8 to 0.
An out of breath Conald Petersen thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 330 - Trump vs Cruz
Date: Nov 13, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 44 wins and 28 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 32 wins and 31 losses; Moldy Jello!
The judges for this bout are Emerson Jorge, Daniel Cesar and Matheus Silva.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Jello is looking for a takedown here. He's shot in and has managed to get it, finishing up in Petersen's half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Jello
Jello is controlling the pace.
Petersen trying to hold on to Jello's head to control him but Jello postures up.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Jello has control of the leg.
My spies in KFA inform me that Jello has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Well, if Jello is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen tries to roll over but Jello keeps him under control.#T1#
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Jello looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen gets back to full guard.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Jello is one step ahead there.
Jello postures up.
#T2#
Jello being controlled here momentarily.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#SUB#
Jello avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Petersen has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Jello has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (5) Jello
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Jello keeps moving and retains side control. #T3#
Petersen is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
Petersen moves into full guard.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen is adopting a defensive guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Jello has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (8) Jello#T4#
Petersen is trying to improve his position.
Petersen holds on to Jello's head and controls the position momentarily.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen is trying to control Jello's posture but Jello avoids it.
Jello moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Petersen tries to control the position but he's not in luck - Jello easily slips into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (0) vs (10) Jello
Jello takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T5#
Petersen regains half guard.
Jello prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen controlling the leg, holding on to half guard.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Jello is working away from the top position though.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.#T6#
Petersen wants to control but Jello is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Jello sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Jello has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (13) Jello
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.#T7#
Jello looking to control but Petersen is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen is trying desperately to improve position.
Jello can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape.
Petersen really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
#T8#
Jello sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Jello gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen is desperately trying to improve his position but Jello has a good base and remains in mount.
Jello wants to take his opponent's back but Petersen doesn't allow it.
Petersen tries to reverse the position but Jello maintains control.#T9#
Petersen wants to control but Jello is having none of it.
Petersen has given up his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (0) vs (16) Jello
Jello keeps control of the position as Petersen tries to break free.
Petersen trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Petersen is in bad spot here.
Jello is riding his opponent, not letting Petersen buck him off. #T10#
Jello avoiding Petersen 's attempts to control his hands.
Petersen can't escape the position.
Jello not allowing Petersen to control his hands.
Jello slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
#T11#
Petersen tries to roll but Jello sticks to his back.
Petersen trying to control but not successfully.
Jello tries to keep control of the position but Petersen is staying busy.
Petersen rolls, trying to escape but Jello keeps control of the position.
Petersen trying to control the hands but Jello won't let him.
Petersen rolls, trying to escape but Jello keeps control of the position.
Jello keeps control of the position easily here as Petersen tries to buck him off.
#T12#
Petersen trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Jello controlling from the back.
Petersen trying to control the hands but Jello breaks the grip.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
#T13#
Petersen trying to control the action but Jello just sinks the hooks in.
Jello has the hooks in. Petersen is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Jello doesn't have the hooks in and Petersen manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (16) Jello
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Jello is pulling down on Petersen's head to control his posture.
Jello wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard. #T14#
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Petersen stays in close to Jello's body and controls the position.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Jello keeps moving.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Jello is keeping the position for now.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
And that's the end of the fight!
Jello wins on points by 16 to 2.
Moldy Jello is the new light heavyweight champion!
During a confident post fight interview, Moldy Jello thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
In defeat, Conald Petersen stepped up to the mic, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 329
Date: Nov 06, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 43 wins and 28 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 6 wins and 4 losses; Jan Sobieski!
The judges for this bout are Luis Engracia, Edson Gomes and Leandro Rodrigues.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Petersen throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Sobieski's waist but Sobieski gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Petersen off to one side. #TD2#
Sobieski shoots in looking for a single leg takedown. Petersen is trying to defend but Sobieski finishes it well and ends up in half guard. Let's see if he can advance position further. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Sobieski
Petersen is pressing down on Sobieski's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Sobieski
Petersen won't allow Sobieski to sweep him here. #SUB2#
Sobieski looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sobieski looking for a sweep. Not yet Sobieski, not yet. #T1#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Sobieski's guard.
Petersen content to control rather than advance. #SUB2#
Sobieski looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Sobieski keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Sobieski is looking to improve his position.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Sobieski is defending well. #T2#
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Sobieski is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Sobieski is defending well.
Sobieski is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sobieski avoid being mounted?
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Sobieski is looking to improve his position.
#T3#
Petersen is taking a breather. Sobieski says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Sobieski is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Petersen's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Petersen's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (2) vs (6) Sobieski#SUB2#
Sobieski is persistently looking for the submission but Petersen is defending it well.
#SUB2#
Sobieski working for the choke.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Sobieski's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Petersen's corner are yelling at him, telling him to just focus on controlling Sobieski's hands.
My spies in Gunner's School of Combat inform me that Sobieski has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Sobieski wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.#T4#
Petersen manages to reverse the position and now he's in Sobieski's guard. Nice work there by Petersen.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (6) Sobieski
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#SUB2#
Petersen got a little sloppy there for a moment and Sobieski has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Petersen has managed to get both his arms back between Sobieski's legs - danger averted.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (6) Sobieski
Petersen moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now. #SUB#
Petersen thinks about going for a far side armbar but bails out and retains the dominant position instead. #T5#
Petersen takes a little break here. Sobieski wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.
Sobieski struggling a bit here.
Petersen taking a breather here.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sobieski gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Sobieski is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T6#
Petersen passes the guard and advances to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (10) vs (6) Sobieski
Petersen controlling from mount.
Sobieski sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.
Sobieski wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Petersen has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (13) vs (6) Sobieski#T7#
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sobieski sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.#SUB2#
Sobieski looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Sobieski is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Sobieski wants to get back to full guard.#T8#
Petersen stalling.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Sobieski tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.#T9#
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.
Sobieski is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Sobieski trying to control but Petersen postures up.
#SUB#
Petersen is trying to work for a kimura but Sobieski is defending well.
Petersen trying to control the pace. #SUB2#
Sobieski looking for submissions off his back.#T10#
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Sobieski is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Sobieski tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Sobieski defends it.
Sobieski is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sobieski avoid being mounted?#T11#
Petersen works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (16) vs (6) Sobieski
Sobieski is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen works his way to his opponent's back.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (19) vs (6) Sobieski
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Sobieski rolls, trying to escape but Petersen keeps control of the position.
#T12#
Despite being in a bad position, Sobieski is controlling the hands, preventing any submission attempts. #SUB#
Petersen is staying calm and holding on to the back position, whilst working on a rear naked choke. Sobieski is defending well though. Petersen let's go of the attempt for now.
Sobieski rolls, trying to escape but Petersen keeps control of the position.
Petersen trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Sobieski doesn't escape.
Further stalling from Petersen.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Sobieski for as long as he can get away with.
Sobieski tries to escape but Petersen has the hooks in and won't let him break free. #T13#
Petersen controls the position.
Sobieski tries to break free.
Petersen trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Sobieski doesn't escape.
Sobieski rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Sobieski defends it.
Sobieski is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Petersen's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Petersen's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (19) vs (10) Sobieski#SUB2#
Sobieski is persistently looking for the submission but Petersen is defending it well.
Petersen is really stuck here.
#T14##SUB2#
Sobieski working for a RNC but it's not happening just yet.
Petersen breaks Sobieski's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (21) vs (10) Sobieski#SUB2#
Sobieski is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Petersen stays in close to Sobieski's body and controls the position.
Petersen slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (24) vs (10) Sobieski
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sobieski is looking for a sweep.#SUB#
Petersen has hold of Sobieski's arm. He's looking for a kimura. Sobieski seems comfortable defending it but Petersen has shifted his position slighty and is cranking on the arm! Sobieski is real pain and he's forced to tap out! Sobieski is disgusted with himself for not defending it better but Petersen couldn't care less - he's delighted!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 14:55 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Kimura). Conald Petersen!
Conald Petersen is the new light heavyweight champion!
A very excited looking Conald Petersen made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC HALLOWEEN HAVOC 1
Date: Oct 30, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 33 wins and 22 losses; Ze Jiurgite! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 42 wins and 28 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Gregory Folan, Dillan Fox and Ian Loll.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Petersen closes the distance and gets a double leg, slamming Jiurgite to the mat! Jiurgite manages to get full guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jiurgite (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Jiurgite will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#SUB#
Jiurgite is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Jiurgite looking for a sweep. Not yet Jiurgite, not yet.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Jiurgite is keeping the position.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Jiurgite.#T1##SUB#
Jiurgite has his foot on Petersen's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Petersen works his way back into a safe position though.#SUB#
Petersen avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Petersen advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Jiurgite (0) vs (5) Petersen
Jiurgite is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position.
Jiurgite tries to bench press Petersen off him but Petersen keeps the position.
Jiurgite seems a little lost for a moment, as Petersen dominates the positioning.#T2#
Jiurgite tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Petersen wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Jiurgite is letting Petersen control him for a moment.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Jiurgite manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
Petersen controlling the pace.
Jiurgite is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding. #T3#
Jiurgite tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Jiurgite definitely looks more muscular than last time we saw him fight.
Petersen is thwarting Jiurgite's attempts to control the position.
Petersen is trying to advance to mount but he's lost his balance and Jiurgite reverses the position - he's now on top in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jiurgite (2) vs (5) Petersen
Jiurgite wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.#T4#
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Jiurgite passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Jiurgite (5) vs (5) Petersen
Jiurgite moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Jiurgite is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #SUB#
Jiurgite tries for a kimura. Not really close to a finish though.
Jiurgite trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom. #T5#
Petersen holds on tight, trying to prevent any damage.
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Jiurgite keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen prevents Jiurgite from moving into mount.
Petersen is looking to reverse the position.
Jiurgite is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen tries to bench press Jiurgite off him but Jiurgite keeps the position.
Jiurgite trying to control the position but Petersen is working away.
Petersen tries to bench press Jiurgite off him but Jiurgite keeps the position. #T6#
Jiurgite staying calm.
Jiurgite tries to move to mount but Petersen blocks the move with his legs.
Jiurgite wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen manages to get back to half guard.
Jiurgite content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Petersen keeps control of the position for the meantime. #T7#
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Jiurgite keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Jiurgite prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen controlling the position well.
Jiurgite passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Petersen! Score +3 for passing guard: Jiurgite (8) vs (5) Petersen
Jiurgite prevents Petersen from getting the reversal.#T8#
Jiurgite controlling the position easily from mount.
Jiurgite avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.
Jiurgite fails to advance to Petersen's back.
Petersen is wriggling around trying to escape.
Jiurgite can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape.
Petersen stops Jiurgite from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Petersen wants to control but Jiurgite is having none of it.#T9#
Jiurgite tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen tries to hold on but Jiurgite postures up.
Petersen is trying to avoid being dragged into an even worse position than he's already in but Jiurgite is staying active.
Petersen keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Jiurgite tries to control but Petersen wriggling away.
Jiurgite with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
#T10#
Petersen regains half guard.
Jiurgite takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Jiurgite has control of the leg.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Jiurgite is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Jiurgite wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Jiurgite controlling the action here.#T11#
Jiurgite wants to take a breather but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen is looking to get back to full guard here but Jiurgite has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Jiurgite (11) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen is sneaking out the side here. He's bucked Jiurgite off and has taken his back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Jiurgite (11) vs (9) Petersen
Jiurgite rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Jiurgite (11) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Jiurgite is squirming around nicely. #T12#
Jiurgite tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but Jiurgite doesn't allow it.
Jiurgite is in all sorts of trouble here.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Petersen is trying to take his opponent's back.
Jiurgite tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Jiurgite is in all sorts of trouble here.
#T13#
Petersen controlling from mount.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Jiurgite is looking to escape.
Jiurgite tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Jiurgite gets back to half guard.#T14#
Petersen is pressing down on Jiurgite's thigh, looking to free his foot. Jiurgite is holding on for now.
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Petersen uses his free foot to push down on Jiurgite's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Jiurgite. Score +3 for passing guard: Jiurgite (11) vs (15) Petersen
Jiurgite working to try and regain half guard.
Petersen fails to move to back control.
Jiurgite manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Jiurgite defending well.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 15 to 11.
Conald Petersen decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 327- Silva Jr vs Zulu
Date: Oct 23, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 41 wins and 28 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of London, with a TWGC record of 18 wins and 9 losses; Amir Ziyaeddin!
The judges for this bout are Felipe Paraventi, Seu Braga and Luis Engracia.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Petersen stuffs a takedown. It's all about dictating where the fight takes place and Petersen wants it to stay on the feet.#TD2#
Petersen gets caught flat footed, as Ziyaeddin shoots in with a quick takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Ziyaeddin
My spies in JAG Battle Gym inform me that Ziyaeddin has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Petersen pulls Ziyaeddin in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Ziyaeddin
Ziyaeddin can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Ziyaeddin.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Ziyaeddin swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T1#
Ziyaeddin is pulling down on Petersen's head to control his posture.
Petersen works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Ziyaeddin keeps working.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Ziyaeddin wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T2#
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Petersen prevents Ziyaeddin from improving his position.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Ziyaeddin is trying is best to control the position here.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Ziyaeddin is having none of it.
Ziyaeddin is looking to improve his position.
#T3#
Ziyaeddin trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (2) Ziyaeddin
Ziyaeddin keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen looking to control but Ziyaeddin is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Ziyaeddin is working to get back to half guard.
#T4#
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen wants to take Ziyaeddin's back but he can't do it this time.
Ziyaeddin is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.
Ziyaeddin keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen takes Ziyaeddin's back. Could be looking for a rear naked choke here - either way, Ziyaeddin is in trouble. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (8) vs (2) Ziyaeddin
Petersen gets his hands free as Ziyaeddin looks to control. #T5#
Ziyaeddin staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control.
Petersen really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Ziyaeddin.
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but Ziyaeddin is staying busy.
What can Ziyaeddin do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Petersen keeps control of the position as Ziyaeddin tries to break free.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
#T6#
Ziyaeddin manages to reverse the position and now he's in Petersen's guard. Nice work there by Ziyaeddin.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (8) vs (4) Ziyaeddin
Petersen is looking to sweep but instead, Ziyaeddin has passed into half guard.
Ziyaeddin with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Petersen is pressing down on Ziyaeddin's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Ziyaeddin trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Ziyaeddin wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen looking to control.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T7#
Petersen controlling the position.
Ziyaeddin stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Ziyaeddin is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen controlling Ziyaeddin's posture.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (4) Ziyaeddin
Ziyaeddin is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Ziyaeddin is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T8#
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Ziyaeddin is having none of it.
Petersen passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (13) vs (4) Ziyaeddin
Ziyaeddin is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Petersen's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Ziyaeddin is controlling Petersen's trapped leg to prevent Petersen from advancing to side control.
Ziyaeddin trying to control here.
Petersen passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (16) vs (4) Ziyaeddin#T9#
Ziyaeddin gets back to half guard.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Ziyaeddin! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (19) vs (4) Ziyaeddin
Petersen trying to control but Ziyaeddin is having none of it.
Petersen with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but Ziyaeddin doesn't allow it. #T10#
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
This is a sustained period of stalling by Petersen.
Ziyaeddin is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Ziyaeddin is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen is really struggling to control Ziyaeddin but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Ziyaeddin to control.
Ziyaeddin working to try and regain half guard.
#T11#
Ziyaeddin wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen tries to control but Ziyaeddin wriggling away.
Ziyaeddin stops Petersen from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T12#
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen fails to take his opponent's back.
Ziyaeddin is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Ziyaeddin tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Ziyaeddin is squirming around nicely.
Ziyaeddin wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.#T13#
Petersen wants to control the pace but Ziyaeddin is squirming around nicely.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #SUB#
Petersen is in full mount, looking to secure a guillotine but Ziyaeddin is surviving well by controlling Petersen's body position as best he can.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Ziyaeddin keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
#SUB#
Petersen jumps to side control looking for an arm triangle but Ziyaeddin manages to avoid the submission attempt.
Ziyaeddin is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control. #T14#
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Ziyaeddin is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen working away.#SUB#
Petersen is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Ziyaeddin knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
Ziyaeddin is looking for a sweep.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen wants to control but Ziyaeddin is keeping him busy.
Ziyaeddin is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 19 to 4.
Conald Petersen decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 325 - Camara vs Petersen
Date: Oct 09, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 23 wins and 11 losses; Abubakar Camara! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 41 wins and 27 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Dillan Fox, Steve Smith and Alec Ball.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Camara scores with a nice takedown into half guard. Let's see what he's got on the ground. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Camara (2) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Camara trying to mount his opponent but Petersen defends it.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Camara is controlling well.
Petersen is controlling Camara's trapped leg to prevent Camara from advancing to side control.
Camara is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
#T1#
Petersen is pressing down on Camara's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Camara being controlled here momentarily.
Camara postures up.
Petersen pulls Camara in close to prevent any damage.
Camara's corner is telling him to maintain position.#SUB2#
Petersen is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T2#
Camara trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Camara is one step ahead there.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Camara manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Camara (2) vs (2) Petersen
Camara trying to control the position.
Petersen trying to move into half guard but instead Camara has managed to sweep! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Camara (4) vs (2) Petersen
Camara stays in close to Petersen's body and controls the position. #SUB2#
Petersen looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
#T3#
Petersen has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Camara has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Camara (7) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen tries to bench press Camara off him but Camara keeps the position.
Camara controlling from side mount.
Camara trying to control the position but Petersen is working away.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Camara's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Petersen keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Camara is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Camara (10) vs (2) Petersen#T4#
Camara sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen is working to get back to half guard.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Camara controlling the position easily from mount.
Petersen wants to control but Camara is having none of it.#T5#
Petersen keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Camara trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Camara sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen is trying to escape the mount.
#T6#
Camara content just to control the position here.
Camara looking to control but Petersen is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T7#
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen wants to hold on but Camara pushes him away.
Petersen tries to reverse the position but Camara maintains control.
Petersen tries to hold on but Camara postures up.
Petersen is trying desperately to improve position.
Camara content just to control the position here.
Camara wants to control the pace but Petersen is squirming around nicely. #T8#
Petersen tries to hold on but Camara pushes him away.
Petersen can't escape the position.
Camara wants to control the pace but Petersen is squirming around nicely.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Camara gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen working to try and regain half guard.
Camara looking to control but Petersen is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen wants to control but Camara is having none of it.#T9#
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Petersen trying to hold on to Camara's head to control him but Camara postures up.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Camara is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Camara perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard but Camara has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Camara (13) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Camara gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Camara trying to control but Petersen is having none of it. #T10#
Camara looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Camara controlling the pace for now.
Camara can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape. #T11#
Camara controlling the pace for now.
Camara trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Camara gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Camara content just to control the position here.
Petersen is squirming around, avoiding Camara's attempts to control the action. #T12#
Petersen working to try and regain half guard.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Camara wants to control the pace but Petersen is squirming around nicely.
Petersen really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
#T13#
Camara takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Camara tries to control but Petersen wriggling away.
Petersen tries to reverse the position but Camara maintains control.
Petersen manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Camara is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T14#
Camara not doing much here.
Petersen is concentrating on defense, preventing Camara from advancing position.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Camara is working away from the top position though.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Well, if Camara is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Camara takes the fight on points by 13 to 2.
Abubakar Camara retains his heavyweight title!
Our winner, Abubakar Camara, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 324 - Zulu vs Camara
Date: Oct 02, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 40 wins and 27 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 3 wins and 3 losses; More IsMore!
The judges for this bout are Seu Braga, Alexandre Firmino and Emerson Jorge.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen shoots in but IsMore avoids the takedown attempt easily.
And IsMore tries to counter it with a takedown but Petersen pushes his down on his head and steps out.#TD#
Petersen shoots in looking for a single leg takedown. IsMore is trying to defend but Petersen finishes it well and ends up in half guard. Let's see if he can advance position further. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) IsMore
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but IsMore is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen prevents IsMore from improving his position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB#
IsMore is trying to control Petersen's posture. Petersen takes advantage of the lull and advances to side control. He also appears to have an arm triangle here! Uh oh, big trouble for IsMore! Petersen is rotating here... this could be the end... IsMore is out! Petersen has ended this one emphatically! Great submission!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 1:59 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Arm Triangle). Conald Petersen!
Conald Petersen thanked the fans post fight for their support. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 323 - Cubbedge vs Jackson
Date: Sep 25, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 39 wins and 27 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 33 wins and 21 losses; Rich Silva Jr!
The judges for this bout are Cecil Peabody, Robert Twigg and Frank Dennis.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen bobs and weaves into range and then changes levels and scores with a nice takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (4) vs (0) Silva Jr
The referee asks Petersen politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Petersen prefers to stall for the moment though.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen working away.
Silva Jr is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen tries to move into full mount but can't pass Silva Jr's legs.
Silva Jr is trying to improve his position.
Petersen tries to move to mount but Silva Jr blocks the move with his legs.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is trying to move to mount but Silva Jr reverses beautifully and ends up in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (2) Silva Jr
Silva Jr is fighting to break Petersen's control of his arms but Petersen is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.#T1#
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Silva Jr engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (6) vs (2) Silva Jr
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Silva Jr swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T2#
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Silva Jr is keeping the position for now.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Silva Jr controlling the position.
Silva Jr is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Silva Jr is keeping the position for now.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.#T3#
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen stays in close to Silva Jr's body and controls the position.
Silva Jr keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen trying to control but Silva Jr is working from the bottom.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Silva Jr trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#T4#
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Silva Jr is keeping the position for now. #T5#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Silva Jr keeps moving.
Petersen slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (9) vs (2) Silva Jr
Petersen trying to control the action but Silva Jr is working from the bottom.
Silva Jr tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen trying to control the action but Silva Jr is working from the bottom. #T6#
Silva Jr wants to control but Petersen postures up.
Silva Jr prevents Petersen from improving position.
Silva Jr is trying to improve his position.
Petersen wants to control but Silva Jr is keeping him busy.
Silva Jr is being controlled here. #T7#
Silva Jr is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Silva Jr is looking for a sweep.
Petersen taking a breather here.
You can see the frustration on Silva Jr's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Silva Jr regains half guard there - taking advantage of Petersen's attempt to lay and pray for a moment.
Petersen moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (12) vs (2) Silva Jr#T8#
Petersen controls the position from side control.
Silva Jr prevents Petersen from improving position.
Petersen working away.
Petersen trying to control the action but Silva Jr is working from the bottom.
Petersen advances to mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (14) vs (2) Silva Jr#T9#
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Silva Jr is looking to escape.
Petersen fails to move to back control.
Silva Jr tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.
Silva Jr is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen controlling from the full mount. #T10#
Petersen is looking to work his way around to Silva Jr's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Silva Jr is looking to escape.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Silva Jr tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away. #T11#
Silva Jr has worked his way to half guard, taking advantage of Petersen's lack of action.
Silva Jr wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Petersen works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (17) vs (2) Silva Jr
Petersen in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Petersen trying to control the action but Silva Jr is working from the bottom. #T12#
Silva Jr regains half guard.
Silva Jr is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is trying to control. Silva Jr wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Silva Jr is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Silva Jr keeps working. #T13#
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Silva Jr is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Silva Jr is defending the position.
Silva Jr wants to get back to full guard.
Silva Jr is concentrating on defense, preventing Petersen from advancing position.
Petersen is keen to just control but Silva Jr is a slippery customer.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Silva Jr is having none of it. #T14#
Petersen controlling the pace.
Silva Jr is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Silva Jr has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!#SUB#
Petersen seems to be working for a kimura but Silva Jr defends the submission attempt.
Silva Jr is trying to control but can't.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 17 to 2.
Our winner, Conald Petersen, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
In defeat, Rich Silva Jr stepped up to the mic, saying 'Me hungry!'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 322 - Trump vs Vrjalya
Date: Sep 18, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 47 wins and 29 losses; Harry Hirsch! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 39 wins and 26 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Luis Engracia, Leandro Rodrigues and Mauricio Rocha.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Hirsch leaves Petersen with his face pressed against the mat as he sprawls beautifully, defending against a solid takedown attempt.
Petersen will have to do better than that with his takedown attempts.#TD2#
Petersen gets a takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Hirsch (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Hirsch controlling the position well.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Petersen wants to take a breather but Hirsch is having none of it.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Petersen is just content to waste time from the top position. Hirsch takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Hirsch has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Petersen forces his way into half guard.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Hirsch is not content to let Petersen control the position.#T2#
Hirsch wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Hirsch is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Hirsch trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen stalling. #T3#
Petersen is keen to just control but Hirsch is a slippery customer.
Hirsch is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #SUB2#
Petersen is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Hirsch moves into full guard.
Hirsch will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Hirsch can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.#T4#
Hirsch keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Hirsch haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen trying to control but Hirsch is working from the bottom. #T5#
Hirsch has Petersen pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Hirsch is retaining full guard.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen trying to control but Hirsch is working from the bottom.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen trying to control but Hirsch is working from the bottom. #T6#
Hirsch keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Hirsch is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Hirsch being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen trying to control but Hirsch is working from the bottom. #T7#
Hirsch being controlled here, momentarily.
Hirsch tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Hirsch manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hirsch (2) vs (2) Petersen
Hirsch won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Hirsch engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #T8#
Petersen has Hirsch pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen looking to control.
Petersen pulls Hirsch in close to prevent any damage.
Hirsch is stalling in the full guard. #T9#
Hirsch wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Hirsch showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Hirsch being controlled here momentarily.
Hirsch won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Hirsch wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Hirsch puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard. #T10#
Petersen is looking to get back to full guard here but Hirsch has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Hirsch (5) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is trying to control Hirsch's posture but Hirsch avoids it.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard.
Hirsch content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though.
Petersen tries to improve position but can't. #T11#
Petersen struggling a bit here.
Petersen is looking to slip a leg under and get half guard but Hirsch is one step ahead and moves to full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Hirsch (7) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen wants to control but Hirsch is having none of it.
Hirsch wants to take his opponent's back but Petersen doesn't allow it.
Petersen manages to regain half guard. Good work. #T12#
Petersen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Hirsch passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Hirsch (10) vs (2) Petersen
Hirsch controlling the position easily from mount.
Petersen tries to hold on but Hirsch postures up.
Hirsch sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen can't escape the position.
#T13#
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen reaches up to try and control the position but Hirsch seems to have an arm triangle now! Uh oh! Petersen rolls and tries to escape and now Hirsch has his back!
Score +3 for taking back: Hirsch (13) vs (2) Petersen
Hirsch is not going to allow Petersen to sit and survive in this position.
Hirsch is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Hirsch not allowing Petersen to control his hands. #T14#
I really don't envy Petersen right now.
Hirsch controls the position.
Petersen tries to break free.
Hirsch is not going to allow Petersen to sit and survive in this position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Hirsch keeps control of the position as Petersen tries to break free.
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Hirsch takes the fight on points by 13 to 2.
After winning the bout, Harry Hirsch thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility.
In defeat, Conald Petersen stepped up to the mic, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 321 - Pavlov vs Sitsongrit
Date: Sep 11, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 55 wins and 39 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 38 wins and 26 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Vladimir Khabensky, Sergei Dronov and Aleksandr Martynov.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sparxx tries to drive through with a takedown attempt but Petersen defends well and Sparxx ends up having to push Petersen into the cage where they will battle it out in the clinch.
Petersen changes levels and goes for a takedown here. Sparxx fights it off and pushes away nicely.
Sparxx has a takedown stuffed.
Petersen with the counter takedown but Sparxx avoids it easily.
Sparxx fails with a rather predictable takedown attempt.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyrone Sparxx. That's going to take a lot out of him.#TD2#
Petersen changes levels and drives through with a really nice takedown into side control. Sparxx looks really pissed at himself for not defending that better. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sparxx (0) vs (4) Petersen
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Sparxx prevents Petersen from moving into mount.
Petersen advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (0) vs (6) Petersen
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen moves to the back. Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (0) vs (9) Petersen
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
#T2#
Sparxx is keeping busy.
I would not like to be Sparxx right now.
Petersen wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Petersen biding his time, controlling Sparxx. #T3#
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Sparxx trying to control but not successfully.
Sparxx tries to break free.
Sparxx wants to control his opponent's hands but Petersen gets his hands free.
Petersen is hanging on to Sparxx's back as he tries to escape.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
#T4#
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Petersen biding his time, looking for the opening.
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but Sparxx is staying busy.
Sparxx is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
Petersen gets his hands free as Sparxx looks to control.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
Sparxx is trying to break free.
#T5#
Petersen keeps control of the position easily here as Sparxx tries to buck him off.
Petersen gets his hands free as Sparxx looks to control.
Petersen really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Sparxx.
Sparxx rolls, trying to escape but Petersen keeps control of the position.
#SUB2#
Petersen patiently working for the choke. Which fighter will keep their nerve here?
Petersen has good solid back control here.
Sparxx trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T6#
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Sparxx's body.
Sparxx staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Petersen breaks the grip.
Sparxx is trying to break free.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Catch Wrestling L.A., so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
Petersen is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Sparxx is keeping busy.
Petersen avoiding Sparxx 's attempts to control his hands. #T7#
A bit of a pause in the action here. Petersen controlling the positon.#SUB2#
Sparxx defending nicely against the rear naked choke attempt.
#T8#
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Petersen's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Sparxx tries to roll but Petersen sticks to his back.
Petersen just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
Petersen is hanging on to Sparxx's back as he tries to escape.
Sparxx trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
I would not like to be Sparxx right now.
Sparxx trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble. #T9#
Sparxx staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Petersen just sinks the hooks in.
Petersen keeps control of the position as Sparxx tries to break free.
Petersen slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Sparxx can't escape the position.
#T10#
Petersen wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.#SUB2#
Petersen looking to break Sparxx's wrist control so he can sink in the choke. Sparxx remaining controlled and patient though - he really has to keep calm otherwise Petersen will wrap this one up with the rear naked choke!
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Sparxx's body.
Petersen is hanging on to Sparxx's back as he tries to escape.
A lull in the action here.
#SUB2#
Petersen looking to break Sparxx's wrist control so he can sink in the choke. Sparxx remaining controlled and patient though - he really has to keep calm otherwise Petersen will wrap this one up with the rear naked choke!
Petersen controlling the position well here. Sparxx rolled but Petersen kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
#T11#
Petersen controlling the position well here. Sparxx rolled but Petersen kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Sparxx wants to escape the position.
Sparxx is keeping busy.
Sparxx is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
Petersen is continuing to stall.#T12#
Petersen keeps control of the position as Sparxx tries to break free.
Sparxx turns into Petersen and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (9) Petersen
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather. #T13#
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.#SUB2#
Petersen looking for a guillotine here but Sparxx defends easily.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
#T14#
Sparxx slips nicely into half guard.
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 9 to 2.
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CATCHMANIA 2
Date: Sep 04, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 21 wins and 11 losses; Shaka Zulu! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 38 wins and 25 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Luis Engracia, Mauricio Rocha and Daniel Cesar.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#CL#
Zulu closes the distance and clinches.
Petersen can't get the takedown.
Petersen is working for a takedown up against the cage. He can't get it on this occasion though.
Petersen looking for a takedown.
Shaka Zulu has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Conald Petersen.
Petersen wants a takedown but no success here.
Petersen is looking for a takedown.#TD#
Zulu ties up his opponent against the cage and manages to drag the fight down to the ground. Zulu no doubt will be looking to work submissions from his guard.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control. #SUB#
Zulu has his foot on Petersen's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Petersen works his way back into a safe position though.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Zulu is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Zulu has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Petersen trying to control but Zulu is working from the bottom.
Zulu will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#T1##SUB#
Zulu is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Petersen defends well.#SUB#
Zulu isolates an arm and boxes in a triangle. Petersen stacks Zulu on his neck as he steps over and passes to the side. He's now in a much more dominant position where he can look to do some serious damage. Nice move by Petersen! Score +3 for passing guard: Zulu (0) vs (3) Petersen
Petersen laying and praying for a moment but Zulu takes advantage and regains half guard. #SUB#
Zulu looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Petersen not doing much here.
#T2#
Zulu moves into full guard.
Petersen looking to pass the guard. #SUB#
Petersen avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
#SUB#
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Zulu working for a triangle but Petersen defends it easily.
Zulu can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.#T3#
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Petersen.
Zulu keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen trying to control but Zulu is working from the bottom. #T4#
Zulu looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Zulu keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Zulu is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T5#
Zulu keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Zulu is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen pushing down on Zulu's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.
Petersen is trying to advance to mount but he's lost his balance and Zulu reverses the position - he's now on top in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Zulu (2) vs (3) Petersen
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T6#
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen is looking to sweep but instead, Zulu has passed into half guard.
Petersen trying to control here.
Zulu stalling.
Petersen wants to control but Zulu is keeping busy.
Zulu prevents Petersen from improving his position.#T7#
Zulu looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen trying to control here.
Petersen manages to get to full guard.
Zulu wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck. #T8#
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Zulu controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Zulu not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Zulu is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T9#
Petersen looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Zulu puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Petersen wants to control but Zulu is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Zulu controlling the action here.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Zulu has control of the leg.
Petersen is refusing to be controlled, as Zulu sits in half guard.
Zulu prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
#T10#
Zulu trying to pass the guard but Petersen defending well.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Zulu has control of the leg.
Zulu is looking to advance position but Petersen won't allow it.
Zulu is controlling the pace.
Zulu is keen to just control but Petersen is a slippery customer.#T11#
Petersen makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Petersen.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Zulu is one step ahead there.
Zulu stands and throws Petersen's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Zulu (5) vs (3) Petersen
Zulu tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Petersen is trying to control Zulu's posture but Zulu avoids it. #T12#
Petersen is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Petersen struggling a bit here.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
A lull in the action here.
Petersen tries to buck Zulu off but Zulu is having none of it.#T13#
Petersen sneaks back into half guard.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Zulu trying to control the pace.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Zulu prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Zulu is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Petersen gets back to full guard.
#T14#
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Zulu postures up.
Zulu wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Zulu pushing down on Petersen's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Zulu prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen has his hands clasped together around Zulu's back. He's all about the action.
And that's the end of the fight!
Zulu takes the fight on points by 5 to 3.
Shaka Zulu seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 319 - El Toto vs Petersen
Date: Aug 28, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 28 wins and 13 losses; Galtero El Toro! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 38 wins and 24 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Stewart Dunkirk, Cecil Peabody and Daniel Franklin.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen closes the distance and gets a trip takedown into side control. El Toro quickly recovers to half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: El Toro (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: El Toro (0) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
We've been hearing good reports from El Toro's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
El Toro is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen looking to control but El Toro is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
El Toro slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.#T1#
El Toro is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen controlling the action here.
El Toro is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen is taking a breather. El Toro says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
El Toro is controlling Petersen's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but El Toro defending well. #T2#
Petersen stalling.
El Toro is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
El Toro is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is stalling here. El Toro is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Petersen seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and El Toro has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: El Toro (4) vs (5) Petersen
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but El Toro wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Petersen is not content to let El Toro control the position.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard.#T3#
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
El Toro trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen manages to get back to half guard.
El Toro content to control rather than advance.
Petersen is controlling El Toro's position as best he can from this difficult position.#T4#
El Toro controlling the action here.
El Toro passes into side control, despite Petersen's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: El Toro (7) vs (5) Petersen
El Toro is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: El Toro (7) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen is keen to just control but El Toro is a slippery customer.#T5#
Petersen is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but El Toro defends it.
El Toro gets back to full guard.
El Toro keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
El Toro wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Petersen is now in half guard.
El Toro won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Petersen is keen to just control but El Toro is a slippery customer.#SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a kimura but El Toro is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Petersen to get the leverage. #T6#
El Toro is looking to improve his position.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
El Toro is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
El Toro regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but El Toro is retaining full guard. #T7#
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
El Toro is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
El Toro trying to control the position.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Petersen wants to control from the top but El Toro keeps moving.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but El Toro gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: El Toro (9) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T8#
Petersen wants to control but El Toro passes easily into half guard.
El Toro trying to control the pace.
Petersen keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen working a defensive guard but El Toro passes into half guard.
Petersen wants to control but El Toro is keeping busy.
El Toro is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T9#
Petersen is holding on to half guard well.
El Toro sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen trying to keep hold of his opponent's head but El Toro manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: El Toro (12) vs (7) Petersen
El Toro trying to control but he's not successful this time.
El Toro works his way to his opponent's back.
Score +3 for taking back: El Toro (15) vs (7) Petersen#SUB#
El Toro working for a choke but Petersen is defending well.
Good control from El Toro.#T10#
Petersen breaks El Toro's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: El Toro (15) vs (9) Petersen
Petersen is fighting to break El Toro's control of his arms but El Toro is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen forces his way into half guard.
Petersen is keen to just control but El Toro is a slippery customer.
El Toro wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen is pressing down on El Toro's thigh, looking to free his foot. El Toro is holding on for now. #T11#
Petersen is taking a breather. El Toro says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
El Toro works his way to full guard. Good work.
El Toro is trying to keep Petersen in close.
El Toro wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen passes El Toro's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
El Toro trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but El Toro is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T12#
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
El Toro keeping control of the position.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Petersen is keen to just control but El Toro is a slippery customer.#T13#
El Toro slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
El Toro keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
El Toro is trying to control the position from the bottom.
El Toro is adopting a defensive guard.#SUB#
El Toro has managed to work for a loose triangle. I think Petersen should be able to defend this one pretty easily though. Oh, El Toro has tightened it up now! Petersen should have reacted faster there - he's in big trouble and yes, he's tapped out! This one is all over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 14:55 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Triangle). Galtero El Toro!
Galtero El Toro retains his heavyweight title!
A very excited looking Galtero El Toro made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 318 - Hirsch vs El Toro Jr
Date: Aug 21, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 37 wins and 10 losses; Dragan Hozdic! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 37 wins and 24 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Paulo Santos and Daniel Cesar.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Petersen shoots in and bounces Hozdic off the cage to secure the takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Hozdic (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen wants to control from the top but Hozdic keeps moving.
Hozdic managing to control the position.
Hozdic looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Petersen puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Hozdic is doing well to control the position and prevent Petersen from advancing to side control.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Hozdic is defending the position. #T1#
Hozdic is trying to control but can't.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Hozdic is defending the position.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Hozdic defends it. #T2#
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Hozdic wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T3#
Petersen frees up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Hozdic (0) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen trying to control but Hozdic is having none of it.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #T4#
Petersen moves to the back. Score +3 for taking back: Hozdic (0) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen looking to hold on to the position here but Hozdic rolls and ends up regaining guard.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Hozdic swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Hozdic being controlled here, momentarily.
Hozdic keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #T5#
Hozdic keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Hozdic working a defensive guard here.
Hozdic will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Hozdic seems keen to control Petersen's posture.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Hozdic is retaining full guard.
Petersen controlling from the top position. #T6##SUB#
Petersen avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen is fighting to break Hozdic's control of his arms but Hozdic is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.#SUB2#
Petersen is holding a leg here, probably looking for an ankle lock - he drops back and goes for it! Hozdic is in trouble! Is it all over??? No! Hozdic has escaped and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hozdic (2) vs (8) Petersen
Hozdic is fighting to break Petersen's control of his arms but Petersen is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.#T7#
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen has Hozdic pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Hozdic controlling him for the moment. #T8##SUB2#
Petersen looking for a guillotine here but Hozdic defends easily.
Hozdic preventing the sweep.
Hozdic's corner is telling him to maintain position.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hozdic (2) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Hozdic is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Hozdic is keeping the position.#T9#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Hozdic keeps moving.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Hozdic is keeping the position.
Hozdic looking for a sweep. Not yet Hozdic, not yet.
Hozdic being controlled here, momentarily. #T10#
Hozdic keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Hozdic is keeping the position.
Petersen trying to control but Hozdic is working from the bottom. #T11#
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Hozdic keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Petersen is looking to pass into half guard but Hozdic pushes him away with his feet and jumps on top - now Hozdic is in guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hozdic (4) vs (10) Petersen#SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Hozdic defends well.
Hozdic showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #T12#
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen has control of Hozdic's left arm, preventing Hozdic from doing any damage.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Hozdic passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Hozdic (7) vs (10) Petersen#T13#
Petersen wants to control but Hozdic is having none of it.
Petersen might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Hozdic haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Petersen is hanging on here. He's in a desperate position.
Petersen tries to hold on but Hozdic pushes him away.
Hozdic prevents Petersen from getting the reversal.
Petersen is just holding on here. Hozdic manages to take his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Hozdic (10) vs (10) Petersen
We've been hearing good reports from Hozdic's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Hozdic is not going to allow Petersen to sit and survive in this position. #T14#
Hozdic is hanging on to Petersen's back as he tries to escape.
Petersen is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
Petersen trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Hozdic controls the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Hozdic doesn't have the hooks in and Petersen manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hozdic (10) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Hozdic is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 12 to 10.
A very excited looking Conald Petersen made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
In defeat, Dragan Hozdic stepped up to the mic, saying 'To be the man, you gotta beat the man.'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 317 - Peterson vs Addams
Date: Aug 14, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 36 wins and 24 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 22 wins and 20 losses; Lurch Addams!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Franklin, Robert Twigg and Stewart Dunkirk.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Petersen shoots in and scores a nice double leg takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Addams
Addams makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Addams.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Addams looking for a sweep. Not yet Addams, not yet.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Addams keeps moving.
Addams wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Addams keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Addams has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Petersen stays in close to Addams's body and controls the position. #T1#
Addams is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Addams looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Addams keeps moving.
Addams looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Addams looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen advances to half guard.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Addams works his way to full guard. Good work.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Addams tries to land a sweep but no joy.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T2#
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Addams is retaining full guard.
Addams has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Petersen has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Addams
Addams struggling a bit here.
Addams is looking to reverse the position.
Petersen is pausing for a moment. What's he doing? It looks like he's clearing his nose. Oh dude! He's shot a load of snot all down Addams's shoulder. That is not cool.
Petersen trying to control the position but Addams is working away.
Addams tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen trying to control the position but Addams is working away.
Addams tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Petersen wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #T3#
Petersen working away.
Petersen controls the position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Addams tries to get back to half guard but can't.
You can see the frustration on Addams's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Addams being controlled for a moment.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Addams is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Addams struggling a bit here.
Addams is looking to reverse the position.#T4#
Petersen in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Addams manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (5) vs (2) Addams#SUB#
Petersen looking for submissions off his back.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Addams is controlling well.
Addams stalling away here and it's allowed Petersen to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard.
Petersen can't keep his opponent in guard - Addams advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Addams is working away from the top position though.
Addams is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T5#
Petersen is in trouble now - Addams has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (5) Addams
Petersen prevents Addams from taking his back.
Petersen is desperately trying to improve his position but Addams has a good base and remains in mount.
Addams controlling his opponent.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Addams gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Addams isn't that keen on the idea.
Addams wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Petersen really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Addams seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Petersen is holding on tight.
Addams takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Addams can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape. #T6#
Addams sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (7) vs (5) Addams
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Addams is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen pushes down on Addams's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Addams tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Addams keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment. #T7#
Addams is not content to let Petersen control the position.#SUB#
Petersen looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Addams tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Addams moves into full guard.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Addams wants to sweep but no luck. #T8#
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Addams is keeping the position for now.
Addams keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Addams keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Addams working a defensive guard here.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Addams is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (7) vs (7) Addams
Petersen has control of Addams's left arm, preventing Addams from doing any damage.
Addams trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom. #T9#
Addams might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Petersen haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Addams stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Addams trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Addams wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Addams manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (9) vs (7) Addams
Petersen being controlled here momentarily.
Petersen postures up.
Addams is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Addams can't keep his opponent in guard - Petersen advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount. #T10#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Addams is defending well. #SUB#
Petersen is looking for a kimura here.
Addams is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Addams wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Addams has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Addams has his hands clasped together around Petersen's back. He's all about the action.#T11#
Addams is in trouble now - Petersen has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (12) vs (7) Addams
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Addams wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Addams is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen trying to control but Addams is having none of it.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Addams is a painfully thin specimen of a man. You do wonder whether a good body kick would snap him clean in two.
Petersen trying to control but Addams is having none of it. #T12#
Addams bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (12) vs (9) Addams
Addams trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Addams advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (12) vs (12) Addams
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Addams trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Addams keeps moving and retains side control.
Addams is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T13#
Petersen is looking to reverse the position.
Petersen seems a little lost for a moment, as Addams dominates the positioning.
Petersen sneaks back into half guard.
Addams wants to free his trapped foot but Petersen is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Addams looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen won't allow Addams to pass to mount.
Addams is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
It looks like Addams might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T14#
Addams controlling the pace.
Addams is looking to advance position but Petersen won't allow it.
Addams trying to control the pace.
Addams seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Petersen does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Addams content to control rather than advance.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Addams's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Addams's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (16) vs (12) Addams
Petersen trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Addams doesn't escape.
I really don't envy Addams right now.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 16 to 12.
A very excited looking Conald Petersen made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
CATCHMANIA 1
Date: Aug 07, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 36 wins and 23 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 44 wins and 27 losses; Harry Hirsch!
The judges for this bout are Steve Montenegro, Russell Pearce and Jonathan Paton.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Hirsch shoots in for a takedown. "Ole!" shouts Petersen as he jumps to the side. #CL2#
Hirsch forces Petersen back against the ropes and clinches.
Hirsch gets underhooks to prevent Petersen's takedown attempt.
#TD2#
Hirsch is trying to trip Petersen. He has hold of a leg but Petersen is hopping around, keeping his balance for the moment. Hirsch persists though and gets the takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Hirsch
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Hirsch stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Hirsch postures up.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Hirsch
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Hirsch swivels though and keeps the full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Hirsch keeps moving.
Petersen looking to pass the guard. #T1#
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Hirsch's guard.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.#SUB#
Petersen seems to be working for a kimura but Hirsch defends the submission attempt.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen trying to control the action but Hirsch is working from the bottom. #T2#
Petersen is looking for the mount but instead finds himself back in full guard.
Petersen trying to control but Hirsch is working from the bottom.
Hirsch wants to sweep but no luck.
Hirsch wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Hirsch is keeping the position for now.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Hirsch is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen is really struggling to control Hirsch but he's trying to hold on to the position.#T3#
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
Hirsch is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Hirsch is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Hirsch avoid being mounted?
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Hirsch wants to get back to full guard.#T4#
Hirsch is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Petersen wants to control but Hirsch is keeping him busy.
Petersen moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (2) Hirsch
Hirsch is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen trying to control the position but Hirsch is working away.
Hirsch trying to remain calm as Petersen controls from the top position.#T5#
Hirsch is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Hirsch wants to control but Petersen postures up.
Hirsch has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Hirsch denies him.
Hirsch seems a little lost for a moment, as Petersen dominates the positioning.
Hirsch is not content to let Petersen control the position. #T6#
Hirsch seems a little lost for a moment, as Petersen dominates the positioning.
Hirsch is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Hirsch is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Hirsch struggling a bit here.#T7#
Petersen taking a breather here.
Hirsch regains half guard.
Petersen trying to advance position but Hirsch counters by regaining guard.
Hirsch keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Hirsch is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Hirsch keeps moving. #T8#
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Hirsch is keeping the position for now.
Hirsch is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Hirsch has his hands on Petersen's head, controlling the position.
Hirsch keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Hirsch being controlled here, momentarily.
Hirsch controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself. #T9#
Hirsch keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Hirsch manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (5) vs (4) Hirsch
Petersen is pulling down on Hirsch's head to control his posture.
Hirsch is pushing down on Petersen's leg trying to pass to half guard. Petersen is fighting to maintain full guard but Hirsch has managed to sneak the leg through.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Hirsch is working away from the top position though.#SUB#
Petersen is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Hirsch pulls his head out easily. #T10#
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Hirsch is working away from the top position though.
Petersen is concentrating on defense, preventing Hirsch from advancing position.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Hirsch is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard but Hirsch has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (7) Hirsch
Petersen can't escape the position.
Hirsch takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Hirsch wants to control the pace but Petersen is squirming around nicely. #T11#
Petersen holds on to Hirsch as tight as he can, avoiding damage.
Petersen is in all sorts of trouble here.
Hirsch controlling his opponent.
Petersen stops Hirsch from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Hirsch prevents Petersen from getting the reversal.
Hirsch pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Hirsch looking to control but Petersen is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T12#
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.
Hirsch avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.
Hirsch wants to take Petersen's back here but Petersen is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
#T13#
Petersen wants to control but Hirsch is having none of it.
Petersen is trying desperately to improve position.
Hirsch manages to capitalize on a mistake by Petersen to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (5) vs (10) Hirsch
Hirsch struggling to keep hold of the position.
Hirsch controlling well, preventing Petersen from escaping the position.
Hirsch gets his hands free as Petersen looks to control. #T14#
Hirsch doesn't have the hooks in and Petersen manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (7) vs (10) Hirsch
Hirsch is trying to control the position from the bottom.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Hirsch keeps moving.
Hirsch trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Hirsch wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Petersen is looking to pass into half guard but Hirsch pushes him away with his feet and jumps on top - now Hirsch is in guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (7) vs (12) Hirsch
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Hirsch content to stall in guard here.
Petersen looking to control.
And that's the end of the fight!
Hirsch wins on points by 12 to 7.
Harry Hirsch is the new heavyweight champion!
Our winner, Harry Hirsch, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 315 - Kersikov vs Trump
Date: Jul 31, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 18 wins and 9 losses; Shaka Zulu! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 35 wins and 23 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Alan Glass, Wesley Smith and Robert Twigg.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen shoots in for a takedown but Zulu shows good takedown defense there and keeps this one on the feet.
Wow, both these guys are really going for it!#TD#
Zulu looking for a takedown here - he's got it. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Zulu (2) vs (0) Petersen
Zulu won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Zulu tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Zulu (2) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is pushing down on Zulu's leg trying to pass to half guard. Zulu is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Zulu keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.#T1#
Petersen passes the guard and advances to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Zulu (2) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Petersen tries to control but Zulu wriggling away.
Zulu really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Zulu stops Petersen from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Zulu working to try and regain half guard.
Zulu wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.#T2#
Zulu can't escape the position.
Petersen moves to his opponent's back but Zulu bucks him off and ends up in guard. A bit of a disaster there for Petersen. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Zulu (4) vs (5) Petersen
Zulu slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen pulls Zulu in close to his closed guard and prevents Zulu from doing any damage or advancing position.
Zulu won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Zulu is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T3#
Petersen seems keen to control Zulu's posture.
Zulu preventing the sweep.
Zulu is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Zulu (4) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen is keen to just control but Zulu is a slippery customer.
Petersen not doing much here.
#T4#
Petersen is looking to advance position but Zulu won't allow it.
Zulu is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at SSJ Gym, so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Zulu tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Zulu is trying to control but can't.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Zulu is doing well to control the position and prevent Petersen from advancing to side control.#T5#
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Zulu defends it.
Zulu wants to get back to full guard but Petersen has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Zulu (4) vs (10) Petersen
Zulu has given up his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Zulu (4) vs (13) Petersen
Petersen controls the position.
Petersen gets his hands free as Zulu looks to control.
Petersen controls the position.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.#T6#
More stalling from Petersen.
Zulu rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Petersen not doing much here.
Petersen trying to advance position but Zulu counters by regaining guard. #T7#
Petersen being controlled here momentarily.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Zulu is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Zulu tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Zulu is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Zulu keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Zulu is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Zulu will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#T8#
Zulu is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Zulu's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Petersen with more of the same as he continues to hold on.
Zulu keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen is looking to pass into half guard but Zulu pushes him away with his feet and jumps on top - now Zulu is in guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Zulu (6) vs (13) Petersen#T9#
Petersen has Zulu pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is trying to keep Zulu in close.
Zulu sitting in guard here, content to control.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Zulu tries to pass.
Zulu trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Zulu sitting in guard here, content to control. #T10#
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Zulu postures up.
Zulu slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up. #T11#
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Zulu won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Zulu engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Zulu is now in half guard. #T12#
Zulu is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Petersen trying to keep hold of his opponent's head but Zulu manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Zulu (9) vs (13) Petersen
Petersen working to try and regain half guard.
Zulu content just to control the position here.
Petersen bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Zulu (9) vs (15) Petersen#T13#
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Zulu is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Zulu (11) vs (15) Petersen
Zulu pushes down on Petersen's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Petersen is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
#T14#
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Zulu trying to pass the guard but Petersen defending well.
Petersen is pressing down on Zulu's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Zulu is one step ahead there.
Zulu controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen controlling Zulu's posture.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 15 to 11.
Conald Petersen is the new heavyweight champion!
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 314 - Pancake vs Saldini
Date: Jul 24, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 34 wins and 23 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 19 wins and 16 losses; Jack Blood!
The judges for this bout are Don Winkell, Timothy Bukovac and Frank Antenori.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Blood feints and then dives in with a takedown. That was a long way out but the feint bought him enough time to close the distance and complete the takedown. Now we'll play guard for a bit and see who can get the better of that position. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Blood
Blood trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Blood stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Blood is proving a slippery customer.
#SUB2#
Blood drops back looking for a leg! Petersen is in trouble here! The fighters roll with the hold and Petersen manages to kick Blood off! Blood jumps back into Petersen's guard.
Petersen is pulling down on Blood's head to control his posture.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Blood wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Blood puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#T1#
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Blood has control of the leg.
Petersen manages to get to full guard.
Blood controlling from the top position.
Blood won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen is pulling down on Blood's head. It's preventing any offense from Blood, at least for the moment.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Blood tries to pass. #T2#
Petersen trying to control the position.
Petersen pulls Blood in to control the position.
Blood controlling from the top position.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Blood is one step ahead there.
Blood being controlled here momentarily. #T3#
Blood wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Blood might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Petersen haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Petersen controlling Blood's posture.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Blood sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Petersen's guard.
Blood trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.#T4#
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Blood is working away from the top position though.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Blood has control of the leg.
Well, if Blood is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
#SUB2#
Blood wants to work for an arm triangle but Petersen is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Petersen is doing well to control the position and prevent Blood from advancing to side control.#T5#
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Blood is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
The fighters are battling for position here. Petersen manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Blood stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Blood trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen pulls Blood in to control the position.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Blood from controlling successfully.
Blood passes Petersen's right leg, so he's now in half guard. #T6#
Blood trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Blood passes into half guard.
Petersen manages to get to full guard.
Petersen pulls Blood in close to prevent any damage.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Blood
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #T7#
Petersen trying to control but Blood is working from the bottom.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Blood controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Blood gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (4) Blood
Blood is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen looking to control.
#T8##SUB#
Petersen looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Blood wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Blood postures up.
Blood is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Blood is one step ahead there. #T9#
Blood forces his way into half guard.#SUB2#
Blood wants to work for an arm triangle but Petersen is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Blood is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Petersen keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Blood is looking to advance position but Petersen won't allow it.
Blood is trying to control. Petersen wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T10#
Blood content to control rather than advance.
Blood is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Blood sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Blood wants to pass the guard but Petersen is defending well.
Petersen works his way to full guard. Good work.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Blood trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom. #T11#
Blood stays in close to Petersen's body and controls the position.
Blood trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Blood pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Blood won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (4) Blood
Petersen advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (4) Blood#T12#
Petersen controlling from side mount.
Blood struggling a bit here.#SUB#
Petersen is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Blood has escaped the position, nice work there.
Petersen wants to control for a moment but Blood uses the opportunity to move back to half guard.
Blood regains full guard. Nicely done. #T13#
Blood is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Blood is keeping the position.
Blood wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Blood is retaining full guard.
Blood looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Petersen trying to control but Blood is working from the bottom. #T14#
Blood tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Blood keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Blood is keeping the position for now.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Blood has his hands on Petersen's head, controlling the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 7 to 4.
A very excited looking Conald Petersen made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 313 - Halli vs Pancake
Date: Jul 17, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Sydney, with a TWGC record of 31 wins and 29 losses; David Allan Coe! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 33 wins and 23 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Percy O'Donnell and Jack Bonds.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen looking to shoot here. He's gone for it and he's landed a takedown into side control! Oh, that's bad for Coe! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Coe (0) vs (4) Petersen
Coe sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Coe wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Coe really does look like a pencil wearing a pair of gloves. Let's hope he has a gameplan to suit that ridiculous body shape.
Coe wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Coe (0) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen working away.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Coe tries to improve position but can't.
Coe seems a little lost for a moment, as Petersen dominates the positioning.
Coe tries to buck Petersen off but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen staying calm.#T1#
This fight is sponsored by Chainsaw 7. More blood and guts and stuff like that, in cinemas everywhere now!#SUB2#
Petersen tries for a kimura but Coe is defending well.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Coe denies him.
Coe is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen is pausing for a moment. What's he doing? It looks like he's clearing his nose. Oh dude! He's shot a load of snot all down Coe's shoulder. That is not cool.
We've been hearing good reports from Coe's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T2##SUB2#
Petersen wants to work for a kimura but he's foiled early by Coe, who protects the arm well.
Coe sneaks back into half guard.
Coe preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Coe trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Coe wants to get back to full guard.#T3#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Coe is trying to control but can't.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Coe is having none of it.
Petersen is taking a breather. Coe says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Petersen is thwarting Coe's attempts to control the position.
Coe is in a bad position, trying to hold on for dear life but he is really struggling to maintain any sort of control.
Coe tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Coe wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
#T4##SUB#
Coe looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Coe is in trouble now - Petersen has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Coe (0) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Coe really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
#T5#
Coe prevents Petersen from taking his back.
Coe gets back to half guard.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Coe is trying to control but Petersen passes into side control!
Score +3 for passing guard: Coe (0) vs (13) Petersen
Coe sneaks back into half guard.
Petersen trying to control the pace. #T6#
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Coe is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Coe! Score +3 for passing guard: Coe (0) vs (16) Petersen
Coe tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen wants to control but Coe has made it back to half guard. Nice work.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T7#
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Coe is working away.
Petersen working to pass to mount. He's got his hand pressing down on Coe's thigh. Coe counters though and makes it back to full guard.
Petersen forces his way into half guard.
Coe keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Coe defends it.
Coe is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T8#
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Coe is having none of it.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Coe does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Coe works his way to full guard. Good work.
Coe keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Coe swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen is pushing down on Coe's leg trying to pass to half guard. Coe is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.#T9#
Petersen trying to control from Coe's half guard. Coe has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Coe keeps moving.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Coe.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Coe is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Coe (2) vs (16) Petersen#T10#
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#SUB2#
Petersen is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Coe tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Coe not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Coe controlling him for the moment.
Coe slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Coe won't allow Petersen to sweep him here. #T11#
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Coe preventing the sweep.
Coe passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Coe (5) vs (16) Petersen
Coe is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen is trying to control Coe's posture but Coe avoids it.
Coe content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though. #SUB#
Coe is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Petersen knows the correct defense though, so he's OK. #T12#
Coe wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
The referee asks Coe politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Coe prefers to stall for the moment though.
Petersen is trying to control Coe's posture but Coe avoids it. #SUB#
Coe is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Petersen has escaped the position, nice work there. #SUB#
Coe tries for an arm triangle. That looks pretty tight to me. Is this one over!?! Possibly, maybe, no Coe has let go of the choke. Obviously it wasn't as tight as we thought! #SUB#
Coe working hard here to secure a kimura but he's not really in the right position for it. #T13#
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Coe wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Coe is trying to control the action in half guard but Petersen is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head. #T14#
Coe prevents Petersen from improving his position.#SUB#
Coe is working for a kimura here but Petersen manages to reverse the position and he's now in Coe's guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Coe (5) vs (18) Petersen
Petersen works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Coe is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Coe is doing well to control the position and prevent Petersen from advancing to side control.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Coe defending well.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Coe moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 18 to 5.
Conald Petersen thanked the fans post fight for their support. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 312 - Lee vs Huhrera
Date: Jul 10, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 32 wins and 23 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Sydney, with a TWGC record of 23 wins and 29 losses; Richard Morgan!
The judges for this bout are Emerson Jorge, Daniel Cesar and Matheus Silva.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen shoots in for a takedown. "Ole!" shouts Morgan as he jumps to the side.
And Morgan tries to counter it with a takedown but Petersen pushes his down on his head and steps out.
Petersen shoots in for a double leg but Morgan sprawls well. That's going to sap some energy.#TD#
Petersen closes the distance and gets a double leg, slamming Morgan to the mat! Morgan manages to get full guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Morgan
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Morgan not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Morgan is keeping the position.
Morgan working a defensive guard but Petersen passes into half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Morgan is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.#T1#
Morgan is trying to control but can't.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Morgan defends it.
Petersen works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Morgan
Morgan is trying desperately to improve position.
Morgan tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.#T2#
Morgan tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Morgan wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen looking to control but Morgan is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Morgan is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount. #T3#
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Morgan to control.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Morgan tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Morgan has given up his back here.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (8) vs (0) Morgan
Morgan wants to escape the position.
Petersen trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen is riding his opponent, not letting Morgan buck him off. #T4#
Petersen avoiding Morgan 's attempts to control his hands.
Morgan can't escape the position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Morgan is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Petersen.
#SUB#
Petersen is persistently looking for the submission but Morgan is defending it well.
#T5#
Morgan tries to roll but Petersen sticks to his back.
Morgan wants to control his opponent's hands but Petersen gets his hands free.
I really don't envy Morgan right now.
Petersen is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
Petersen trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Morgan doesn't escape.
Morgan can't escape the position.
#T6#
Petersen trying to control.
Morgan is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
Morgan trying to control the hands but Petersen breaks the grip.
Petersen controls the position.#SUB#
Morgan is displaying good submission defense - not really looking in danger of submitting to the rear naked choke at the moment. That could change in an instant of course if Petersen gets his way!
You can see the frustration on Morgan's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Morgan's body.
Morgan trying to control the position but Petersen manages to sink in the hooks. #T7#
A bit of a pause in the action here. Petersen controlling the positon.
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but Morgan is staying busy.
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Morgan's body.
Morgan trying to control the action but Petersen just sinks the hooks in.
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but Morgan is staying busy.
Petersen trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Morgan doesn't escape. #SUB#
Morgan fending off the submission attempt from Petersen.
Morgan is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
#T8#
Petersen doesn't have the hooks in and Morgan manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (8) vs (2) Morgan
Morgan trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Morgan wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen working a defensive guard but Morgan passes into half guard.
Morgan is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen manages to get to full guard.
Petersen is controlling Morgan's posture.#T9#
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Morgan controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Morgan advances to half guard.
Petersen is controlling Morgan's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Morgan is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Morgan wants to free his trapped foot but Petersen is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T10#
Petersen controlling the position well.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Morgan has control of the leg.
Petersen trying to control but Morgan postures up.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Petersen is staying active underneath Morgan, who seems content to just control the action from this position. #T11#
Petersen wants to get back to full guard but Morgan has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (5) Morgan
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen wants to control but Morgan postures up.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face as Morgan controls the position.
Let's hope that Morgan has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Petersen stops Morgan from passing to mount. #T12#
Petersen is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
Petersen has a hand on Morgan's thigh, trying to get back to full guard. Morgan takes advantage of the position though and mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (8) Morgan
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Morgan takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen is trying to escape the mount.
#T13##SUB2#
Morgan looks like he's working for a submission but he's not found anything just yet.
Petersen is in all sorts of trouble here.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Morgan gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen is trying desperately to improve position.#T14#
Petersen bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (8) Morgan
Petersen content to stall in guard here. #SUB2#
Morgan looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Petersen passes into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (13) vs (8) Morgan
Morgan trying to control but Petersen flips him over like a cheap hooker and has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (16) vs (8) Morgan
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Morgan looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment. #SUB#
Petersen is remaining active here, looking for the choke. The more discerning members of the crowd will appreciate his efforts.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 16 to 8.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 311 - Trump vs Nickal
Date: Jul 03, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 40 wins and 26 losses; Harry Hirsch! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 32 wins and 22 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Cesar, Alexandre Firmino and Mauricio Rocha.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Hirsch bobs and weaves into range and then changes levels and scores with a nice takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Hirsch (4) vs (0) Petersen
Hirsch trying to control the position but Petersen is working away.
This fight is sponsored by Chainsaw 7. More blood and guts and stuff like that, in cinemas everywhere now!
Petersen is looking to reverse the position.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen seems a little lost for a moment, as Hirsch dominates the positioning.
Petersen gets back to half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen trying to control here.
#T1#
Petersen is trying to avoid being dragged into an even worse position than he's already in but Hirsch is staying active.
Petersen is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.
Hirsch content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Hirsch tries to pass the half guard into mount. Petersen knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen works his way to full guard. Good work.
Hirsch being controlled here momentarily. #T2#
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Hirsch slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Hirsch not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Hirsch seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Petersen for as long as he can get away with.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Hirsch is proving a slippery customer.
#T3#
Petersen has Hirsch pulled in close to control his posture.
Hirsch preventing the sweep.
Petersen pulls Hirsch in close to his closed guard and prevents Hirsch from doing any damage or advancing position.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Hirsch is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T4#
Petersen being controlled here, momentarily.
Hirsch continues to stall.
Hirsch's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Hirsch tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Hirsch sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen has control of Hirsch's left arm, preventing Hirsch from doing any damage. #T5#
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Hirsch controls the pace.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Hirsch trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Hirsch engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #T6#
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Hirsch wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Hirsch will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Hirsch controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen pulls Hirsch in close to his closed guard and prevents Hirsch from doing any damage or advancing position.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Hirsch is one step ahead there.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen looking to control but Hirsch passes into half guard.
#T7#
Hirsch seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
More hug and hope from Hirsch.
Petersen won't allow Hirsch to pass to mount.
Petersen trying to hold on to Hirsch's head to control him but Hirsch postures up.
Hirsch prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount. #T8#
Hirsch is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Petersen won't allow Hirsch to pass to mount.
Hirsch passes into side control, despite Petersen's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Hirsch (7) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
Hirsch wants to pass the guard but Petersen is defending well.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
#T9#
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Hirsch sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen moves into full guard.
Hirsch engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T10#
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Hirsch is one step ahead there.
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Petersen being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen pulls Hirsch in close to prevent any damage. #T11#
Hirsch won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Hirsch postures up.
Petersen pulls Hirsch in close to his closed guard and prevents Hirsch from doing any damage or advancing position.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hirsch (7) vs (2) Petersen
Hirsch controlling Petersen's posture. #T12##SUB#
Hirsch looking for a guillotine here but Petersen defends easily.
Hirsch keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Hirsch is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Hirsch pulls Petersen in to control the position. #SUB#
Hirsch is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Petersen is aware though and is defending well.
Petersen won't allow Hirsch to sweep him here. #T13#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Hirsch is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Hirsch keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen trying to control but Hirsch is working from the bottom.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Hirsch is keeping the position for now.
Hirsch is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T14##SUB#
Hirsch has his foot on Petersen's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Petersen works his way back into a safe position though.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Hirsch keeps moving.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #SUB#
Hirsch looking for a guillotine here but Petersen defends easily.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Hirsch looking for a sweep. Not yet Hirsch, not yet.
And that's the end of the fight!
Hirsch takes the fight on points by 7 to 2.
Our winner, Harry Hirsch, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
In defeat, Conald Petersen stepped up to the mic, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 310 - Peterson vs Zulu
Date: Jun 26, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 32 wins and 21 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 13 wins and 9 losses; Shaka Zulu!
The judges for this bout are Russell Pearce, Franklyn Lucas and Lou da Vinci.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Zulu shoots in for a takedown but Petersen shows good takedown defense. #TD#
Petersen gets the takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (4) vs (0) Zulu#SUB#
Petersen tries for a kimura. Not really close to a finish though.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
The referee asks Petersen politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Petersen prefers to stall for the moment though.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Zulu denies him.
Zulu struggling a bit here.
Petersen tries to move into full mount but can't pass Zulu's legs.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Zulu is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (6) vs (0) Zulu#T1#
Zulu is in all sorts of trouble here.
Zulu is still trying to improve position.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Zulu has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Zulu is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Zulu regains half guard.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Zulu defends it. #T2#
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Zulu trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Zulu is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Zulu tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen is taking a breather. Zulu says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.#T3#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Zulu defending well.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Zulu tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen is taking a breather. Zulu says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Zulu moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.#SUB2#
Zulu looking for a guillotine here but Petersen defends easily.
#T4#
Zulu controlling the position.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Zulu is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Zulu tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T5#
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Zulu is retaining full guard.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Zulu.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Zulu looking for a sweep. Not yet Zulu, not yet.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #T6#
Zulu keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #T7#
Zulu managing to control the position.
Zulu controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Zulu pulls Petersen in close to prevent any damage.
Zulu looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Zulu keeps moving.
Petersen won't allow Zulu to sweep him here. #T8#
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Zulu is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Zulu working a defensive guard here.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Zulu keeps moving.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Zulu.#SUB2#
Petersen lying in Zulu's guard like a wet fish here, stalling away. Zulu decides he's had enough of all that nonsense - he escapes his hips and locks up an armbar! Wow, that was slick! Petersen taps! This one is aaaaaaaaaaall over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 9:56 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Shaka Zulu!
Our winner, Shaka Zulu, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 309 - Cruz vs Trump
Date: Jun 19, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 17 wins and 14 losses; Jack Blood! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 31 wins and 21 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Frank Dennis, George Francis and Alan Glass.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Petersen tries to score a power double leg takedown but Blood sees that one coming and sprawls well. That will dishearten Petersen somewhat.#TD2#
Blood gets taken down but at least he's managed to land in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Blood (0) vs (2) Petersen
Blood is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen won't allow Blood to sweep him here.
Petersen postures up.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Blood swivels though and keeps the full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB#
Blood looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Blood looking to control.
#T1#
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Blood is retaining full guard.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Blood is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Blood (0) vs (5) Petersen
Blood prevents Petersen from improving position.
Petersen trying to control the position but Blood is working away.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Blood denies him. #T2#
Petersen works to advance to full mount. Blood defends for a few seconds but eventually he succumbs. Score +2 for reaching mount: Blood (0) vs (7) Petersen
Blood tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Blood is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Nap or Tap, so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Petersen takes Blood's back. Score +3 for taking back: Blood (0) vs (10) Petersen
Blood just trying to survive but Petersen is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
Petersen slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
#SUB2#
Blood showing good submission defense here.
Blood trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Blood is in a bad position, trying to hold on for dear life but he is really struggling to maintain any sort of control.
I would not like to be Blood right now.
#T3#
Blood looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment.
Petersen really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Blood.
Petersen avoiding Blood 's attempts to control his hands.
Blood is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Petersen.
Petersen doesn't have the hooks in and Blood manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Blood (2) vs (10) Petersen#T4#
Blood trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Blood trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Petersen manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Blood (2) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Blood not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Blood keeps moving.
Petersen pushes down on Blood's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard. #T5#
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Blood (2) vs (15) Petersen
Blood is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Blood is trying desperately to improve position.
Blood wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T6#
Petersen might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Blood haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Petersen looking to control but Blood is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Blood tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away. #T7#
Petersen pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen trying to control but Blood is having none of it.
Blood is trying desperately to improve position.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen tries to control but Blood wriggling away.
Petersen content just to control the position here. #T8#
Blood really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen trying to control but Blood is having none of it.
Blood can't escape the position.
Petersen pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Blood bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Blood (4) vs (15) Petersen
Petersen being controlled here, momentarily. #T9#
Blood stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Blood from controlling successfully.
Blood slips nicely into half guard.#SUB#
Blood is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Petersen sees it coming and defends easily.
Blood wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Blood is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Blood is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.#T10#
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen controlling the position well.
Blood seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Petersen does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen trying to control here.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Blood is controlling well.
Blood looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Blood seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Petersen does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T11#
Petersen is looking to get back to full guard here but Blood has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Blood (7) vs (15) Petersen
Blood is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen trying to control but Blood flips him over like a cheap hooker and has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Blood (10) vs (15) Petersen
Blood trying to control momentarily.
#SUB#
Petersen defends a rear naked choke attempt by controlling one of Blood's arms.
Blood has good solid back control here. #T12#
Blood has the hooks in. Petersen is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted. #SUB#
Blood working for the choke.
Petersen rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is trying to control but Blood passes into side control!
Score +3 for passing guard: Blood (13) vs (15) Petersen
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet. #T13#
Blood trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Blood is really struggling to control Petersen but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Blood tries to advance to mount but Petersen denies him.
Petersen is trying to control Blood's posture but Blood avoids it.
Petersen tries to bench press Blood off him but Blood keeps the position.
Blood trying to control the position but Petersen is working away. #T14#
Petersen is looking to reverse the position.
Blood in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Petersen struggling a bit here.
Blood will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Blood's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Blood wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Blood seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Petersen does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 15 to 13.
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 308 - Silva Jr vs Priest
Date: Jun 12, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 31 wins and 20 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 50 wins and 35 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Jack Bonds, Frank Antenori and Timothy Bukovac.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen with a poor takedown #TD2#
and Sparxx counters with a driving takedown into guard. Nice work there by Sparxx. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Sparxx#SUB#
Petersen working for a triangle but Sparxx defends it easily.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Sparxx postures up.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #T1#
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen seems keen to control Sparxx's posture.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T2#
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Sparxx forces his way into half guard.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Petersen controlling the position for now.
Sparxx wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen controlling the leg, holding on to half guard. #T3##SUB#
Petersen actively working from the bottom here.
Sparxx is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Sparxx is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.#T4#
Sparxx takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
#SUB#
Petersen actively working from the bottom here.
Petersen keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Sparxx passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx controlling from mount. #T5#
Petersen tries to reverse the position but Sparxx maintains control.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Petersen is squirming around nicely.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx wants to take his opponent's back but Petersen doesn't allow it.
Petersen can't escape the position.
Sparxx sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #T6#
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Petersen trying to control here.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Petersen gets back to full guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall. #T7#
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Sparxx passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx controlling the pace for now. #T8#
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape.
Sparxx prevents Petersen from getting the reversal.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sparxx trying to control but Petersen is having none of it. #T9#
Petersen is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
Sparxx looking to control but Petersen is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen tries to improve his position but instead Sparxx has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (0) vs (11) Sparxx
I would not like to be Petersen right now.
Petersen tries to escape the position.
Petersen looking very determined here, making life difficult for Sparxx.
#T10#
Petersen trying to control the hands but Sparxx won't let him.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Sparxx's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Sparxx controlling well, preventing Petersen from escaping the position.
Our spies down at at Catch Wrestling L.A. inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?#T11#
Sparxx controlling from the back.
Petersen manages to reverse the position and now he's in Sparxx's guard. Nice work there by Petersen.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (11) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (13) Sparxx
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx being controlled here momentarily. #T12##SUB#
Petersen had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.#SUB#
Petersen has an omoplata and is looking to use it perhaps as a submission or perhaps to transition. Sparxx is in a bit of discomfort here, but he's managed to free himself and has dived into side control! That didn't work out too well for Petersen. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (16) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to move to mount but Petersen blocks the move with his legs.
Sparxx takes a little break here. Petersen wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Sparxx's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.#T13#
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.#SUB2#
Sparxx seems to be looking for submissions.
Sparxx prevents Petersen from improving his position.#T14#
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away.
Petersen tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Sparxx has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (19) Sparxx
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 19 to 2.
After the fight, Tyrone Sparxx was humble in paying tribute to his opponent but made it clear he wants to go on to bigger and better things. It seemed to go down well with the crowd who cheered him loudly.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 307 - Dyon vs Steel
Date: Jun 05, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 31 wins and 19 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 12 wins and 7 losses; Shaka Zulu!
The judges for this bout are David Schapiro, Alyssa Summers and Lou da Vinci.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Zulu fails with a takedown attempt.
Petersen tries for a takedown but Zulu sees it coming a mile off and avoids it easily.
Zulu throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Petersen's waist but Petersen gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Zulu off to one side. #TD#
Zulu gets caught napping as Petersen dives in and scores a takedown. Zulu manages to retain guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Zulu
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Zulu is keeping the position for now.
Zulu wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Zulu seems keen to control Petersen's posture.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T1#
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Zulu for as long as he can get away with.
Zulu not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen trying to control but Zulu is working from the bottom.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up. #SUB2#
Petersen got a little sloppy there for a moment and Zulu has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Petersen has managed to get both his arms back between Zulu's legs - danger averted.#T2#
Zulu wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Zulu holds on and takes a little breather.
Zulu's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Zulu is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T3#
Petersen forces his way into half guard.
Zulu tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Zulu is still trying to improve position.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Zulu defending well.
Petersen stalling.
Zulu has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.#T4#
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Zulu defends it.
Petersen stalling away here and it's allowed Zulu to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Petersen looking to pass the guard. #T5#
Zulu is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Zulu is retaining full guard.
Zulu wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen trying to control but Zulu is working from the bottom.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Zulu gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Zulu
Zulu is stalling in the full guard. #T6#
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Zulu controlling from the top position.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Zulu is proving a slippery customer.
#T7#
Petersen wants to sweep here but Zulu controlling him for the moment.
Petersen managing to control the position.
Zulu wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Zulu postures up.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (2) Zulu
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #T8#
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Zulu gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (4) Zulu
Petersen has control of Zulu's left arm, preventing Zulu from doing any damage.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Zulu looking to pass the guard.
Zulu stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.#T9#
Zulu controlling from the top position.
Petersen is controlling Zulu's posture.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Zulu is one step ahead there.
Zulu looking to pass the guard.
Petersen pulls Zulu in close to his closed guard and prevents Zulu from doing any damage or advancing position.#T10#
Zulu slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up. #SUB#
Petersen is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Zulu defends well.
Zulu not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #SUB#
Petersen is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.#T11#
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Zulu trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Zulu passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (4) vs (7) Zulu
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (4) vs (10) Zulu
A bit of a pause in the action here. Zulu controlling the positon.
Petersen trying to control the hands but Zulu won't let him. #T12#
Good control from Zulu.
I really don't envy Petersen right now.
Zulu is the more experienced fighter here and he's going to need to draw on some of that experience if he's going to pull this one out the bag.
Petersen trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Good control from Zulu.#T13#
Petersen tries to break free.
Zulu is trying to stick to Petersen's back but Petersen is turning into Zulu. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Zulu's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Petersen. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (6) vs (10) Zulu
Zulu wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment. #SUB2#
Zulu had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Petersen defends it easily.#SUB2#
Zulu is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Petersen is aware though and is defending well.#T14#
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Petersen trying to control but Zulu is working from the bottom.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Zulu is keeping the position for now.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Zulu trying to control the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen advances to half guard.
Zulu trying to control from the bottom.
Zulu is looking to improve his position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Zulu wins on points by 10 to 6.
Shaka Zulu thanked the fans post fight for their support.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 306 - Sparxx vs Zulu
Date: May 29, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 37 wins and 24 losses; Harry Hirsch! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 30 wins and 19 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Aafke Stam, Radbod Blank and Paul Aken.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Hirsch shoots in looking for a takedown. Petersen tries to sprawl out of it but Hirsch keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the cage. Petersen manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing. #TD2#
Petersen drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Hirsch (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Hirsch (0) vs (5) Petersen
Hirsch can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen controls the position.
Hirsch can't do much from the bottom here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Hirsch is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control. #T1#
Hirsch manages to work his way to half guard, despite Petersen's best efforts.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Hirsch tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Hirsch controlling the position for now.
Hirsch is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Hirsch wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T2#
Hirsch trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Hirsch is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Hirsch is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Hirsch is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Hirsch is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at SSJ Gym, so we'll see if he gets out of it.#T3#
Petersen is thwarting Hirsch's attempts to control the position.
Petersen is keen to just control but Hirsch is a slippery customer.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Hirsch tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen uses his free foot to push down on Hirsch's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Hirsch. Score +3 for passing guard: Hirsch (0) vs (8) Petersen
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Hirsch is working to get back to half guard.
#T4#
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Hirsch is looking to escape.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Hirsch tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Hirsch wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Hirsch (0) vs (11) Petersen#T5#
Hirsch tries to break free.
Petersen really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Hirsch.#SUB2#
Petersen looking for the choke but no joy.
Petersen trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Hirsch doesn't escape.
Petersen gets his hands free as Hirsch looks to control.
Petersen biding his time, controlling Hirsch. #T6#
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Will Petersen go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but Hirsch is staying busy.
Hirsch just trying to survive but Petersen is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
Hirsch tries to escape the position.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Hirsch tries to break free.
#T7#
Hirsch is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
A lull in the action here.
Petersen is trying to control but Hirsch is trying to escape here - he's now mounted.
Hirsch wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen takes Hirsch's back. Score +3 for taking back: Hirsch (0) vs (14) Petersen
Petersen has the hooks in. Hirsch is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Petersen keeps control of the position easily here as Hirsch tries to buck him off.
Petersen keeps control of the position as Hirsch tries to break free.
Petersen keeps control of the position easily here as Hirsch tries to buck him off.
#T8#
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Petersen avoiding Hirsch 's attempts to control his hands.
Hirsch manages to reverse the position and now he's in Petersen's guard. Nice work there by Hirsch.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hirsch (2) vs (14) Petersen
Petersen has Hirsch pulled in close to control his posture.
Hirsch content to stall in guard here. #T9#
Petersen is controlling Hirsch's posture.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Petersen pulls Hirsch in close to prevent any damage.
Hirsch stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen has his hands on Hirsch's head, controlling the position. #T10#
Hirsch trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Hirsch trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen working a defensive guard but Hirsch passes into half guard.
Hirsch is taking a breather. Petersen says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Hirsch is controlling well.
#T11#
Petersen is staying active underneath Hirsch, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Hirsch has control of the leg.
Hirsch will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Hirsch slows the pace down in half guard.
Petersen trying to hold on to Hirsch's head to control him but Hirsch postures up.
Hirsch is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.#T12#
Petersen being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen is trying to keep Hirsch in close.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Hirsch is proving a slippery customer.
#T13#
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Hirsch sitting in guard here, content to control.
Hirsch passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Hirsch (5) vs (14) Petersen
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Hirsch keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen is trying to control Hirsch's posture but Hirsch avoids it.
Petersen trying his best to control but Hirsch has mounted him. Score +2 for reaching mount: Hirsch (7) vs (14) Petersen#T14#
Petersen is desperately trying to improve his position but Hirsch has a good base and remains in mount.
Hirsch controlling from the full mount.
Petersen really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Petersen is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Hirsch's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Hirsch's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Hirsch (7) vs (18) Petersen
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but Hirsch is staying busy.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen controlling the position well here. Hirsch rolled but Petersen kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 18 to 7.
An out of breath Conald Petersen thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 305 - Las Vegas
Date: May 22, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 48 wins and 34 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 30 wins and 18 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Tiny Johnson, Stewart Dunkirk and Gwen Towbar.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen shoots in and gets a takedown into half guard. Petersen showed some decent athleticism there. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Sparxx is defending the position.
Petersen moves into full mount! Sparxx won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Petersen
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Sparxx is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.#T1#
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Sparxx is wriggling around trying to escape.
#SUB2#
Petersen goes for an armbar but he's not got it… Sparxx turns into him and now he's in Petersen's guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) Petersen
Sparxx postures up.
Petersen being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen controlling Sparxx's posture. #T2#
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Petersen pulls Sparxx in close to his closed guard and prevents Sparxx from doing any damage or advancing position.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen pulls Sparxx in close to his closed guard and prevents Sparxx from doing any damage or advancing position.#T3#
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen is controlling Sparxx's posture.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck. #T4#
Petersen working a defensive guard but Sparxx manages to pass into side control anyway.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen is trying to work for a sweep but Sparxx has mounted him! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (7) vs (5) Petersen
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (10) vs (5) Petersen#T5#
Sparxx doesn't have the hooks in and Petersen manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (10) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx is pulling down on Petersen's head to control his posture.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T6#
Sparxx manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (12) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen wants to improve his position but instead Sparxx has moved into half guard.
Sparxx trying to control the pace.
Petersen manages to get to full guard.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet. #T7#
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Sparxx postures up.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (12) vs (9) Petersen
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen pushing down on Sparxx's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it. #T8#
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
Petersen controlling the pace.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Sparxx is controlling Petersen's trapped leg to prevent Petersen from advancing to side control.#T9#
Sparxx is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Sparxx is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Catch Wrestling L.A., so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
#T10#
Sparxx is positioning himself well to prevent Petersen advancing to mount.
Sparxx regains full guard. Nicely done.
Sparxx wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #SUB#
Sparxx isolates an arm and boxes in a triangle. Petersen stacks Sparxx on his neck as he steps over and passes to the side. He's now in a much more dominant position where he can look to do some serious damage. Nice move by Petersen! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (12) vs (12) Petersen#T11#
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen happy to just control the position for now.
Petersen is continuing to stall.#SUB2#
Petersen goes for an armbar here - this could be all over! But no, Sparxx has escaped beautifully and is now on top in side control! Oh, that's unlucky for Petersen but great work by Sparxx. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (16) vs (12) Petersen
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face as Sparxx controls the position. #T12#
Sparxx trying to control the position but Petersen is working away.
Sparxx controlling the position from side mount.
Petersen manages to get back to half guard.#SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Sparxx is trying to control. Petersen wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.#T13#
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen keeping control of the position.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Petersen is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there. #T14#
Petersen wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but Petersen defending well.
Sparxx is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to get back to full guard but Sparxx takes advantage of the position and moves to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (19) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 19 to 12.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his heavyweight title!
Tyrone Sparxx spent the whole post fight interview bigging himself up. It didn't go down that well with the fans after a while as they thought it was a bit arrogant.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 304 - Silva Jr vs Sparxx
Date: May 15, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 23 wins and 19 losses; Leandro Lo! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 29 wins and 18 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Don Winkell and Percy O'Donnell.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen gets caught napping as Lo dives in and scores a takedown. Petersen manages to retain guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Lo (2) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Lo stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen looking to control.
#T1#
Lo controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Lo puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Lo stalling.
Petersen trying to hold on to Lo's head to control him but Lo postures up.
Petersen tries to roll over but Lo keeps him under control.#T2#
Petersen gets back to full guard.
Petersen managing to control the position.
Petersen trying to control the position.
#SUB2#
Petersen has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Lo can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Lo (2) vs (2) Petersen#T3#
Petersen is looking to advance position but Lo has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Lo (6) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen working to try and regain half guard.
Lo avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.#T4#
Lo controlling from the full mount.
Petersen is desperately trying to improve his position but Lo has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen wants to control but Lo is having none of it.
Petersen is working to get back to half guard.
#T5#
Petersen wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Lo (9) vs (2) Petersen
Lo keeps control of the position as Petersen tries to break free.
Lo is controlling the position but Petersen somehow manages to roll and ends up with half guard.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Lo perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.#T6#
Petersen looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Lo puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Lo is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Lo (9) vs (4) Petersen
Lo has his hands on Petersen's head, controlling the position.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Lo seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Lo will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Lo is keeping the position for now.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T7#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Lo keeps moving.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Lo gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Lo (11) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen is trying to keep Lo in close.
Lo won't allow Petersen to sweep him here. #T8#
Petersen trying to control the position.
Lo wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Lo preventing the sweep.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Lo (11) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Lo is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #T9#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Lo keeps moving.
Petersen slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Lo (11) vs (9) Petersen#SUB2#
Petersen working hard here to secure a kimura but he's not really in the right position for it.
Petersen tries to move to mount but Lo blocks the move with his legs.
Lo is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it. #T10#
Lo manages to get back to half guard.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Lo is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Lo defends it.
Petersen is trying to control. Lo wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T11#
Petersen controlling the pace.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Lo is working away.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Lo is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Lo is looking to improve his position.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Lo is defending well. #T12#
Petersen working to pass to mount. He's got his hand pressing down on Lo's thigh. Lo counters though and makes it back to full guard.
Lo is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen passes into half guard.
Lo wants to get back to full guard.
Lo won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Lo is in trouble now - Petersen has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Lo (11) vs (12) Petersen
Lo tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.#T13#
Petersen controlling from mount.
Lo is trying to reverse the position but instead Petersen has taken his back - oops! Score +3 for taking back: Lo (11) vs (15) Petersen
Petersen biding his time, controlling Lo.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.#T14#
Lo tries to escape the position.
Lo staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control.
Lo is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Petersen.
Petersen controlling well, preventing Lo from escaping the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to control.
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 15 to 11.
A very excited looking Conald Petersen made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 303 - Priest vs Jackson
Date: May 08, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 28 wins and 18 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 19 wins and 7 losses; Galtero El Toro!
The judges for this bout are Aleksandr Martynov, Fedor Mirinova and Konstantin Menshow.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
El Toro is looking for a takedown here. He's shot in and has managed to get it, finishing up in Petersen's half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) El Toro
Petersen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
El Toro won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
El Toro pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
El Toro not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in El Toro's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) El Toro
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen advances to half guard. #T1#
El Toro wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
El Toro slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Petersen passes into half guard.
Petersen controlling the action here.
El Toro has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
El Toro tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
El Toro is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there. #T2#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but El Toro is defending well.
Petersen controlling the action here.
El Toro trying to control here.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but El Toro is holding on for dear life with his legs.
El Toro tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
El Toro keeping hold of Petersen's head, controlling as best he can.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but El Toro defends it. #T3##SUB#
Petersen is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, El Toro has managed to free his arm - good work.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but El Toro is defending well.
El Toro is looking to improve his position.
El Toro is in trouble now - Petersen has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (2) El Toro
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #T4#
El Toro is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
El Toro is working to get back to half guard.
Petersen avoids the attempt from El Toro to control.
Petersen fails to move to back control.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
El Toro is looking to get to half guard.#T5#
Petersen pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
El Toro tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.
El Toro tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen looking to control but El Toro is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
El Toro is wriggling around here but as he tries to escape, Petersen has taken his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (8) vs (2) El Toro
El Toro looking very determined here, making life difficult for Petersen.
#T6#
Petersen not allowing El Toro to control his hands.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#SUB#
Petersen is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. El Toro knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften El Toro for a finish.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
#T7#
El Toro trying to control the position but Petersen manages to sink in the hooks.
Will Petersen go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
El Toro tries to roll but Petersen sticks to his back.
Petersen has good solid back control here.
Petersen avoiding El Toro 's attempts to control his hands.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
#SUB#
Petersen looking for the RNC. #T8#
Petersen controlling from the back.
El Toro trying to control but not successfully.
Petersen is hanging on to El Toro's back as he tries to escape.
El Toro just trying to survive but Petersen is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
I really don't envy El Toro right now.
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
El Toro tries to roll but Petersen sticks to his back.
#T9#
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but El Toro is staying busy.#SUB#
Petersen is remaining active here, looking for the choke. The more discerning members of the crowd will appreciate his efforts.
Petersen is looking to control El Toro but El Toro is wriggling around and keeping busy.
El Toro trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Petersen slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
El Toro trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble. #T10#
Petersen keeps control of the position as El Toro tries to break free.
What can El Toro do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but El Toro is staying busy.#T11#
Petersen controls the action.
El Toro is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
El Toro rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
El Toro is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen is trying to control. El Toro wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T12#
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. El Toro knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen frees up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (11) vs (2) El Toro
El Toro tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen prevents El Toro from getting the reversal.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
El Toro doing his best to control the position. Can he escape?#T13#
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
El Toro tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.
El Toro tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
El Toro tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen looking to control but El Toro is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
El Toro is trying to escape the mount.
#T14#
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
El Toro is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen trying to control but El Toro is having none of it.
Petersen is really struggling to control El Toro but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
El Toro holds on for dear life, controlling Petersen's posture momentarily.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 11 to 2.
Conald Petersen decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 302 - Simone vs Ottke
Date: Apr 17, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 18 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 21 wins and 23 losses; Richard Morgan!
The judges for this bout are George Francis, Gwen Towbar and Alan Glass.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen bobs and weaves into range and then changes levels and scores with a nice takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (4) vs (0) Morgan
Petersen working away.
Petersen wants to control but Morgan is keeping him busy.
Morgan seems a little lost for a moment, as Petersen dominates the positioning.
Morgan wants to control but Petersen postures up.
The referee asks Petersen politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Petersen prefers to stall for the moment though.
You can see the frustration on Morgan's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Petersen trying to control the position but Morgan is working away.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Morgan is looking for a sweep.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Morgan keeps working.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Morgan tries to get back to half guard but can't.#T1#
What's Morgan going to do here then? He's in a bit of a pickle.
A lull in the action here.
Morgan is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Morgan tries to bench press Petersen off him but Petersen keeps the position.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Morgan is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Morgan denies him. #T2#
Morgan is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen just content to control the position.
Morgan struggling a bit here.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Morgan is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Morgan is being controlled here.
Morgan stops Petersen from passing to mount.
The referee asks Petersen politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Petersen prefers to stall for the moment though.
Morgan tries to slip a leg under to move to half guard but Petersen presses down on the leg and jumps into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (6) vs (0) Morgan#T3#
Morgan wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Morgan is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen trying to control but Morgan is having none of it.
Morgan tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Morgan can't escape the position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen wants to take Morgan's back but he can't do it this time.
Morgan is working to get back to half guard.
#T4#
Morgan wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Morgan is squirming around nicely.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Petersen looking to control but Morgan is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Morgan to control.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully. #T5#
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Morgan is looking to escape.
Petersen wants to take Morgan's back but he can't do it this time.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Morgan is looking to escape.
Morgan gets back to half guard.
Petersen is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (9) vs (0) Morgan
Petersen wants to control the pace but Morgan is squirming around nicely.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but Morgan doesn't allow it. #T6#
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Morgan is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen wants to take Morgan's back here but Morgan is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Morgan has given up his back. Will we see Petersen going for some submissions?
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (12) vs (0) Morgan
Petersen controls the action.
Morgan trying to control the action but Petersen just sinks the hooks in.
Morgan is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Petersen.
Petersen trying to control.#T7#
Morgan is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Petersen trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Morgan's body.
Petersen gets his hands free as Morgan looks to control.
Petersen tries to get the hooks in deep but Morgan pushed the leg off.
Morgan just trying to survive but Petersen is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
I really don't envy Morgan right now.
Morgan wants to control his opponent's hands but Petersen gets his hands free. #T8#
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Morgan for as long as he can get away with.
Morgan surviving as best he can, preventing damage. #SUB#
Petersen is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. Morgan knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften Morgan for a finish. #T9#
Morgan just trying to survive but Petersen is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
Morgan has hold of Petersen's arm. He needs to escape this position sooner or later but for now he's happy enough to control the position and prevent the submission attempts.
Petersen controlling the position well here. Morgan rolled but Petersen kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Petersen trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
Morgan looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment.
Petersen is riding his opponent, not letting Morgan buck him off. #T10#
Morgan trying to control the hands but Petersen breaks the grip.
Morgan is trying to avoid being dragged into an even worse position than he's already in but Petersen is staying active.
Morgan tries to escape but Petersen has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Morgan trying to control the position but Petersen manages to sink in the hooks. #SUB#
Morgan is staying cool under pressure, defending well against the rear naked choke attempt from his opponent.
#T11#
Petersen keeps control of the position as Morgan tries to break free.
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but Morgan is staying busy.
Morgan trying to control the position but Petersen manages to sink in the hooks.
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
Morgan tries to break free.
Petersen is riding his opponent, not letting Morgan buck him off.
Morgan tries to escape but Petersen has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Petersen wants to control but Morgan manages to buck him off and is now in Petersen's guard! Nice work there by Morgan! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (12) vs (2) Morgan
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Morgan is one step ahead there. #T12#
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Morgan's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Morgan wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Morgan wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (14) vs (2) Morgan
Morgan working a defensive guard here.
#T13#
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Morgan is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #SUB2#
Morgan is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Petersen is aware though and is defending well.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (17) vs (2) Morgan
Morgan stops Petersen from passing to mount.
Petersen trying to control the position but Morgan is working away. #T14#
Morgan is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Petersen's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Morgan won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Morgan wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Morgan is defending well.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Morgan has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Morgan is defending the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 17 to 2.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 301 - Simone vs Dyon
Date: Apr 10, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 17 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 17 wins and 7 losses; Galtero El Toro!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Cesar, Mauricio Rocha and Thiago Cunha.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
El Toro shoots in looking for a single leg takedown. Petersen is trying to defend but El Toro finishes it well and ends up in half guard. Let's see if he can advance position further. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) El Toro
Petersen controlling the position for now.
Petersen trying to control here.
Still in half guard, El Toro seems content to control.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen moves into full guard.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
El Toro tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard. #T1#
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because El Toro is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen controlling El Toro's posture.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. El Toro manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) El Toro
El Toro controlling the position.
El Toro tries to land a sweep but no joy. #SUB2#
El Toro working for a triangle but Petersen defends it easily.
#T2#
El Toro being controlled here, momentarily. #SUB2#
El Toro working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Petersen doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Petersen manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from El Toro.
Petersen stands and throws El Toro's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (2) El Toro
El Toro is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen works to advance to full mount. El Toro defends for a few seconds but eventually he succumbs. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (7) vs (2) El Toro#T3#
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen wants to control the action but instead El Toro gets a body lock and reverses into Petersen's guard! Nice work! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (7) vs (4) El Toro
Petersen looking to control.
Petersen has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but El Toro has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (7) El Toro
El Toro content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though. #T4#
El Toro is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen is trying to control El Toro's posture but El Toro avoids it.
A lull in the action here.
Petersen struggling a bit here.
El Toro wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard.#T5#
El Toro happy to just control the position for now.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.#SUB2#
El Toro tries for a kimura but Petersen is defending well.
Petersen stuck in half guard on the bottom here.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.#T6#
Petersen is not content to let El Toro control the position.
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but El Toro keeps moving and retains side control.
My spies in Nap or Tap inform me that El Toro has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
El Toro trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
El Toro taking a breather here.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.#T7#
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on El Toro's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. El Toro is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
El Toro content to control rather than advance.
El Toro wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position.
El Toro keeps trying to improve his position.#T8#
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
El Toro is keen to just control but Petersen is a slippery customer.
El Toro with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but El Toro is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is not content to let El Toro control the position.
Petersen preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.#T9##SUB2#
El Toro is looking for a kimura here.
El Toro wants to free his trapped foot but Petersen is holding on for dear life with his legs.
El Toro sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen pulls El Toro in to control the position.
Petersen wants to control the position but El Toro says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard.
El Toro is trying to control. Petersen wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T10#
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
El Toro wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
El Toro slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
El Toro is fighting to break Petersen's control of his arms but Petersen is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen wants to sweep here but El Toro controlling him for the moment.
Petersen is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage. #T11#
El Toro slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (10) El Toro
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but El Toro wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
El Toro wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.#T12#
Petersen tries to buck El Toro off but El Toro is having none of it.
Petersen is trying to control El Toro's posture but El Toro avoids it.
Petersen sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.#SUB2#
El Toro is working for a submission of some sort.
El Toro wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen wants to control but El Toro is keeping busy.
#T13#
Petersen moves into full guard.
El Toro wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen has El Toro pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen keeping full guard, as El Toro tries to pass.
El Toro controlling from the top position.
Petersen is pulling down on El Toro's head. It's preventing any offense from El Toro, at least for the moment.#T14#
El Toro slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (13) El Toro
Petersen tries to buck El Toro off but El Toro is having none of it.
Petersen is trying to control El Toro's posture but El Toro avoids it.
El Toro controls the position.
El Toro's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but El Toro wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
And that's the end of the fight!
El Toro wins on points by 13 to 7.
Galtero El Toro seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 300 - SUPERNOVA
Date: Apr 03, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 9 wins and 3 losses; Abubakar Camara! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 16 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Luis Engracia and Emerson Jorge.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Camara shoots in with a lovely double leg takedown. Petersen manages to land in full guard to minimise the damage. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Camara (2) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Camara is one step ahead there.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen controlling the position.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Camara controlling him for the moment.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Camara trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Camara's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen is controlling Camara's posture.#T1#
Camara content to stall in guard here.
Petersen looking to control.
Petersen pulls Camara in close to his closed guard and prevents Camara from doing any damage or advancing position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Camara wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Camara will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#T2#
Camara controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Camara has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen seems keen to control Camara's posture.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Camara (2) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #T3#
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Camara is retaining full guard.
Petersen advances to half guard.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen trying to control the action but Camara is working from the bottom.
Camara tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Camara is pressing down on Petersen's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Petersen works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Camara does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T4#
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Camara defending well.
Camara wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Camara is looking to improve his position.
#T5#
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Camara (2) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen fails to move to back control.
Camara wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Camara manages to regain half guard. Good work. #SUB2#
Petersen is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Camara wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
#T6#
Camara gets back to full guard.
Camara can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Petersen advances to half guard. #T7#
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen is stalling here. Camara is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Petersen seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Camara has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Camara (6) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen is looking to reverse the position.
Camara working away.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.#T8#
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Camara controlling the action here.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Camara is controlling well.
#T9#
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Camara has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Camara (9) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.
Camara manages to capitalize on a mistake by Petersen to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Camara (12) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen turns into Camara and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Camara (12) vs (7) Petersen#T10#
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Camara bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Camara (14) vs (7) Petersen
Camara trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen is trying to keep Camara in close.
Camara pushes down on Petersen's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Petersen is positioning himself well to prevent Camara advancing to mount.
Petersen gets back to full guard.
Petersen wants to control but Camara passes easily into half guard.
#T11#
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Camara controlling the action here.
Petersen is looking to control Camara's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Petersen wants to improve his position but Camara is controlling well.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Camara in particular looking to stall.#T12#
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Camara has control of the leg.
Petersen trying to control but Camara postures up.
Camara controlling the action here.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Camara is controlling well.
#T13#
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Camara wants to take a breather but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen is looking to control Camara's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Petersen moves into full guard.
Camara looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Camara manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Camara (14) vs (9) Petersen#T14#
Camara is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Camara (16) vs (9) Petersen
Camara is keen to just control but Petersen is a slippery customer.
Camara tries to pass the half guard into mount. Petersen knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen trying to hold on to Camara's head to control him but Camara postures up.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen is refusing to be controlled, as Camara sits in half guard.
Petersen is looking to get back to full guard here but Camara has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Camara (19) vs (9) Petersen
And that's the end of the fight!
Camara takes the fight on points by 19 to 9.
Abubakar Camara decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 299 - Jackson vs Camara
Date: Mar 20, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 24 wins and 17 losses; Kurt Diesel! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 15 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Don Winkell, Percy O'Donnell and Timothy Bukovac.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Petersen throws a loose over hand right and dives in with a double leg takedown. Diesel tries to sprawl but it's too late and the fighters hit the mat. Petersen is in Diesel's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Diesel (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Diesel is retaining full guard.
Diesel is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Diesel swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen content to stall in guard here. #SUB#
Diesel looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Diesel gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (2) vs (2) Petersen
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Diesel controls from within his opponent's guard. #T1#
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Diesel stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Diesel trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T2#
Petersen trying to control the position.
Diesel works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Diesel tries to pass the half guard into mount. Petersen knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen wants to sweep but Diesel has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Diesel (5) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Petersen trying to control but Diesel postures up.
#T3#
Petersen is trying to control but Diesel passes into side control!
Score +3 for passing guard: Diesel (8) vs (2) Petersen
Diesel wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Diesel working away.
Petersen looking for a sweep but Diesel has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Diesel (10) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Diesel has control of the leg. #T4##SUB2#
Petersen looking for submissions off his back.
Petersen makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Petersen.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Diesel tries to pass.
Diesel postures up.
Petersen is adopting a defensive guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Diesel looking to pass the guard.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T5#
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (10) vs (4) Petersen
Diesel tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Diesel is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T6#
Petersen is keen to just control but Diesel is a slippery customer.
Diesel tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Diesel is working away.
Diesel tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen controlling the pace.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Diesel knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T7#
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Diesel is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
Petersen is looking to stall here but Diesel recovers full guard.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T8#
Petersen trying to control but Diesel is working from the bottom.
Diesel can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Diesel keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Diesel is trying to keep Petersen in close.
#T9#
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Diesel is keeping the position for now.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Diesel not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T10#
Petersen wants to control from the top but Diesel keeps moving.
Petersen won't allow Diesel to sweep him here.
Petersen stays in close to Diesel's body and controls the position.
Diesel is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Diesel keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T11#
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Diesel swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Diesel trying to control the position.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Diesel.
Diesel keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Diesel gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (12) vs (4) Petersen
Diesel passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Diesel (15) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen wants to control but Diesel postures up.#T12#
Diesel has knee on belly and now moves to full mount! Trouble for Petersen! Score +2 for reaching mount: Diesel (17) vs (4) Petersen
Diesel avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Diesel trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away.
Well,Diesel is on his way to losing a decision here. Can he use his experience to pull something off in the closing minutes?
Petersen makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Petersen.
Petersen has Diesel pulled in close to control his posture.
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Petersen.#T13#
Diesel looking to sit in guard and control but Petersen gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (17) vs (6) Petersen
Diesel bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (19) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Diesel (19) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen is taking a breather. Diesel says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.#T14#
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Diesel (19) vs (11) Petersen
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Diesel is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Diesel takes the fight on points by 19 to 11.
Kurt Diesel retains his light heavyweight title!
During a confident post fight interview, Kurt Diesel thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 298 - Jackson vs Jones
Date: Mar 13, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 12 wins and 11 losses; Don Lemieux! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 26 wins and 15 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Trevor Gratis, William Peck and Elvis Blanc.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Petersen gets his takedown attempt stuffed easily #TD#
and Lemieux counters with a shoot takedown. Petersen fights it but they end up in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Lemieux (2) vs (0) Petersen
Lemieux tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen controlling the position.
Lemieux engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Lemieux tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Lemieux trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Lemieux not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Lemieux has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.
Lemieux looking to pass the guard. #T1#
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Lemieux wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Lemieux being controlled here momentarily.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Lemieux's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Lemieux (2) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Lemieux is retaining full guard.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Lemieux keeps moving.
Lemieux wants to sweep but no luck. #T2#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Lemieux is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen stays in close to Lemieux's body and controls the position.
Lemieux manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Lemieux (4) vs (2) Petersen
Lemieux passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Lemieux (7) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Lemieux wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Lemieux wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Petersen manages to get back to half guard.
Lemieux tries to pass to full mount but Petersen defends it.
Lemieux is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T3##SUB#
Lemieux is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Petersen has managed to free his arm - good work.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Lemieux is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#SUB#
Lemieux seems to be working for a kimura but Petersen defends the submission attempt.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Petersen keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.#T4#
Lemieux preventing the sweep. #SUB2#
Petersen working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Lemieux doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Lemieux manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Petersen wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Lemieux trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Lemieux tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Lemieux trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T5#
Lemieux is really struggling to control Petersen but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Lemieux has to be careful here, sitting in the guard of a superior BJJ player.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck. #SUB2#
Petersen working for a triangle but Lemieux defends it easily.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Lemieux is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Lemieux pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now. #T6#
Lemieux trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Lemieux won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Lemieux is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Lemieux wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Lemieux advances to half guard.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Lemieux is working away from the top position though.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen is trying to keep Lemieux in close.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Lemieux manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Lemieux (7) vs (4) Petersen#T7#
Lemieux tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Petersen advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Lemieux (7) vs (7) Petersen
Lemieux tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Lemieux wants to control but Petersen postures up.#T8#
Petersen in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Lemieux tries to bench press Petersen off him but Petersen keeps the position.
Lemieux prevents Petersen from moving into mount.
The referee tells the fighters to keep busy.
Petersen moves into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Lemieux (7) vs (9) Petersen
Lemieux is trying to escape the mount but Petersen keeps good control and instead manages to take Lemieux's back.
Score +3 for taking back: Lemieux (7) vs (12) Petersen
Will Petersen go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
#SUB2#
Petersen working from the back looking to end the fight with a rear naked choke. Lemieux is doing well to defend. Petersen seems to have got his hand under the chin though and he's sunk the choke in! Lemieux is forced to tap and this one is over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 9:56 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Conald Petersen!
Our winner, Conald Petersen, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 297 - Camara vs Hirsch
Date: Mar 06, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 58 wins and 34 losses; Dido Vicini! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 25 wins and 15 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Yves DeLean, William Peck and Elvis Blanc.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Vicini shoots in for a takedown and gets it. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Vicini (2) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen keeping hold of Vicini's head, controlling as best he can.
Petersen is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Vicini jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Vicini (5) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen manages to get back to half guard.
Vicini wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position.
Petersen gets full guard.
Petersen pulls Vicini in close to his closed guard and prevents Vicini from doing any damage or advancing position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T1#
Vicini passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Vicini (8) vs (0) Petersen
Vicini tries to move into full mount but can't pass Petersen's legs.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Petersen gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Vicini from controlling successfully.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Vicini is one step ahead there.
Vicini wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving. #T2#
Petersen has Vicini pulled in close to control his posture.
Vicini wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Vicini tries to pass.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Vicini (8) vs (2) Petersen
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Petersen is pushing down on Vicini's leg trying to pass to half guard. Vicini is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there. #T3#
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Vicini trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard. #T4#
Vicini is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Petersen is working hard to pass the guard. He's done it - he's now in full mount! Trouble for Vicini! Score +3 for passing guard: Vicini (8) vs (5) Petersen
Vicini is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Vicini tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T5#
Vicini is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Vicini stops Petersen from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Vicini is wriggling around trying to escape.
Vicini wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Vicini is looking to get to half guard.#T6#
Petersen moves to the back. Score +3 for taking back: Vicini (8) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen biding his time, controlling Vicini.
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
Petersen biding his time, controlling Vicini.
Well, with Petersen on his back, surely it's only a matter of time before Vicini is tapping out... Can he escape the position?#SUB2#
Petersen is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. Vicini knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften Vicini for a finish. #T7##SUB2#
Vicini is staying cool under pressure, defending well against the rear naked choke attempt from his opponent.
Vicini is trying to break free.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Vicini is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Petersen is trying to control but Vicini is trying to escape here - he's now mounted.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Vicini tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.#T8#
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Vicini manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Petersen is thwarting Vicini's attempts to control the position.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Vicini is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T9#
Petersen stalling away here and it's allowed Vicini to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard.
Petersen trying to control but Vicini is working from the bottom.
Petersen is pushing down on Vicini's leg trying to pass to half guard. Vicini is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Vicini wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T10#
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Vicini is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Vicini tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Vicini knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen controlling the action here.#SUB2#
Petersen is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Vicini is just riding it out for now. Petersen eventually gives up the hold. #T11#
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Vicini defends it.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Petersen moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Vicini (8) vs (11) Petersen
Petersen tries to move to mount but Vicini blocks the move with his legs.
Vicini is looking for a sweep.#T12#
Petersen takes a little break here. Vicini wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.
Vicini is looking for a sweep.
Vicini gives up the full mount - oops, sloppy defensive grappling there! Score +2 for reaching mount: Vicini (8) vs (13) Petersen
Vicini is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Vicini is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Kalashnikov ELITE MMA Gym , so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Petersen.#T13#
Vicini is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Vicini tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen is looking to work his way around to Vicini's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Vicini is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen fails to move to back control.
Vicini is trying to escape the mount.
#T14#
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Vicini is controlling an arm, preventing Petersen from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
Vicini is working to get back to half guard.
Vicini is working hard here to advance position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Vicini is trying to escape the mount but Petersen keeps good control and instead manages to take Vicini's back.
Score +3 for taking back: Vicini (8) vs (16) Petersen
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 16 to 8.
Conald Petersen thanked the fans post fight for their support. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 296 - Jackson vs Priest
Date: Feb 27, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 21 wins and 16 losses; Tsuyoi Kakuto! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 25 wins and 14 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are George Francis, Robert Twigg and Chris Downing.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Kakuto feints and then dives in with a takedown. That was a long way out but the feint bought him enough time to close the distance and complete the takedown. Now we'll play guard for a bit and see who can get the better of that position. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Kakuto (2) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Kakuto is one step ahead there.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Kakuto stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen pulls Kakuto in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen is continuing to stall.#T1#
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen wants to control the position but Kakuto says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard.
Petersen trying to hold on to Kakuto's head to control him but Kakuto postures up.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen is staying active underneath Kakuto, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Petersen is trying to control but Kakuto manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Kakuto (5) vs (0) Petersen
Kakuto looking to control and managing it successfully. #T2#
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen wants to control but Kakuto is having none of it.
Kakuto sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Kakuto gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
#T3#
Petersen tries to hold on but Kakuto pushes him away.
Petersen is working to get back to half guard.
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Kakuto isn't that keen on the idea.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen wants to control but Kakuto is having none of it.#T4#
Petersen regains half guard.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Kakuto has control of the leg.
Petersen works his way to full guard. Good work.
Petersen is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Kakuto is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control. #T5#
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen is pulling down on Kakuto's head. It's preventing any offense from Kakuto, at least for the moment.
Kakuto preventing the sweep.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Kakuto is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Kakuto won't allow Petersen to sweep him here. #T6#
Kakuto postures up.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Kakuto is one step ahead there. #T7#
Kakuto trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Kakuto stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Kakuto pushes down on Petersen's leg and manages to get into half guard.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Kakuto is controlling well.
Kakuto wants to free his trapped foot but Petersen is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.#T8#
Kakuto is controlling the pace.
Petersen keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Kakuto is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen trying to hold on to Kakuto's head to control him but Kakuto postures up.
Petersen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.#T9#
Kakuto sitting in guard here, content to control. #SUB2#
Petersen had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Kakuto defends it easily.
Kakuto is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Petersen pulls Kakuto in close to his closed guard and prevents Kakuto from doing any damage or advancing position.
Kakuto forces his way into half guard.#T10#
Petersen is looking to get back to full guard here but Kakuto has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Kakuto (8) vs (0) Petersen
Kakuto working away.
Petersen tries to buck Kakuto off but Kakuto is having none of it.#SUB#
Kakuto is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Petersen has escaped the position, nice work there.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Kakuto wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Petersen is trying to control Kakuto's posture but Kakuto avoids it.
Kakuto gets to mount! Petersen was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Kakuto (10) vs (0) Petersen#T11#
Petersen wants to control but Kakuto is having none of it.
Petersen keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Kakuto avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen is squirming around, avoiding Kakuto's attempts to control the action. #T12#
Petersen is trying desperately to improve position.
Petersen is squirming around, avoiding Kakuto's attempts to control the action.
Petersen is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.
Petersen is trying is best to control the position here.
Kakuto trying to mount his opponent but Petersen defends it. #T13#
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Kakuto is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Kakuto wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Kakuto content to control rather than advance.
Petersen gets full guard.#T14#
Petersen managing to control the position.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Kakuto manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kakuto (10) vs (2) Petersen#SUB#
Kakuto escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Petersen gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Petersen won't allow Kakuto to sweep him here.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Kakuto bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kakuto (12) vs (2) Petersen
And that's the end of the fight!
Kakuto takes the fight on points by 12 to 2.
Jumping up and down and very excited, Tsuyoi Kakuto waved his t-shirt featuring Knock Out Clothing's logo in front of the cameras.
In defeat, Conald Petersen stepped up to the mic, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 294 - Dravezesdi v Ribbler
Date: Feb 06, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 25 wins and 13 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 33 wins and 17 losses; Joe Average!
The judges for this bout are Nard Betker, Paulsen Ambrosius and Aafke Stam.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Average manages to get an easy takedown there - catching Petersen on his heels. He'll look to pass Petersen's guard now, I'm sure. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Average
Petersen looking to control.
Average wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Average trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Average tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Average controlling from the top position.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Average is one step ahead there.
Average is fighting to break Petersen's control of his arms but Petersen is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.#T1#
Petersen wants to sweep here but Average controlling him for the moment.
Average wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Average from controlling successfully.
My spies in RED BELT ACADEMY inform me that Average has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Petersen is controlling Average's posture.
Average engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #T2#
Petersen looking to control.
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Average puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Average wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Average postures up.
#T3#
Petersen has his hands on Average's head, controlling the position.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Average looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Average from controlling successfully.
Petersen is pulling down on Average's head. It's preventing any offense from Average, at least for the moment.
Average passes Petersen's right leg, so he's now in half guard. #T4#
Average sitting and controlling from the half guard.
The fighters are battling for position here. Petersen manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Average being controlled here momentarily.
Petersen continues to stall.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T5#
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Average trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Average looking to sit in guard and control but Petersen gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Average
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen preventing the sweep. #T6#
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard. #SUB2#
Average working for a triangle but Petersen defends it easily.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control. #T7#
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Average is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Petersen trying to control but Average is working from the bottom.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Average is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T8#
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Average is retaining full guard.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Average is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Average working a defensive guard here.
Petersen preventing the sweep. #T9#
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Average bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (4) Average
Average trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Average is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Average controlling him for the moment. #T10#
Average trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Average wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T11#
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Average from controlling successfully.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Average is proving a slippery customer.
Average trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Average is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.#T12#
Petersen is trying to control the position but Average postures up.
Average stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen controls Average momentarily but Average frees himself.
Average works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Average is controlling well.
Average wants to take a breather but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Average has control of the leg.
Average wants to take a breather but Petersen is having none of it. #T13#
Petersen is holding on to half guard well.#SUB2#
Average is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Petersen doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Average.
Average is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Petersen is controlling Average's trapped leg to prevent Average from advancing to side control.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Average has control of the leg. #T14#
Average wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position.
Average takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Average wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Average is controlling well.
Petersen keeping control of the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Average is trying to control the action in half guard but Petersen is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen won't allow Average to pass to mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Average wins on points by 4 to 2.
A relieved looking Joe Average thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 293 - MacGowan vs Schultz
Date: Jan 30, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 17 wins and 14 losses; Frank Andersson! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 24 wins and 13 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Felipe Paraventi, Alexandre Firmino and Leandro Rodrigues.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen manages to get an easy takedown there - catching Andersson on his heels. He'll look to pass Andersson's guard now, I'm sure. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Andersson (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Andersson (0) vs (5) Petersen
Andersson can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Andersson struggling a bit here.
We've been hearing good reports from Andersson's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
A lull in the action here.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but can't. #T1#
Petersen trying to control the action but Andersson is working from the bottom.
Andersson tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen happy to just control the position for now.
Andersson tries to buck Petersen off but Petersen is having none of it.
Andersson is trying to escape the position but Petersen is controlling the position.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T2#
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Petersen is continuing to stall.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
The adventures of Petersen the control monster continue. Boring.#T3#
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Andersson stops Petersen from passing to mount.
Andersson is looking to reverse the position.
Petersen staying calm.
Petersen advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Andersson (0) vs (7) Petersen
Andersson is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T4#
Andersson tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Andersson is looking to escape.
Andersson is working to get back to half guard.
Petersen fails to move to back control.
Petersen prevents Andersson from getting the reversal.
Andersson is working hard here to advance position.#T5#
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Andersson is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Andersson is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Andersson is in all sorts of trouble here.
Andersson tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Andersson is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
#T6#
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen trying to control but Andersson is having none of it.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but instead Andersson manages to regain half guard.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T7#
Andersson is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Andersson is having none of it.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen frees up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Andersson (0) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen looking to control but Andersson is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Andersson is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T8#
Andersson wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Andersson wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully. #SUB2#
Petersen looks like he's working for a submission but he's not found anything just yet.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Andersson is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.#T9#
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Petersen tries to control but Andersson wriggling away.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Andersson to control.#T10#
Andersson working to try and regain half guard.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Andersson wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen is dominating on the ground here - he's now on his opponent's back, looking to sink in the hooks. Andersson is in real trouble.
Score +3 for taking back: Andersson (0) vs (13) Petersen
Petersen just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
Petersen is hanging on to Andersson's back as he tries to escape.
Andersson looking very determined here, making life difficult for Petersen.
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
#T11#
Andersson can't escape the position.
What can Andersson do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Petersen is looking to control Andersson but Andersson is wriggling around and keeping busy.
Petersen controls the position.
Petersen doesn't have the hooks in and Andersson manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Andersson (2) vs (13) Petersen#T12#
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Andersson pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Andersson from controlling successfully.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Andersson controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Petersen is trying to keep Andersson in close.
#T13#
Andersson won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen has control of Andersson's left arm, preventing Andersson from doing any damage.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Andersson tries to pass.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Andersson is one step ahead there.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Andersson from controlling successfully.
Andersson is stalling in the full guard. #T14#
Andersson trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Andersson stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Andersson will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen is pulling down on Andersson's head. It's preventing any offense from Andersson, at least for the moment.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 13 to 2.
During a confident post fight interview, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 292
Date: Jan 23, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 24 wins and 12 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 28 wins and 12 losses; Bobby Wangler!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Felipe Paraventi and Thiago Cunha.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen shoots in looking for a takedown. Wangler tries to sprawl out of it but Petersen keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the cage. Wangler manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing. #TD2#
Excellent takedown into side control there by Wangler. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (0) vs (4) Wangler
Petersen prevents Wangler from moving into mount.
Petersen wants to control but Wangler postures up.
Petersen is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Petersen is trying to control Wangler's posture but Wangler avoids it.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.#T1#
Wangler in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Wangler wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen manages to get one leg in to regain half guard. #T2#
Petersen wants to improve his position but Wangler is controlling well.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Wangler controlling the action here.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Wangler is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen gets full guard.
Petersen working a defensive guard but Wangler passes into half guard.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen moves into full guard.
#T3#
Petersen controlling the position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Wangler's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Wangler controls from within his opponent's guard.
Wangler postures up.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (4) Wangler
Petersen wants to control from the top but Wangler keeps moving. #T4#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Wangler is keeping the position.
Wangler keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Wangler managing to control the position.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Wangler is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (6) Wangler#T5#
Petersen works his way to full guard. Good work.
Wangler looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Petersen is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Wangler trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage. #T6#
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Wangler controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen pulls Wangler in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Wangler is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen has Wangler pulled in close to control his posture. #T7#
Petersen trying to control the position.
Wangler won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen controls Wangler momentarily but Wangler frees himself.
Wangler looking to pass the guard.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Petersen is adopting a defensive guard.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T8#
Petersen is looking to sweep but instead, Wangler has passed into half guard.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard but Wangler has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (9) Wangler
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Wangler controls the position. #T9##SUB2#
Wangler tries for a kimura. Not really close to a finish though.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Wangler controls the position.
Petersen struggling a bit here.
Petersen is looking to regain half guard here but Wangler keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen is being controlled here.
Petersen is looking to reverse the position.#T10#
Wangler staying calm.
Petersen trying his best to control but Wangler has mounted him. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (2) vs (11) Wangler
Wangler wants to control the pace but Petersen is squirming around nicely.
Petersen tries to hold on but Wangler pushes him away.
Wangler controlling from the full mount.
Petersen is trying to reverse the position but instead Wangler has taken his back - oops! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (2) vs (14) Wangler
Wangler is hanging on to Petersen's back as he tries to escape.
#T11#
Petersen is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Wangler.
Wangler avoiding Petersen 's attempts to control his hands. #SUB2#
Wangler is persistently looking for the submission but Petersen is defending it well.
Petersen can't escape the position.
#T12#
Wangler controls the action.
Wangler is hanging on to Petersen's back as he tries to escape.
What can Petersen do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Wangler is hanging on to Petersen's back as he tries to escape.
#T13#
Will Wangler go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
Petersen looking to control the position.
Petersen is in bad spot here.
Petersen trying to control the hands but Wangler won't let him.
Wangler has the hooks in. Petersen is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted. #T14#
Petersen looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment.
Wangler keeps control of the position as Petersen tries to break free.
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
Petersen is trying to break free.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Wangler avoiding Petersen 's attempts to control his hands.
And that's the end of the fight!
Wangler wins on points by 14 to 2.
Bobby Wangler is the new light heavyweight champion!
An out of breath Bobby Wangler thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 291
Date: Jan 16, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 25 wins and 13 losses; Tyrano Jackson! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 23 wins and 12 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Matheus Silva and Emerson Jorge.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#CL#
Jackson has Petersen up against the cage in a clinch.
Jackson has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Petersen tries to score a body lock takedown but Jackson shows good agility there to stay on his feet.#TD#
Jackson is working on a single leg takedown against the cage. Petersen can't fight it off and eventually Jackson manages to take the fight to the floor. Petersen looks annoyed but at least he's managed to land in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jackson (2) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Jackson pushes down on Petersen's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Jackson has control of the leg.
Petersen controlling the position for now.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Jackson is very close to passing his half guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T1#
Jackson is keen to just control but Petersen is a slippery customer.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen has his hands clasped together around Jackson's back. He's all about the action.#SUB#
Jackson is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Petersen doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Jackson.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Jackson is controlling well.
Jackson slows the pace down in half guard. #T2#
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Jackson has control of the leg.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard but Jackson has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Jackson (5) vs (0) Petersen
Jackson in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Jackson trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom. #T3#
Petersen keeping his opponent close.
Petersen sneaks back into half guard.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Jackson is controlling well.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Jackson in particular looking to stall.
Petersen works his way to full guard. Good work.
Jackson is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long. #T4#
Jackson pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Jackson will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Jackson stays in close to Petersen's body and controls the position.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen pulls Jackson in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Jackson controlling him for the moment. #T5#
Petersen is still trying to improve position.
Jackson trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Jackson trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Jackson sitting in guard, not really doing much. #T6#
Jackson stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Jackson controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen looking to control.
#SUB2#
Jackson is posturing up here but Petersen has hold of an arm and he's gone for an armbar! Jackson tries to roll out but it's too tight and Jackson has to tap! Slick submission there by Petersen!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 6:59 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Conald Petersen!
Conald Petersen is the new light heavyweight champion!
During a confident post fight interview, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 290 - Tokyo
Date: Jan 10, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 22 wins and 12 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 55 wins and 30 losses; Dido Vicini!
The judges for this bout are Yukihiro Shimada, Shigeki Fujiwara and Kenichi Hosakawa.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Vicini gets a double leg takedown into Petersen's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Vicini
Petersen has Vicini pulled in close to control his posture.
Vicini pushing down on Petersen's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen wants to control but Vicini is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Vicini prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen is holding on to half guard well.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen gets full guard.#T1#
Vicini is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Vicini pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Vicini wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Vicini must be cautious of submissions here, given that his opponent has the superior Jiu Jitsu.
Petersen is adopting a defensive guard.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Vicini pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Vicini wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving. #T2#
Petersen has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Vicini has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (5) Vicini
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Vicini tries to move to mount but Petersen blocks the move with his legs.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen manages to work his way to half guard, despite Vicini's best efforts.
Petersen works his way to full guard. Good work.
Vicini won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Vicini passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (8) Vicini
Vicini wants to control the pace but Petersen is squirming around nicely. #T3#
Petersen is in all sorts of trouble here.
Petersen tries to hold on but Vicini pushes him away.
Petersen keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Petersen looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (0) vs (11) Vicini#T4#
Petersen rolls, trying to escape but Vicini keeps control of the position.
A lull in the action here.
Vicini is trying to stick to Petersen's back but Petersen is turning into Vicini. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Vicini's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Petersen. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (11) Vicini
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Vicini is retaining full guard.
Vicini being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen trying to control but Vicini is working from the bottom. #T5#
Vicini is trying to keep Petersen in close.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Vicini is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (13) Vicini
Vicini stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen has control of Vicini's left arm, preventing Vicini from doing any damage.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Vicini from controlling successfully.
Petersen has control of Vicini's left arm, preventing Vicini from doing any damage.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T6#
Vicini trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Vicini wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen has his hands on Vicini's head, controlling the position.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Vicini controlling him for the moment.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Vicini manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (13) Vicini
Vicini working a defensive guard here.
#T7#
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Vicini is trying to hold Petersen in close to prevent damage but Petersen has managed to pass into half guard.
Petersen uses his free foot to push down on Vicini's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Vicini. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (13) Vicini
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Vicini is trying to escape the mount.
Vicini keeps trying to improve his position.#T8#
Petersen controlling from mount.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
Vicini is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Vicini is holding on tight.
#T9#
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Vicini is wriggling around here but as he tries to escape, Petersen has taken his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (10) vs (13) Vicini
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
Petersen is hanging on to Vicini's back as he tries to escape.
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Vicini's body.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T10##SUB#
Petersen has managed to slip his arm under Vicini's chin. This could be all over... yep, Vicini is tapping out! Submission win for Petersen.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 10:37 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Conald Petersen!
During a confident post fight interview, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 289.5
Date: Jan 05, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 23 wins and 13 losses; Tyrano Jackson! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 22 wins and 11 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Ian Loll, Robert Douchet and Steve Smith.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Jackson shoots in looking for a double leg takedown. Petersen defends it nicely.
Petersen tries a counter takedown but it's more of a dummy move, and he uses it to push himself away.#TD#
Jackson gets the takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Jackson (4) vs (0) Petersen
Both fighters take a look at the clock.
Petersen tries to bench press Jackson off him but Jackson keeps the position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Jackson tries to move to mount but Petersen blocks the move with his legs.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is looking to slip a leg under and get half guard but Jackson is one step ahead and moves to full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Jackson (6) vs (0) Petersen
Jackson has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Petersen is desperately trying to improve his position but Jackson has a good base and remains in mount.
Jackson will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Jackson looking to control and managing it successfully. #T1#
Petersen keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Jackson sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Jackson gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen is working to get back to half guard.
Jackson takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T2#
Jackson trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Jackson gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Jackson pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Petersen can't escape the position.
Jackson takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T3#
Petersen keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Jackson wants to take Petersen's back but he can't do it this time.
Jackson looking to control but Petersen is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Jackson gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen working to try and regain half guard.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Jackson controlling from the full mount. #T4#
Jackson fails to advance to Petersen's back.
Petersen slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Jackson works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Jackson (9) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jackson (9) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Jackson pulls Petersen in to control the position. #T5#
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Jackson looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Jackson not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Jackson managing to control the position. #T6#
Jackson tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Jackson has control of Petersen's left arm, preventing Petersen from doing any damage.
Jackson looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Jackson seems keen to control Petersen's posture.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Jackson wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard. #T7#
Petersen postures up.
Jackson pulls Petersen in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Jackson keeps moving.
Jackson tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Jackson is pulling down on Petersen's head to control his posture.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Jackson is retaining full guard.
Jackson keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard. #T8#
Petersen trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Jackson manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jackson (11) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Jackson's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Jackson seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Petersen for as long as he can get away with.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jackson (11) vs (4) Petersen#T9#
Jackson is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen trying to control but Jackson is working from the bottom.
Jackson pulls Petersen in to control the position.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Jackson is keeping the position for now.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Jackson is pulling down on Petersen's head. It's preventing any offense from Petersen, at least for the moment.
Jackson is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T10#
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Jackson looking to control.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Jackson is keeping the position for now.
Jackson looking to control.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Jackson is keeping the position.#T11#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Jackson is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Jackson is keeping the position for now.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Jackson tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Jackson is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Jackson wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment. #T12#
Jackson keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Jackson not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Jackson is retaining full guard.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.
Jackson is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T13#
Petersen being controlled here momentarily.
Jackson is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Jackson is pulling down on Petersen's head to control his posture.
Jackson looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard. #T14#
Jackson is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Jackson is working hard here to advance position.
Jackson keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Jackson wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
And that's the end of the fight!
Jackson takes the fight on points by 11 to 4.
Tyrano Jackson retains his light heavyweight title!
After winning the bout, Tyrano Jackson thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 288
Date: Dec 26, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 21 wins and 11 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 16 wins and 11 losses; Frank Andersson!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Daniel Cesar and Seu Braga.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen scores with a takedown into Andersson's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Andersson
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen postures up.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen postures up.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Andersson wants to control the position but Petersen says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Andersson is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Andersson has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Petersen prevents Andersson from improving his position.
Petersen is trying to control. Andersson wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T1#
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.
The fighters are battling for position here. Andersson manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Andersson trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Andersson keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Andersson swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Andersson keeps moving.
Andersson is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Andersson is keeping the position.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Andersson trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
#T2#
Andersson keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Andersson is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen is really struggling to control Andersson but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Petersen won't allow Andersson to sweep him here.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Andersson is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen won't allow Andersson to sweep him here.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard. #T3##SUB2#
Andersson looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
#SUB2#
Andersson escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Petersen gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Andersson wants to sweep but no luck. #SUB2#
Andersson throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #SUB2#
Andersson throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
#T4#
Andersson is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Petersen pushing down on Andersson's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Andersson tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg. #SUB2#
Andersson looking for subs from the bottom but Petersen mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Andersson
Andersson is controlling an arm, preventing Petersen from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Andersson can't escape the position.
#T5#
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Andersson working to try and regain half guard.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen trying to control but Andersson is having none of it.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Andersson tries to get back to half guard but can't. #T6#
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Andersson really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen trying to control but Andersson is having none of it.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Andersson tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen controlling from the full mount. #T7#
Andersson is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen tries to control but Andersson wriggling away.
Andersson is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Andersson is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen fails to move to back control.
Petersen tries to control but Andersson wriggling away.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #T8#
Petersen prevents Andersson from getting the reversal.
Andersson is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen takes Andersson's back. Could be looking for a rear naked choke here - either way, Andersson is in trouble. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (8) vs (0) Andersson
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
#SUB#
Petersen looking for the choke but no joy.
Andersson tries to escape but Petersen has the hooks in and won't let him break free. #T9#
Petersen gets his hands free as Andersson looks to control.
Andersson is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Petersen wants to control but Andersson is keeping busy.
Petersen controlling from the back.
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
Petersen is riding his opponent, not letting Andersson buck him off.
Petersen trying to control.#T10#
Petersen biding his time, looking for the opening.
Will Petersen go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
Petersen is riding his opponent, not letting Andersson buck him off.
Petersen is trying to stick to Andersson's back but Andersson is turning into Petersen. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Petersen's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Andersson. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (8) vs (2) Andersson
Andersson passes into half guard.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen wants to control but Andersson is keeping busy.
Petersen tries to roll over but Andersson keeps him under control.#T11#
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen works his way to full guard. Good work.
Andersson controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Andersson controlling him for the moment.
Andersson looking to pass the guard.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (2) Andersson
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #T12#
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #SUB2#
Andersson had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Petersen defends it easily.
Andersson is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Andersson has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Andersson looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there. #T13#
Andersson keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen trying to control but Andersson is working from the bottom.
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Andersson trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
#T14#
Andersson tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Andersson is defending the position.
Andersson tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Andersson trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen is working hard to pass the guard. He's done it - he's now in full mount! Trouble for Andersson! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (13) vs (2) Andersson
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Andersson tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen wants to take Andersson's back here but Andersson is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 13 to 2.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 286 UK
Date: Dec 12, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 55 wins and 27 losses; Dido Vicini! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 20 wins and 11 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Andrew Berry, Phil Schofield and James Atkins.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Vicini fakes high and shoots in for a takedown but Petersen avoids it really well and circles away.
Petersen shoots in but no luck this time.
Petersen throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Vicini's waist but Vicini gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Petersen off to one side.
Vicini half commits to a counter takedown before pushing away, out of range.
Vicini stuffs the takedown.
Dido Vicini has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Conald Petersen.
Petersen shoots in looking for a double leg takedown. Vicini defends it nicely.
Petersen shoots in looking for a takedown but Vicini manages to keep the fight standing, pushing Petersen's face into the canvas for good measure before circling away.
Petersen looks frustrated there after his takedown attempt is stuffed easily.
Vicini looks frustrated there after his takedown attempt is stuffed easily.
Vicini leaves Petersen with his face pressed against the mat as he sprawls beautifully, defending against a solid takedown attempt.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#TD#
Vicini closes the distance and looks for a trip takedown... aaaand he's got it - Vicini lands in his opponent's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Vicini (2) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T1#
Vicini showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Vicini manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Vicini (2) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Petersen works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
#T2##SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Vicini controlling the position for now.
Vicini is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Kalashnikov ELITE MMA Gym , so we'll see if he gets out of it.#T3#
Vicini is pressing down on Petersen's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Vicini.
Vicini trying to control the position.
Petersen stays in close to Vicini's body and controls the position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Vicini.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Vicini.#T4#
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Vicini keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Vicini is retaining full guard.
Petersen stands and throws Vicini's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Vicini (2) vs (5) Petersen
Vicini seems a little lost for a moment, as Petersen dominates the positioning.
Vicini is looking to reverse the position.
Petersen staying calm.#T5#
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Vicini is trying to get back to half guard.
Vicini is working hard here to advance position.
Vicini being controlled for a moment.
Petersen advances nicely into full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Vicini (2) vs (7) Petersen#T6#
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Vicini keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Petersen controlling from the full mount. #T7#
Petersen takes Vicini's back. Could be looking for a rear naked choke here - either way, Vicini is in trouble. Score +3 for taking back: Vicini (2) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen doesn't have the hooks in and Vicini manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Vicini (4) vs (10) Petersen
Vicini stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen is trying to keep Vicini in close.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Vicini's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Vicini (4) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Vicini.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard. #T8#
Vicini is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Vicini is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard. #SUB#
Vicini has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Petersen can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself. #T9#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Vicini is keeping the position.
Petersen works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Petersen is keen to just control but Vicini is a slippery customer.
Petersen not doing much here.
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Petersen.
Vicini is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen controlling the action here. #T10#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Vicini defending well.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Vicini slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.#T11#
Petersen trying to control but Vicini is working from the bottom.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen stays in close to Vicini's body and controls the position.
Petersen advances to half guard.
Vicini tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg. #T12#
Petersen is taking a breather. Vicini says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Vicini manages to get to full guard.
#SUB#
Vicini looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Vicini swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Vicini being controlled here, momentarily. #T13#
Vicini keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen won't allow Vicini to sweep him here.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.#SUB#
Vicini looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
#T14##SUB#
Vicini looking for a guillotine here but Petersen defends easily.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 12 to 4.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 284
Date: Nov 28, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 19 wins and 11 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 17 wins and 20 losses; Moldy Jello!
The judges for this bout are Alexandre Firmino, Matheus Silva and Daniel Cesar.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Jello throws the overhand right but ducks down into a quick takedown attempt. Petersen was covering up waiting for the punch and Jello finishes the takedown easily into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Jello
My spies in KFA inform me that Jello has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Petersen keeping full guard, as Jello tries to pass.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Jello stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Jello trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen is adopting a defensive guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen pulls Jello in to control the position.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#T1#
Jello trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Jello controlling from the top position.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Jello tries to pass.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Jello from controlling successfully.
Jello sitting in guard here, content to control. #T2#
Jello wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Jello showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Jello from controlling successfully.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Jello trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Jello showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #T3#
Jello wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Jello trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Jello's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Jello
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Petersen looking to pass the guard. #T4#
Jello seems keen to control Petersen's posture.
Jello looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Jello keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Jello looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there. #T5#
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Jello is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
This is a sustained period of stalling by Petersen.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Jello trying to control the position.
#T6#
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Jello.
Jello managing to control the position.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Jello controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself. #T7#
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Jello is keeping the position for now.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Petersen won't allow Jello to sweep him here.
Jello trying to control the position.
Petersen works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Petersen trying to control the action but Jello is working from the bottom.
Jello is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense. #T8#
Petersen is pressing down on Jello's thigh, looking to free his foot. Jello is holding on for now.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Jello wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (2) Jello
Jello is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully. #T9#
Petersen wants to take Jello's back here but Jello is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Jello bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (5) vs (4) Jello
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Jello pushing down on Petersen's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen is refusing to be controlled, as Jello sits in half guard.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Jello pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now. #T10#
Petersen has Jello pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Jello tries to pass.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Jello from controlling successfully.
Jello is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Jello won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Jello trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen pulls Jello in close to prevent any damage. #T11#
Jello looking to pass the guard.
Jello stands and throws Petersen's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (7) Jello
Petersen being controlled for a moment.
Petersen is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
Petersen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Jello works a leg free and moves into half guard. #T12#
Jello prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Jello seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Jello trying to control the pace.
Jello seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Petersen does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Jello is trying to control the action in half guard but Petersen is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T13#
Jello tries to pass the half guard into mount. Petersen knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen gets full guard.
Jello being controlled here momentarily.
Jello looking to pass the guard. #SUB#
Petersen escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Jello gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Jello trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #T14#
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Jello's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (7) vs (7) Jello
Petersen won't allow Jello to sweep him here.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Jello is keeping the position.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen won't allow Jello to sweep him here.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points, we go to a tie breaker and Petersen gets a bonus point for attempting more subs.
Petersen takes the fight on points by 8 to 7.
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
Moldy Jello spoke after the fight, saying 'I like big butts!'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 282
Date: Nov 14, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 7 wins and 7 losses; Andy Bangsit! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 18 wins and 11 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Luis Engracia and Matheus Silva.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen fails with a takedown attempt. #TD2#
Petersen throws the overhand right but ducks down into a quick takedown attempt. Bangsit was covering up waiting for the punch and Petersen finishes the takedown easily into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Bangsit (0) vs (2) Petersen
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Bangsit controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Bangsit is keeping the position for now.
Petersen won't allow Bangsit to sweep him here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Bangsit holds on and takes a little breather. #T1##SUB#
Bangsit throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Bangsit swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Bangsit can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Bangsit is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Bangsit keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass. #SUB#
Bangsit has his foot on Petersen's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Petersen works his way back into a safe position though.#T2#
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Bangsit keeps moving.
Bangsit controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#SUB#
Petersen avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
#T3##SUB2#
Petersen is holding a leg here, probably looking for an ankle lock - he drops back and goes for it! Bangsit is in trouble! Is it all over??? No! Bangsit has escaped and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bangsit (2) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Bangsit stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Bangsit is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen is pulling down on Bangsit's head. It's preventing any offense from Bangsit, at least for the moment.#SUB#
Bangsit drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Bangsit jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position. #T4#
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Bangsit is proving a slippery customer.
Bangsit is fighting to break Petersen's control of his arms but Petersen is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet. #T5#
Bangsit trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen pulls Bangsit in close to prevent any damage.
Bangsit won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Bangsit trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen is trying to keep Bangsit in close.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control. #T6#
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Bangsit from controlling successfully.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Bangsit controlling him for the moment.
Petersen is adopting a defensive guard.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.#T7#
Petersen is trying to keep Bangsit in close.
Petersen has Bangsit pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Bangsit controls the pace.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Bangsit tries to pass.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Bangsit postures up.
Bangsit preventing the sweep. #T8#
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Bangsit not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Bangsit tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Bangsit controlling him for the moment.
Bangsit wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Bangsit advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Bangsit (5) vs (2) Petersen
Bangsit is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T9#
Bangsit working away.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen keeping his opponent close.
Bangsit moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Petersen is trying to control Bangsit's posture but Bangsit avoids it. #T10#
Petersen is trying to improve his position.
Bangsit wants to control for a moment but Petersen uses the opportunity to move back to half guard.
Bangsit wants to take a breather but Petersen is having none of it.
Bangsit will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Well, if Bangsit is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Bangsit trying to mount his opponent but Petersen defends it.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Bangsit is controlling well.
#T11#
Bangsit is looking to advance position but Petersen won't allow it.
Petersen is looking to control Bangsit's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Petersen is pressing down on Bangsit's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is trying to keep Bangsit in close.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Bangsit from controlling successfully.
Bangsit is really struggling to control Petersen but he's trying to hold on to the position.#T12#
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Bangsit preventing the sweep.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bangsit (5) vs (4) Petersen
Bangsit has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Bangsit trying to control here.
#T13#
Petersen prevents Bangsit from improving his position.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Bangsit knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen is working hard to pass the guard. He's done it - he's now in full mount! Trouble for Bangsit! Score +3 for passing guard: Bangsit (5) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Bangsit tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
#T14#
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
We've been hearing good reports from Bangsit's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Bangsit wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Bangsit tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 7 to 5.
A victorious Conald Petersen thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 279 - Rocky Horror Roll
Date: Oct 31, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 7 wins and 1 losses; Dada Segbo! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 18 wins and 10 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Franklin, Chris Downing and Stewart Dunkirk.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Petersen drops down and drives through with a powerful takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Segbo (0) vs (2) Petersen
Segbo will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen postures up.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Segbo (0) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Segbo keeps working. #SUB2#
Petersen swings around for an armbar but Segbo sees it coming a mile off and turns beautifully into Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Segbo (2) vs (5) Petersen
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Segbo trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Segbo preventing the sweep. #SUB2#
Petersen is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
#T1#
Segbo is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Segbo preventing the sweep.
Segbo trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen is pulling down on Segbo's head. It's preventing any offense from Segbo, at least for the moment.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Segbo (2) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen trying to control but Segbo is working from the bottom.
Segbo looking to control.
Petersen stays in close to Segbo's body and controls the position. #T2#
Segbo looking to control.
Petersen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Segbo (2) vs (10) Petersen
Segbo is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Segbo can't do much from the bottom here.
A lull in the action here as Petersen stalls from top position.#T3##SUB2#
Petersen goes for an armbar here - this could be all over! But no, Segbo has escaped beautifully and is now on top in side control! Oh, that's unlucky for Petersen but great work by Segbo. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Segbo (6) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen is holding Segbo down, trying to stall.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Segbo wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy. #T4##SUB#
Segbo is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Petersen is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
Petersen manages to work his way to half guard, despite Segbo's best efforts.
Segbo looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen wants to control but Segbo is keeping busy.
Segbo prevents Petersen from improving his position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T5##SUB#
Segbo wants to work for an arm triangle but Petersen is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Segbo tries to pass the half guard into mount. Petersen knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Segbo is pressing down on Petersen's thigh, looking to free his foot. Petersen is holding on for now.
Petersen gets full guard.#T6##SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Segbo defends well.
Segbo has to be careful here, sitting in the guard of a superior BJJ player.
Segbo stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Segbo trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Segbo puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen moves into full guard.
Segbo pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Segbo showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #T7#
Petersen has Segbo pulled in close to control his posture. #SUB2#
Petersen is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Segbo is aware though and is defending well.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Segbo trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck. #T8#
Petersen seems keen to control Segbo's posture.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Segbo is one step ahead there.
Segbo wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.#T9#
Segbo stands and throws Petersen's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Segbo (9) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Segbo controlling from side mount.
Petersen is trying to improve his position.
Petersen sneaks back into half guard.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.#T10#
Petersen trying to control but Segbo postures up.
Segbo wants to free his trapped foot but Petersen is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen is staying active underneath Segbo, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Segbo is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Segbo is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Segbo (12) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Segbo (12) vs (12) Petersen#SUB#
Segbo looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
#T11#
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Segbo is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T12#
Petersen trying to control but Segbo is working from the bottom. #SUB#
Segbo is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Segbo is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen advances to half guard.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Segbo makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Segbo.
Segbo trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
#T13#
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Segbo is keeping the position.
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Segbo's guard.
Segbo won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Segbo trying to control from the bottom.
Segbo is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Segbo is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Segbo is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen content to control rather than advance. #T14#
Petersen is stalling here. Segbo is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Petersen seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Segbo has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Segbo (16) vs (12) Petersen
Segbo tries to advance to mount but Petersen denies him.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Petersen regains half guard.
Petersen manages to get to full guard.
Segbo postures up.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Segbo slips nicely into half guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Segbo takes the fight on points by 16 to 12.
Dada Segbo decided to hype himself up post fight. It was going well but he went on about it a bit too long and the crowd turned on him a little.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 272
Date: Oct 03, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 18 wins and 15 losses; Steel Grappler! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 17 wins and 10 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Steve Smith, William Peck and Ian Loll.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Grappler tries to shoot in for a takedown. He's got hold of a leg but Petersen swivels and escapes.#TD2#
Excellent takedown into side control there by Petersen. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Grappler (0) vs (4) Petersen
Grappler being controlled for a moment.
Grappler tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen trying to control the action but Grappler is working from the bottom.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Grappler denies him.
Grappler is being controlled here. #T1#
Grappler is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen moves into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Grappler (0) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Grappler is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Grappler tries to get back to half guard but can't. #T2#
Petersen looking to control but Grappler is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Grappler wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Grappler tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Petersen trying to control but Grappler is having none of it. #T3#
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Grappler wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Grappler is working to get back to half guard.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Grappler manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Grappler keeps control of the position for the meantime. #T4#
Grappler tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Grappler is having none of it.
Petersen stalling. #T5#
Petersen is looking to advance position but Grappler won't allow it.
Grappler has his hands clasped together around Petersen's back. He's all about the action.
Grappler is looking to improve his position.
#T6#
Petersen is thwarting Grappler's attempts to control the position.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Petersen is trying to advance to mount but he's lost his balance and Grappler reverses the position - he's now on top in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Grappler (2) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Grappler is one step ahead there. #T7#
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Grappler not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen has control of Grappler's left arm, preventing Grappler from doing any damage.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Grappler manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Grappler (2) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up. #T8#
Grappler controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Grappler can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Grappler wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Grappler is trying to control the position but Petersen postures up.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen being controlled here momentarily.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Grappler is keeping the position.#T9#
Grappler controlling the position.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Grappler keeps moving.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Grappler gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Grappler (4) vs (8) Petersen
Grappler controls from within his opponent's guard. #T10#
Petersen keeping full guard, as Grappler tries to pass.
Petersen looking to control.
Petersen is pulling down on Grappler's head to control his posture.
Grappler looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Grappler's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T11#
Petersen trying to control the position.
#SUB2#
Petersen working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Grappler doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Grappler manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Grappler is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen pulls Grappler in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Grappler is one step ahead there. #T12#
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen working a defensive guard but Grappler manages to pass into side control anyway.
Score +3 for passing guard: Grappler (7) vs (8) Petersen
Grappler trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen is trying to control Grappler's posture but Grappler avoids it. #T13#
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Grappler is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet.
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.#T14#
Petersen wants to control but Grappler postures up.
Petersen is holding Grappler down, trying to stall.
Grappler trying to control the position but Petersen is working away.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen struggling a bit here.
Petersen seems a little lost for a moment, as Grappler dominates the positioning.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 8 to 7.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 266
Date: Sep 19, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 16 wins and 10 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 4 wins and 7 losses; Don Lemieux!
The judges for this bout are Luis Engracia, Leandro Rodrigues and Alexandre Firmino.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#CL2#
Lemieux moves into range and clinches up with Petersen.
Petersen changes levels and goes for a takedown here. Lemieux fights it off and pushes away nicely.
#TD#
Lemieux gets caught on his heels momentarily as he allows Petersen to score an easy takedown into full guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Lemieux
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Lemieux is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Lemieux has been taking part in the yoga sessions down at Clark's Champion's. Presumably he's going to look for a slick submission... Or maybe he's looking to avoid one.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard. #SUB2#
Lemieux escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Petersen gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #T1#
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Lemieux is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Lemieux
Petersen is doing well to control the position and prevent Lemieux from advancing to side control.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Lemieux is very close to passing his half guard.
Lemieux looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Lemieux perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there. #SUB2#
Lemieux is working for a submission of some sort.
#T2#
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Lemieux is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Lemieux is trying to control the action in half guard but Petersen is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Lemieux is working away from the top position though.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Lemieux is controlling well.
Lemieux is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #SUB2#
Lemieux is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Petersen sees it coming and defends easily.#T3##SUB2#
Lemieux is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Petersen doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Lemieux.
Petersen makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Petersen.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Lemieux is looking to advance position but Petersen has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (6) vs (2) Lemieux
Lemieux tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen looking to control but Lemieux is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Lemieux is working to get back to half guard.
#T4#
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Lemieux is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Lemieux working to try and regain half guard.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Lemieux is looking to escape.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T5#
Lemieux tries to improve his position but instead Petersen has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (9) vs (2) Lemieux
Petersen wants to control but Lemieux is keeping busy.
Petersen biding his time, looking for the opening.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Petersen's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Petersen trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Lemieux doesn't escape.
Petersen trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
Lemieux tries to break free.
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Lemieux's body.
#T6#
Lemieux is keeping busy.
Lemieux is really stuck here.
Petersen slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
Lemieux tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Petersen content just to control the position here. #T7#
Petersen is trying to take his opponent's back.
Lemieux is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Lemieux for as long as he can get away with.
Lemieux wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen trying to control but Lemieux is having none of it. #T8#
Lemieux working to try and regain half guard.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
This is a sustained period of stalling by Petersen.
Petersen prevents Lemieux from getting the reversal.
Lemieux wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Lemieux gets back to half guard.#T9#
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Lemieux is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Petersen continues to hold on tight.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Lemieux defends it.
Lemieux is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position. #T10#
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Lemieux tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen trying to control the action but Lemieux is working from the bottom. #SUB2#
Lemieux actively working from the bottom here.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding. #T11#
Petersen is pressing down on Lemieux's thigh, looking to free his foot. Lemieux is holding on for now.
Lemieux wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Lemieux is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen stalling.
Lemieux trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Lemieux defends it.
Lemieux trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Lemieux is trying to get back to full guard.#T12#
Lemieux is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Lemieux knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Petersen trying to advance position but Lemieux counters by regaining guard.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Lemieux has Petersen pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard. #T13#
Petersen trying to control but Lemieux is working from the bottom.
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Lemieux seems keen to control Petersen's posture.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Lemieux can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Lemieux looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there. #SUB2#
Lemieux is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Petersen defends well.#T14#
Lemieux controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen passes into half guard.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Lemieux is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Lemieux keeps working.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Lemieux tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 9 to 2.
A relieved looking Conald Petersen thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 249
Date: Aug 15, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 3 wins and 1 losses; Vitaly Doom! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 16 wins and 9 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Matheus Silva, Leandro Rodrigues and Seu Braga.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Petersen darts in and lands a nice takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Doom (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is looking to advance position but Doom won't allow it.
Doom's coaches at HELLCADEMY have been working on his defensive grappling in preparation for this fight so let's see if he can get out of this tricky position.
Doom trying to control from the bottom.
Doom slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
More stalling from Petersen.#SUB#
Doom is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle. #T1#
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen is looking to pass into half guard but Doom pushes him away with his feet and jumps on top - now Doom is in guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Doom (2) vs (2) Petersen
Doom preventing the sweep.
Doom engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Doom (2) vs (4) Petersen#T2#
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Doom is retaining full guard.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Doom has Petersen pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #T3##SUB2#
Petersen drops back looking for a heel hook - he quickly realises he's not going to get it but Doom manages to dive on top of him before he can escape and now Petersen has Doom in his guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Doom (4) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Doom is one step ahead there. #T4#
Doom wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen pulls Doom in to control the position. #T5#
Doom stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Doom is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Doom wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen trying to control the position.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Doom controls from within his opponent's guard. #T6#
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen working a defensive guard but Doom passes into half guard.
Well, if Doom is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen trying to hold on to Doom's head to control him but Doom postures up.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Doom passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Doom (7) vs (4) Petersen#T7#
Petersen wants to control but Doom is having none of it.
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.
Doom can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape.
Petersen keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Doom gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Doom tries to control but Petersen wriggling away. #T8#
Petersen is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Petersen gets back to full guard.
Doom preventing the sweep.
Doom trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen controls Doom momentarily but Doom frees himself.
Petersen managing to control the position. #T9#
Doom looking to pass the guard.
Petersen has control of Doom's left arm, preventing Doom from doing any damage.
Doom trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Doom is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T10#
Doom controls from within his opponent's guard.
Doom being controlled here momentarily.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now. #T11#
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Doom postures up.
Doom looking to pass the guard.
Doom postures up.
Doom is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Doom postures up.
Petersen has his hands on Doom's head, controlling the position. #T12#
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Doom (7) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Doom keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Doom defends it. #T13#
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Doom defending well.
Petersen controlling the action here.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.#T14#
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Petersen is stalling here. Doom is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Petersen seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Doom has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Doom (11) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen is looking for a sweep.
Petersen sneaks back into half guard.
Petersen desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
And that's the end of the fight!
Doom takes the fight on points by 11 to 6.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 246
Date: Aug 08, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 16 wins and 8 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 26 wins and 12 losses; Joe Average!
The judges for this bout are Roger Salmon, Josh West and Colin Fray.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen gets caught flat footed, as Average shoots in with a quick takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Average
Average tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Average trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Average stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Average won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Average pushes down on Petersen's leg and manages to get into half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen gets full guard.
Petersen is trying to keep Average in close.
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it. #T1#
Average trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Average tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Petersen controls Average momentarily but Average frees himself.
Average looking to pass the guard.
Petersen is pulling down on Average's head to control his posture.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Average showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Petersen pulls Average in close to prevent any damage. #T2#
Average preventing the sweep.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Average from controlling successfully.
Average passes Petersen's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Petersen keeping hold of Average's head, controlling as best he can.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Average looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen wants to control but Average is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Average in particular looking to stall.
Average is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (5) Average#T3#
Average fails to move to back control.
Average can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape.
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Average in particular looking to stall.
Petersen is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.#T4#
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Average is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Average is looking to advance position but Petersen won't allow it.
Petersen is positioning himself well to prevent Average advancing to mount.
Petersen is in trouble now - Average has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (8) Average
Average avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.
Petersen working to try and regain half guard.
Average looking to control but Petersen is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Average is stalling here. Petersen is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Average seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Petersen has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (4) vs (8) Average#T5#
Average wants to control but Petersen postures up.
Average is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Petersen's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Average has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Average is doing well to control the position and prevent Petersen from advancing to side control.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen wants to control but Average is keeping him busy.
Average wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen not doing much here.
#T6#
Average manages to get to full guard.
Average looking to control.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Average is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Average is keeping the position.
Average is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T7#
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Average for as long as he can get away with.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Average keeps moving.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Average is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Average is retaining full guard. #T8#
Average trying to control the position.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen is pushing down on Average's leg trying to pass to half guard. Average is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Average defending well.
Average is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Average avoid being mounted?
Petersen is taking a breather. Average says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Average is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Average avoid being mounted?#T9#
Average gets back to full guard.
Average looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Average is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Average pulls Petersen in close to prevent any damage.
Average working a defensive guard here.
Petersen is pushing down on Average's leg trying to pass to half guard. Average is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.#T10#
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Average keeps working.
Petersen prevents Average from improving his position.
Average moves into full guard.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Average holds on and takes a little breather.
Average is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Average controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself. #T11#
Petersen pushes down on Average's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Average wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Average defends it.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen continues to stall.
Further stalling from Petersen.#T12#
Average tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Average keeping control of the position.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Average wants to get back to full guard.#T13#
Petersen controlling the action here.
Average trying to control from the bottom.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Average won't allow it.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Average is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Average wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it. #T14#
Average has his hands clasped together around Petersen's back. He's all about the action.
Average is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Average wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen prevents Average from improving his position.
Average is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Average avoid being mounted?
And that's the end of the fight!
Average wins on points by 8 to 4.
During a confident post fight interview, Joe Average thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
In defeat, Conald Petersen stepped up to the mic, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 237
Date: Aug 01, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 6 wins and 3 losses; Guillo Perez ! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 15 wins and 8 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are James Atkins, Andrew Berry and William Gold.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Perez shoots in with a takedown attempt and he has Petersen pinned against the cage. Petersen gets the underhooks and manages to circle away.
Petersen changes levels for a counter takedown but doesn't follow through with his attempt.
Petersen dives in and grabs Perez 's left leg, looking for a takedown. Perez pushes down on Petersen's head and hops out.
Perez attempts a counter takedown but Petersen avoids it well and moves away.#CL#
Perez gets a clinch. #TD#
Perez manages to pull guard.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
Perez is trying to control the position from the bottom.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard. #SUB#
Perez has his foot on Petersen's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Petersen works his way back into a safe position though.#T1#
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Perez gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Perez (2) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Perez is one step ahead there.
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Perez trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Perez tries to pass.
Perez will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Perez wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
We've been hearing good reports from Perez 's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Perez looking to pass the guard.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control. #T2#
Perez tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Petersen is looking to sweep but instead, Perez has passed into half guard.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Perez is working away from the top position though.
Perez is keen to just control but Petersen is a slippery customer.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Perez wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Perez 's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Perez (2) vs (2) Petersen#SUB#
Perez working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Petersen doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Petersen manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem. #T3#
Perez being controlled here, momentarily. #SUB#
Perez is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Petersen defends well.
Perez working a defensive guard here.
Petersen sitting in guard here, content to control.
Petersen passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Perez (2) vs (5) Petersen
Perez is trying to escape the position but Petersen is controlling the position. #T4#
Perez prevents Petersen from improving position.
Perez tries to buck Petersen off but Petersen is having none of it.
Perez is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Perez manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Perez (4) vs (5) Petersen
Perez wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen is doing well to control the position and prevent Perez from advancing to side control.
Perez passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Petersen! Score +3 for passing guard: Perez (7) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen is trying to escape the mount.
#T5#
Petersen tries to hold on but Perez postures up.
Perez trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
#SUB#
Perez goes for an armbar but Petersen turns quickly into his guard - lovely anticipation from Petersen. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Perez (7) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen stays in close to Perez 's body and controls the position. #T6#
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.#SUB#
Perez has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Petersen can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Perez controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself. #SUB#
Perez looking for a guillotine here but Petersen defends easily.
Petersen preventing the sweep. #T7#
Petersen slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Perez (7) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen moves into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Perez (7) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Perez is looking to escape. #T8#
Petersen controlling from mount.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Perez to control.
Perez working to try and regain half guard.
Perez wants to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Perez is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action. #T9#
Perez tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Petersen prevents Perez from getting the reversal.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Perez is looking to escape.
Petersen controlling from mount. #T10#
Perez bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Perez (9) vs (12) Petersen
Perez looking to pass the guard.
Petersen controlling the position.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Perez (9) vs (14) Petersen
Petersen stalling.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T11#
Perez is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Petersen.#T12#
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Perez keeps working.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Perez is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Petersen's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Petersen's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Perez (13) vs (14) Petersen
Petersen is really stuck here.
#SUB#
Petersen defends a rear naked choke attempt by controlling one of Perez 's arms. #SUB#
Perez tightening his grip on Petersen, looking for the choke.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T13#
Petersen wants to control his opponent's hands but Perez gets his hands free. #SUB#
Petersen fending off the submission attempt from Perez . #SUB#
Perez looking for the choke but no joy.
Petersen rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Petersen trying to control here.
#T14#
Petersen preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Petersen is looking to control Perez 's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Petersen is refusing to be controlled, as Perez sits in half guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Petersen.
Petersen has control of Perez 's left arm, preventing Perez from doing any damage.
Perez is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 14 to 13.
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 223
Date: Jul 11, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 9 wins and 8 losses; Frank Andersson! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 14 wins and 8 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Emerson Jorge and Leandro Rodrigues.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Andersson fakes an overhand right and shoots for a takedown. Petersen sprawls well initially but Andersson persists and gets the takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Andersson (2) vs (0) Petersen#SUB#
Andersson seems to be looking for submissions.
#SUB#
Andersson is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Petersen sees it coming and defends easily.
Andersson will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Petersen tries to roll over but Andersson keeps him under control.
The fighters are battling for position here. Petersen manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck. #SUB#
Andersson thinks about going for a leg but decides against it, in order to maintain the position.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Andersson from controlling successfully.
Andersson tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Andersson looking to sit in guard and control but Petersen gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Andersson (2) vs (2) Petersen
Andersson is adopting a defensive guard.
Andersson not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T1##SUB#
Andersson working for a triangle but Petersen defends it easily.
Andersson is pulling down on Petersen's head to control his posture.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Andersson trying to control the position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#SUB#
Andersson has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Petersen can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
Andersson tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Still in half guard, Petersen seems content to control.#T2#
Andersson tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.#SUB#
Andersson actively working from the bottom here.
Petersen stalling.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Andersson defends it.
Andersson is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Fight Club elite, so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Andersson is working away.
Petersen is pressing down on Andersson's thigh, looking to free his foot. Andersson is holding on for now. #T3#
Andersson tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Andersson is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Andersson avoid being mounted?#SUB#
Andersson looking to force a kimura from the bottom here. He's concentrating on that move too much though and Petersen pushes past his half guard into mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Andersson (2) vs (5) Petersen
Andersson manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Andersson is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Andersson does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Andersson wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Andersson is having none of it.
Andersson tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen not doing much here.
#T4#
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Petersen is continuing to stall.
Andersson is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Andersson avoid being mounted?
Andersson wants to sweep but Petersen has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Andersson (2) vs (8) Petersen
A lull in the action here as Petersen stalls from top position.
Andersson manages to get back to half guard.#SUB#
Andersson looking for submissions off his back.
Andersson is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Andersson regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Andersson is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T5#
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Andersson swivels though and keeps the full guard. #SUB#
Andersson is looking for a triangle but Petersen pushes his legs off easily.
#SUB#
Andersson is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Petersen is aware though and is defending well.#SUB#
Andersson escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Petersen gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Andersson keeps moving. #SUB#
Andersson is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Petersen is aware though and is defending well.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#SUB#
Petersen avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
#T6#
Andersson can't keep his opponent in guard - Petersen advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Andersson is trying to control but can't.
Petersen is taking a breather. Andersson says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Petersen is working hard to pass the guard. He's done it - he's now in full mount! Trouble for Andersson! Score +3 for passing guard: Andersson (2) vs (11) Petersen
Andersson tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Andersson has given up his back - I don’t know if this is a deliberate ploy to try and escape or if he is just struggling down there.
Score +3 for taking back: Andersson (2) vs (14) Petersen
Petersen slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
Petersen has the hooks in. Andersson is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Petersen tries to get the hooks in deep but Andersson pushed the leg off.
Good control from Petersen.#T7##SUB2#
Petersen is looking for the choke from the back position but Andersson is controlling his hands well.
Andersson is really stuck here.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Petersen's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Andersson looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment.
I really don't envy Andersson right now.
Good control from Petersen.
Petersen controlling well, preventing Andersson from escaping the position.
What can Andersson do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Petersen doesn't have the hooks in and Andersson manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Andersson (4) vs (14) Petersen
Petersen wants to sweep here but Andersson controlling him for the moment. #T8#
Andersson stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen is pulling down on Andersson's head to control his posture.
Andersson sitting in guard here, content to control. #SUB#
Andersson is trying to work a guillotine from the top, or something like that? Don't know how he thinks he's going to get a finish from there.
Andersson trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Andersson stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T9#
Andersson preventing the sweep.
Andersson looking to pass the guard.
Andersson is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Andersson from controlling successfully.
Andersson tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen managing to control the position.
Andersson wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Petersen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Andersson (4) vs (16) Petersen#T10#
Andersson looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there. #SUB#
Andersson working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Petersen doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Petersen manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Petersen slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Andersson (4) vs (19) Petersen
You can see the frustration on Andersson's face as Petersen controls the position.
Petersen trying to control the position but Andersson is working away.
Petersen might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Andersson haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
A lull in the action here.#T11#
Andersson is looking to reverse the position.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Andersson is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Andersson prevents Petersen from moving into mount.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Andersson is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Andersson is looking to reverse the position.
Petersen has knee on belly and moves into mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Andersson (4) vs (21) Petersen
Petersen tries to control but Andersson wriggling away. #T12#
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Andersson is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Andersson to control.
Andersson is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Petersen is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
The adventures of Petersen the control monster continue. Boring.
Andersson is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Andersson can't escape the position.
#T13#
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Andersson tries to control the position but Petersen now has his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Andersson (4) vs (24) Petersen
Petersen doesn't have the hooks in and Andersson manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Andersson (6) vs (24) Petersen
Andersson wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Andersson pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Andersson (6) vs (26) Petersen
Petersen is controlling the pace.
#SUB#
Andersson is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Petersen pulls his head out easily. #T14#
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Andersson defends it.
Petersen stalling.
Andersson wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Andersson won't allow it.
Andersson wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Andersson wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Andersson trying to control but Petersen postures up.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 26 to 6.
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 34 (265+lbs, D1): Las Vegas Qualifier - Round 1
Date: Jun 29, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 25 wins and 14 losses; Sven Kristian Nielsen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 14 wins and 7 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are George Francis, Frank Dennis and Tiny Johnson.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen shoots in with a takedown attempt and he has Nielsen pinned against the cage. Nielsen gets the underhooks and manages to circle away. #CL#
Nielsen clinches up against the cage.#TD#
Nielsen has picked Petersen up - he's going for a ride! Nielsen dumps his opponent to the mat with a thud and settles into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Nielsen (2) vs (0) Petersen
Nielsen trying to pass the guard but Petersen defending well.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Petersen controlling the position for now.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Still in half guard, Nielsen seems content to control.
Petersen trying to hold on to Nielsen's head to control him but Nielsen postures up.
Nielsen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there. #SUB#
Nielsen is looking for a kimura but Petersen is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Nielsen to get the leverage. #T1#
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Nielsen seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Petersen does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Petersen controlling the position.#SUB#
Nielsen drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Nielsen jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
Nielsen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Nielsen will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Petersen pulls Nielsen in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Nielsen from controlling successfully.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Nielsen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Nielsen (2) vs (2) Petersen#T2#
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Nielsen pulls Petersen in to control the position.
Petersen passes into half guard.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Nielsen knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Nielsen makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Nielsen.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Petersen passes Nielsen's left leg - he's now in half guard. #T3#
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.
Nielsen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Nielsen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Nielsen (4) vs (2) Petersen
Nielsen is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen pulls Nielsen in close to his closed guard and prevents Nielsen from doing any damage or advancing position.
Nielsen passes Petersen's left leg - he's now in half guard. #T4#
Nielsen is looking to advance position but Petersen won't allow it.
Petersen keeping hold of Nielsen's head, controlling as best he can. #SUB#
Nielsen is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
The fighters are battling for position here. Petersen manages to regain full guard. Nice work. #T5#
Nielsen forces his way into half guard.
Petersen trying to control but Nielsen postures up.
Nielsen is trying to control. Petersen wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #SUB#
Nielsen seems to be working for a kimura but Petersen defends the submission attempt.
Petersen makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Petersen.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Nielsen postures up.
Petersen has his hands on Nielsen's head, controlling the position.
Nielsen wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving. #T6#
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Nielsen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Nielsen (4) vs (4) Petersen
Nielsen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen passes into half guard.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Nielsen tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Nielsen won't allow Petersen to pass to mount. #T7#
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Nielsen tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.
Nielsen is working hard here to advance position.
Nielsen works his way to full guard. Good work.#SUB#
Nielsen had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Petersen defends it easily.
Petersen trying to control but Nielsen is working from the bottom. #T8#
Petersen stays in close to Nielsen's body and controls the position. #SUB#
Petersen avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Nielsen.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #T9#
Petersen postures up.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Nielsen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
More stalling from Petersen.#T10#
Nielsen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen forces his way into half guard.
Nielsen is looking to improve his position.
Nielsen wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Nielsen is defending well.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T11#
Nielsen is looking to improve his position.
Nielsen is pressing down on Petersen's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Nielsen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Nielsen can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Nielsen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen looking to pass the guard. #T12#
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Nielsen.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Nielsen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Nielsen can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Petersen postures up.
Nielsen looking for a sweep. Not yet Nielsen, not yet.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #T13#
Nielsen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Nielsen keeps moving.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Nielsen is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Nielsen (6) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Nielsen (6) vs (6) Petersen
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.#T14#
Petersen trying to control the action but Nielsen is working from the bottom.
Nielsen is trying to get back to full guard.
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Nielsen is working away.
Petersen controlling the pace.
Nielsen gets back to full guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points, we go to a tie breaker and Nielsen gets a bonus point for attempting more subs.
Nielsen takes the fight on points by 7 to 6.
During a confident post fight interview, Sven Kristian Nielsen thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 204: Sparxx vs Bennett
Date: Jun 06, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 14 wins and 6 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 1 wins and 2 losses; Derrick Lewis!
The judges for this bout are Percy O'Donnell, Jack Bonds and Frank Antenori.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Petersen leaves Lewis with his face pressed against the mat as he sprawls beautifully, defending against a solid takedown attempt.
Petersen looks frustrated there after his takedown attempt is stuffed easily.
A really sloppy takedown attempt there from Petersen.
Lewis stuffs the takedown.
Lewis with the counter takedown but Petersen avoids it easily.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Conald Petersen. That's going to take a lot out of him.#CL2#
Lewis rushes Petersen and presses him up against the ropes.
Lewis gets underhooks to prevent Petersen's takedown attempt.
#TD2#
Lewis decides to pull guard.
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (3) vs (0) Lewis
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it. #SUB#
Petersen is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Lewis has escaped the position, nice work there. #T1#
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Lewis keeps working.
The referee tells the fighters to keep busy.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
You can see the frustration on Lewis's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Petersen is staying tight to Lewis's torso, preventing him from escaping.
Lewis is not content to let Petersen control the position. #T2#
Petersen just content to control the position.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Lewis is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Lewis is being controlled here.
Petersen trying to control the position but Lewis is working away.
Lewis tries to bench press Petersen off him but Petersen keeps the position.
Petersen controlling from side mount. #T3#
Petersen gets to mount! Lewis was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (5) vs (0) Lewis
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen tries to control but Lewis wriggling away.
Petersen moves to the back. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (8) vs (0) Lewis#T4#
Lewis rolls, trying to escape but Petersen keeps control of the position.
What can Lewis do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
#SUB#
Petersen working for the choke.
Petersen trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Lewis doesn't escape.
Lewis tries to escape the position.
Good control from Petersen.#T5#
Petersen has the hooks in. Lewis is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen controls the action.
Lewis is really stuck here.
Petersen tries to get the hooks in deep but Lewis pushed the leg off.
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Lewis wants to control his opponent's hands but Petersen gets his hands free. #T6#
Petersen controls the action.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
Petersen controlling from the back.
Lewis is in a world of trouble here. He's outmatched on the ground here and he'd better get Petersen off his back sharpish unless he wants to be submitted.#SUB#
Lewis defends a prolonged rear naked choke attempt and turns nicely into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (8) vs (2) Lewis
Petersen controlling Lewis's posture. #T7#
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Lewis from controlling successfully.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Lewis must be cautious of submissions here, given that his opponent has the superior Jiu Jitsu.
Lewis trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Lewis wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.#SUB2#
Lewis drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Lewis jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
Petersen controls Lewis momentarily but Lewis frees himself.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Lewis tries to pass. #T8#
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (2) Lewis
Petersen is pushing down on Lewis's leg trying to pass to half guard. Lewis is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Petersen passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (13) vs (2) Lewis
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen looking to control but Lewis is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T9#
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Lewis is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Lewis tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Lewis is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Lewis is looking to escape. #T10#
Lewis is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Petersen looking to control but Lewis is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Lewis tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Lewis tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.#T11#
Lewis might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Petersen haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Petersen looking to control but Lewis is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Lewis is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen trying to control but Lewis is having none of it.
Lewis is controlling an arm, preventing Petersen from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
Lewis is the more experienced fighter here and he's going to need to draw on some of that experience if he's going to pull this one out the bag.#T12#
Lewis is looking to get to half guard.
Lewis has given up his back. Will we see Petersen going for some submissions?
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (16) vs (2) Lewis#SUB#
Petersen looking to break Lewis's wrist control so he can sink in the choke. Lewis remaining controlled and patient though - he really has to keep calm otherwise Petersen will wrap this one up with the rear naked choke!
Petersen just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
Lewis is in bad spot here.
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Lewis for as long as he can get away with.
Lewis breaks Petersen's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (16) vs (4) Lewis#T13#
Petersen wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (18) vs (4) Lewis
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Lewis is working away.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.#T14#
Lewis trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Lewis defending well.
The fighters are battling for position here. Lewis manages to regain full guard. Nice work. #SUB2#
Lewis has thrown up a leg looking for a triangle. Petersen doesn't defend quickly enough and Lewis has managed to lock this one up! Can Petersen escape?! NO! He's tapping out! Damn, that was a quick submission - congrats to Lewis on a fantastic submission victory.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 14:44 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Triangle). Derrick Lewis!
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 33 (265lbs, D1): Tokyo Qualifier - Round 1
Date: May 10, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 14 wins and 5 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 1 losses; Andy Bangsit!
The judges for this bout are Yasuomi Hirokawa, Sosuke Kotani and Hirohito Nitta.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
No luck for Petersen with that takedown attempt.
Petersen fails with a takedown attempt from distance.
Bangsit stuffs the takedown attempt from Petersen. Petersen gets slowly back to his feet.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Conald Petersen. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Petersen with a poor takedown #TD2#
and Bangsit counters with a nice double leg into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Bangsit
Petersen wants to control but Bangsit is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen is controlling Bangsit's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Petersen is not content to let Bangsit control the position.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Bangsit is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T1#
Petersen slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Bangsit trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Bangsit tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Bangsit is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet. #T2#
Bangsit sitting in guard here, content to control.
Let's hope that Bangsit has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Petersen seems keen to control Bangsit's posture.
Bangsit stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Bangsit wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen pulls Bangsit in to control the position.
Petersen is trying to keep Bangsit in close.
#T3#
Bangsit tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Bangsit keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Bangsit from controlling successfully.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen is trying to keep Bangsit in close.
Bangsit trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Bangsit is one step ahead there.
My spies in Cloud9 inform me that Bangsit has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!#T4#
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Bangsit postures up.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Bangsit trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #T5#
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Bangsit from controlling successfully.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Bangsit tries to pass.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Bangsit's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Bangsit
Bangsit keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Bangsit is trying to keep Petersen in close.
#SUB2#
Bangsit escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Petersen gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Bangsit is keeping the position for now. #T6#
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.#SUB2#
Bangsit looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Petersen passes into half guard.
Bangsit slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Bangsit.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Bangsit is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long. #T7#
Bangsit is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Bangsit looking for a sweep. Not yet Bangsit, not yet.
Petersen forces his way into half guard.#SUB2#
Bangsit actively working from the bottom here.
Bangsit trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.#T8#
Bangsit is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Petersen is thwarting Bangsit's attempts to control the position.#SUB2#
Bangsit with the active half guard here but Petersen passes nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (2) Bangsit
Bangsit is looking for a sweep.
Petersen advances nicely into full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (7) vs (2) Bangsit
Petersen trying to control but Bangsit is having none of it. #T9#
Bangsit tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Petersen tries to control but Bangsit wriggling away.
Bangsit wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Petersen wants to control the action but instead Bangsit gets a body lock and reverses into Petersen's guard! Nice work! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (7) vs (4) Bangsit#T10#
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Bangsit from controlling successfully.
Bangsit slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (7) Bangsit
Petersen regains half guard.
Bangsit prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Petersen is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.#SUB2#
Bangsit is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Petersen has managed to free his arm - good work.
Petersen controlling the leg, holding on to half guard. #T11#
Petersen wants to control but Bangsit is keeping busy.
#SUB2#
Bangsit wants to work for an arm triangle but Petersen is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Bangsit prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Bangsit is trying to control. Petersen wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Bangsit is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen won't allow Bangsit to pass to mount.
Bangsit is keen to just control but Petersen is a slippery customer.
Bangsit prevents Petersen from improving his position.#T12#
Bangsit performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Bangsit trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away. #SUB2#
Bangsit is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Petersen sees it coming and defends easily.
The fighters are battling for position here. Petersen manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Bangsit stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.#T13#
Bangsit trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom. #SUB#
Petersen looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Bangsit controlling him for the moment.
Petersen looking to control.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Bangsit controlling him for the moment.
Bangsit wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage. #T14#
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Bangsit is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen is controlling Bangsit's posture.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Bangsit controlling him for the moment.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen controls Bangsit momentarily but Bangsit frees himself.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points, we go to a tie breaker and Bangsit gets a bonus point for attempting more subs.
Bangsit wins on points by 8 to 7.
Conald Petersen was interviewed post fight and said 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 185: Cubbedge vs Steel
Date: Apr 04, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 16 wins and 10 losses; Hero Galanos! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 14 wins and 4 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Reed Andrews, Columbo Gatti and John Roberts.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Galanos looking to shoot here. He's gone for it and he's landed a takedown into side control! Oh, that's bad for Petersen! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Galanos (4) vs (0) Petersen
Galanos taking a breather here.
Petersen struggling a bit here.
Galanos trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen prevents Galanos from improving position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Petersen has one of Galanos's arms on lockdown, trying to prevent him from doing any damage.#T1#
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen is still trying to improve position.
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Galanos tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Petersen is looking to slip a leg under and get half guard but Galanos is one step ahead and moves to full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Galanos (6) vs (0) Petersen
Galanos controlling from the full mount.
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.#T2#
Galanos trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Petersen bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Galanos (6) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Galanos keeps moving.
Galanos lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Galanos (8) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen looking to control.
Galanos preventing the sweep.
Galanos looking to pass the guard. #T3#
Galanos is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Galanos from controlling successfully.
Petersen pulls Galanos in to control the position.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall. #T4#
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Galanos from controlling successfully.
Galanos won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Galanos slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Galanos controlling him for the moment.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Galanos slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Galanos (11) vs (2) Petersen
Galanos is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T5#
Galanos is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Petersen is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Galanos wants to control but Petersen is keeping him busy.
Petersen isn't going anywhere.
Petersen is looking for a sweep.#T6#
The referee tells the fighters to keep busy.
Petersen struggling a bit here.
Petersen is not content to let Galanos control the position.
Petersen trying to control but Galanos flips him over like a cheap hooker and has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Galanos (14) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't. #T7#
Galanos can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen working to try and regain half guard.
Galanos controlling his opponent.
Galanos tries to control but Petersen wriggling away.
Petersen keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet. #T8#
Galanos looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen is trying to escape the mount but Galanos keeps good control and instead manages to take Petersen's back.
Score +3 for taking back: Galanos (17) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen trying to control the hands but Galanos breaks the grip.
I really don't envy Petersen right now.
Petersen staying busy and making it hard for Galanos to control.
Galanos trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Petersen doesn't escape.
Will Galanos go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
Galanos avoiding Petersen 's attempts to control his hands.
Petersen looking very determined here, making life difficult for Galanos.
#T9#
Petersen rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Galanos seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Petersen is looking to control Galanos's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Petersen avoid being mounted?
Galanos perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen works his way to full guard. Good work.
Petersen trying to control the position.
#T10#
Galanos trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Galanos looking to pass the guard.
Petersen is trying to keep Galanos in close.
Petersen is controlling Galanos's posture.
Petersen looking to control but Galanos passes into half guard.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.#T11#
Galanos pushing down on Petersen's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Galanos has control of the leg.
Galanos will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#SUB#
Galanos is working for a submission of some sort.
Petersen trying to control here but he's found himself mounted! Oh no!
Score +3 for passing guard: Galanos (20) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen can't escape the position.
Petersen manages to regain half guard. Good work. #T12#
Galanos is keen to just control but Petersen is a slippery customer.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen trying to keep hold of his opponent's head but Galanos manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Galanos (23) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Galanos works his way to his opponent's back.
Score +3 for taking back: Galanos (26) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen tries to escape but Galanos has the hooks in and won't let him break free. #SUB#
Petersen is displaying good submission defense - not really looking in danger of submitting to the rear naked choke at the moment. That could change in an instant of course if Galanos gets his way!
Galanos is hanging on to Petersen's back as he tries to escape.
#T13#
Petersen rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Galanos is controlling well.
#SUB#
Galanos is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard but Galanos has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Galanos (29) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen keeps trying to improve his position.#T14#
Galanos wants to take his opponent's back but Petersen doesn't allow it.
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Galanos isn't that keen on the idea.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen tries to control the position but Galanos now has his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Galanos (32) vs (2) Petersen
I really don't envy Petersen right now.
Petersen just trying to survive but Galanos is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
Galanos tries to keep control of the position but Petersen is staying busy.
And that's the end of the fight!
Galanos takes the fight on points by 32 to 2.
Our winner, Hero Galanos, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 177: Gatsby vs Cubbedge
Date: Mar 07, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 13 wins and 4 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 17 wins and 7 losses; Ze Jiurgite!
The judges for this bout are Wesley Smith, Alan Glass and Tiny Johnson.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Petersen scores a trip takedown into side control. Nice. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (4) vs (0) Jiurgite
Jiurgite tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Petersen wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Petersen trying to control the action but Jiurgite is working from the bottom.
Jiurgite gives up the full mount - oops, sloppy defensive grappling there! Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (6) vs (0) Jiurgite
Jiurgite is working to get back to half guard.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Jiurgite tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Jiurgite tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.#T1#
Petersen tries to control but Jiurgite wriggling away.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Jiurgite is trying desperately to improve position.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Jiurgite to control.
Petersen pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Jiurgite is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
#T2#
Petersen avoids the attempt from Jiurgite to control.
Jiurgite is trying to avoid being dragged into an even worse position than he's already in but Petersen is staying active.
Jiurgite prevents Petersen from taking his back.
Jiurgite is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen moves to the back position. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (9) vs (0) Jiurgite
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Will Petersen go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
#T3#
Jiurgite trying to control the hands but Petersen won't let him.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
Jiurgite can't escape the position.
Jiurgite breaks Petersen's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (9) vs (2) Jiurgite
Jiurgite trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Jiurgite's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (11) vs (2) Jiurgite#T4#
Jiurgite is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #SUB2#
Jiurgite is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle. #SUB2#
Jiurgite working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Petersen doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Petersen manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Petersen stays in close to Jiurgite's body and controls the position.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Jiurgite is retaining full guard.
Petersen stays in close to Jiurgite's body and controls the position.
Petersen pushes down on Jiurgite's leg and manages to get into half guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T5#
Jiurgite moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.
Petersen works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (14) vs (2) Jiurgite
Jiurgite is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
Jiurgite is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen trying to control the action but Jiurgite is working from the bottom.
Jiurgite wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
#T6#
Petersen trying to control from half guard but Jiurgite is working away.
Jiurgite wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Jiurgite won't allow it.
Jiurgite has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Jiurgite wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Jiurgite keeps working.
Jiurgite is looking to improve his position.
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (17) vs (2) Jiurgite#T7#
Petersen seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Jiurgite is holding on tight.
Jiurgite is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Jiurgite is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen looking to control but Jiurgite is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Jiurgite is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Jiurgite tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.#T8#
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Jiurgite regains half guard.
Jiurgite trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Jiurgite is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Jiurgite is trying to get back to full guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Jiurgite desperately trying to maintain half guard. #T9#
Jiurgite is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Jiurgite defends it.
Petersen works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (20) vs (2) Jiurgite
Petersen trying to control the position but Jiurgite is working away.
You can see the frustration on Jiurgite's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Jiurgite tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Jiurgite keeps working. #T10#
Jiurgite looking for a sweep but Petersen has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (22) vs (2) Jiurgite
Petersen tries to control but Jiurgite wriggling away.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Jiurgite working to try and regain half guard.
Jiurgite is still trying to improve position.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T11#
Jiurgite tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.
Jiurgite is just holding on here. Petersen manages to take his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (25) vs (2) Jiurgite
Petersen is hanging on to Jiurgite's back as he tries to escape.
Petersen not allowing Jiurgite to control his hands.
Jiurgite is keeping busy.
Petersen keeps control of the position easily here as Jiurgite tries to buck him off.
Jiurgite staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control.
Jiurgite manages to reverse the position and now he's in Petersen's guard. Nice work there by Jiurgite.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (25) vs (4) Jiurgite#T12#
Petersen pulls Jiurgite in close to prevent any damage.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Jiurgite tries to pass.
Jiurgite won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen is trying to hold Jiurgite in close to prevent damage but Jiurgite has managed to pass into half guard.
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Jiurgite has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (25) vs (7) Jiurgite
Jiurgite fails to move to back control. #T13#
Jiurgite trying to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen can't escape the position.
Petersen wants to hold on but Jiurgite pushes him away.
Jiurgite fails to advance to Petersen's back.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Jiurgite trying to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen regains half guard.#T14#
Petersen moves into full guard.
Jiurgite trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Jiurgite from controlling successfully.
Jiurgite trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 25 to 7.
During a confident post fight interview, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
Ze Jiurgite spoke after the fight, saying 'This is how Jiu Jitsu goes. Any shit can happen. Don't drink and drive. Wear your seat belt. Don't do drugs, kids. '. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 170: Krawlee vs Brown
Date: Feb 14, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 12 wins and 4 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; D.D Panda!
The judges for this bout are Timothy Bukovac, Don Winkell and Percy O'Donnell.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Petersen throws the overhand right but ducks down into a quick takedown attempt. Panda was covering up waiting for the punch and Petersen finishes the takedown easily into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Panda
Petersen seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up. #SUB2#
Panda looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Petersen passes into half guard.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.#SUB#
Petersen is looking for a kimura but Panda is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Petersen to get the leverage.
Petersen will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB2#
Panda looking for submissions off his back.
Petersen controlling the pace. #SUB#
Petersen seems to be looking for submissions.
#T1#
Petersen is working hard to pass the guard. He's done it - he's now in full mount! Trouble for Panda! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Panda
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Panda tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Panda is in all sorts of trouble here.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Panda is trying to escape the mount.
Panda wants to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Panda is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #T2#
Panda is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen fails to move to back control.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Petersen moves to the back position. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (8) vs (0) Panda#SUB#
Petersen is persistently looking for the submission but Panda is defending it well.
Petersen controlling from the back.
Panda is trying to break free.
#T3#
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
You can see the frustration on Panda's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Petersen is not going to allow Panda to sit and survive in this position.
Panda can't escape the position.
Petersen trying to control.
Petersen has good solid back control here.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#T4#
Petersen doesn't have the hooks in and Panda manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (8) vs (2) Panda
Petersen controlling the position.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Panda postures up.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Panda pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen trying to control the position here. #SUB2#
Panda drops back, looking for a kneebar! Petersen looks panicked! The fighters roll across the mat, one looking to finish, one looking to escape. Petersen looks to have wriggled free... Yes, he's got his leg free and he's dived into side control! Good work there from Petersen! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (12) vs (2) Panda
Petersen happy to just control the position for now. #T5##SUB#
Petersen has hold of Panda's arm here. He's working for an Americana. It looks like he might have it! Panda tries to escape but he's just digging himself in deeper - Petersen cranks the arm and Panda screams in pain! The ref makes a decision and ends the fight before the tap - no complains from Panda, who is just happy to have his arm attached to his body.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 5:38 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Americana). Conald Petersen!
Our winner, Conald Petersen, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 162: Mazzini vs Declan 3
Date: Jan 17, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 12 wins and 3 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 13 wins and 6 losses; Tom Tomson!
The judges for this bout are Timothy Bukovac, Jack Bonds and Frank Antenori.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL2#
Tomson forces Petersen back against the ropes and clinches.
Petersen drops down looking for an ankle pick but Tomson pulls his leg out and moves away.
#CL2#
Tomson clinches up against the ropes.
Tomson prevents the takedown attempt.
Petersen drops down for a takedown but doesn't get it.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Conald Petersen. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Petersen is looking for a takedown up against the ropes. Tomson gets underhooks though and prevents the takedown attempt.
Tomson drops down looking for an ankle pick but Petersen pulls his leg out and moves away.
Tomson defends well against a solid takedown attempt from Petersen.
Tomson wants to counter with a clinch but Petersen pushes him away.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Tomson stuffs a takedown. It's all about dictating where the fight takes place and Tomson wants it to stay on the feet.
Petersen shoots in but Tomson avoids the takedown attempt easily.
Petersen looks for a takedown but Tomson sprawls well.
Petersen closes the distance and clinches up with Tomson, looking for a takedown. Petersen pushes Tomson against the ropes but Tomson circles to the side and manages to break the clinch.#T1#
Petersen shoots and misses #CL2#
and Tomson counters into the clinch. Nicely done.
Petersen drops down looking for an ankle pick but Tomson pulls his leg out and moves away.
Petersen fails with the takedown.
Tomson tries to counter by closing the distance.
Petersen shoots in for a takedown but Tomson shows good takedown defense.
Petersen shoots and misses #CL2#
and Tomson counters by moving into the clinch. Good anticipation by Tomson.
Petersen changes levels and goes for a takedown here. Tomson fights it off and pushes away nicely.
Petersen tries to score a power double leg takedown but Tomson sees that one coming and sprawls well. That will dishearten Petersen somewhat.
Tomson wants to counter with a clinch but Petersen pushes him away.#CL2#
Tomson forces Petersen back against the ropes and clinches.#TD2#
Tomson pulls guard.
Tomson keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Tomson trying to control the position here. #T2#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Tomson is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Tomson is keeping the position for now.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Tomson has his hands on Petersen's head, controlling the position.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Tomson gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Tomson
Tomson must be cautious of submissions here, given that his opponent has the superior Jiu Jitsu.#T3#
Tomson content to stall in guard here.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Tomson postures up.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Tomson controls the pace of the fight for a moment.#SUB#
Petersen isolates an arm and boxes in a triangle. Tomson stacks Petersen on his neck as he steps over and passes to the side. He's now in a much more dominant position where he can look to do some serious damage. Nice move by Tomson! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (5) Tomson
Petersen is positioning himself to get back to half guard. #T4#
Petersen is trying to control Tomson's posture but Tomson avoids it.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen tries to improve position but can't.
Petersen trying to control but Tomson flips him over like a cheap hooker and has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (0) vs (8) Tomson
Petersen tries to escape but Tomson has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Petersen looking very determined here, making life difficult for Tomson.
Petersen tries to escape but Tomson has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Petersen trying to control but not successfully. #T5#
Tomson is trying to stick to Petersen's back but Petersen is turning into Tomson. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Tomson's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Petersen. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (8) Tomson
Petersen is pushing down on Tomson's leg trying to pass to half guard. Tomson is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Petersen stalling away here and it's allowed Tomson to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard.
Petersen trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Tomson manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (10) Tomson
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Tomson's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (10) Tomson#T6#
Petersen advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (10) Tomson
Petersen tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Petersen has knee on belly momentarily but Tomson bucks him off and regains half guard.
Tomson is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen controlling the pace.
Tomson has been taking part in the yoga sessions down at MMA LA . Presumably he's going to look for a slick submission... Or maybe he's looking to avoid one.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Tomson is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T7#
Tomson is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen wants to free his trapped foot but Tomson is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Tomson trying to control from the bottom.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard.
Petersen is pressing down on Tomson's thigh, looking to free his foot. Tomson is holding on for now. #T8#
Petersen uses his free foot to push down on Tomson's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Tomson. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (10) vs (10) Tomson
Tomson is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Petersen wants to control the action but instead Tomson gets a body lock and reverses into Petersen's guard! Nice work! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (12) Tomson
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Tomson's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (12) vs (12) Tomson
Tomson keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #T9#
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Tomson gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (12) vs (14) Tomson
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen wants to improve his position but instead Tomson has moved into half guard.
Petersen gets back to full guard.
#T10#
Tomson is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Tomson postures up.
Petersen pulls Tomson in to control the position.
Petersen looking to control but Tomson passes into half guard.
#T11#
Tomson prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Well, if Tomson is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Petersen wants to control the action here but instead Tomson manages to pass to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (12) vs (17) Tomson
Tomson controlling the pace for now.
Petersen slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
The fighters are battling for position here. Petersen manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Tomson is fighting to break Petersen's control of his arms but Petersen is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.#T12#
Petersen continues to stall.
Tomson controls from within his opponent's guard.
Tomson stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.#T13#
Petersen trying to control the position.
#SUB#
Petersen has his foot on Tomson's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Tomson works his way back into a safe position though.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen working a defensive guard but Tomson passes into half guard.
Petersen trying to control here.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Tomson is working away from the top position though.#T14#
Tomson prevents Petersen from improving his position.
Tomson is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Petersen is concentrating on defense, preventing Tomson from advancing position.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Tomson has control of the leg.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen moves into full guard.
Petersen seems keen to control Tomson's posture.
And that's the end of the fight!
Tomson wins on points by 17 to 12.
Our winner, Tom Tomson, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 153: Average vs Galanos
Date: Dec 20, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 10 wins and 2 losses; Enamorado Bandito! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 11 wins and 3 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are George Francis, Gwen Towbar and Tiny Johnson.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Petersen changes levels and drives through with a really nice takedown into side control. Bandito looks really pissed at himself for not defending that better. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Bandito (0) vs (4) Petersen
Bandito tries to improve position but can't.
Bandito is letting Petersen control him for a moment.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen trying to control the position but Bandito is working away.
Bandito stops Petersen from passing to mount.
Bandito really does look like a pencil wearing a pair of gloves. Let's hope he has a gameplan to suit that ridiculous body shape.
Petersen is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position. #T1#
Bandito can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen wants to control but Bandito is keeping him busy.
The referee asks Petersen politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Petersen prefers to stall for the moment though.
Bandito is trying to control Petersen's posture but Petersen avoids it.
Petersen trying to control the action but Bandito is working from the bottom.
Bandito is trying to improve his position.#T2#
Petersen controlling the position from side mount.
Bandito is trying to improve his position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen wants to control but Bandito is keeping him busy.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Bandito is trying to improve his position.
Petersen is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position. #T3#
Bandito manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
Bandito tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Petersen is keen to just control but Bandito is a slippery customer.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Petersen trying to control the action but Bandito is working from the bottom.
Bandito has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Bandito is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T4#
Bandito wants to control but Petersen is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Bandito is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Bandito is defending the position.
Petersen is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Bandito (0) vs (7) Petersen
Bandito sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Petersen moves into full mount! Bandito won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Bandito (0) vs (10) Petersen#T5#
Petersen takes his opponent's back. Perhaps a chance to lock up a rear naked choke here.
Score +3 for taking back: Bandito (0) vs (13) Petersen
Bandito tries to escape the position.
Bandito is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
You can see the frustration on Bandito's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
#SUB2#
Petersen is persistently looking for the submission but Bandito is defending it well.
Bandito can't escape the position.
#T6##SUB2#
Petersen is remaining active here, looking for the choke. The more discerning members of the crowd will appreciate his efforts.
Petersen controlling from the back.
Bandito trying to control the position but Petersen manages to sink in the hooks.
Petersen controlling from the back.
Bandito trying to control the action but Petersen just sinks the hooks in. #T7#
Petersen struggling to keep hold of the position.
You can see the frustration on Bandito's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Petersen doesn't have the hooks in and Bandito manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bandito (2) vs (13) Petersen
Petersen is trying to keep Bandito in close.
Bandito looking to pass the guard.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bandito (2) vs (15) Petersen
Bandito tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.
Petersen trying to control the action but Bandito is working from the bottom. #T8##SUB2#
Petersen is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Bandito sees it coming and defends easily.
Bandito makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Bandito.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Bandito keeps moving.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Bandito is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bandito (4) vs (15) Petersen
Bandito preventing the sweep.
Bandito wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen pulls Bandito in close to prevent any damage. #T9#
Bandito slips nicely into half guard.
Petersen gets back to full guard.
Bandito pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Bandito is one step ahead there.
Petersen is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Bandito tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard. #T10#
Bandito wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Bandito stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.
Petersen controlling Bandito's posture.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Bandito tries to pass.
Petersen is trying to keep Bandito in close.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Bandito is one step ahead there. #T11#
Bandito wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Bandito controlling him for the moment.
Petersen controlling the position.
Bandito tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Bandito postures up.
Petersen pulls Bandito in close to his closed guard and prevents Bandito from doing any damage or advancing position.
Bandito pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now. #SUB2#
Petersen looking for a guillotine here but Bandito defends easily.
#T12#
Bandito preventing the sweep.
Petersen trying to control the position.
Bandito wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Bandito manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bandito (4) vs (17) Petersen#SUB#
Bandito throws his legs up looking for a submission but Petersen uses it to pass to side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Bandito (4) vs (20) Petersen
Petersen tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Petersen slows the pace down. #T13#
Bandito tries to improve position but can't.
Bandito trying to remain calm as Petersen controls from the top position.
Bandito looks to move to half guard but instead Petersen has passed into mount! Damn! Score +2 for reaching mount: Bandito (4) vs (22) Petersen
Bandito is in all sorts of trouble here.
Petersen tries to control but Bandito wriggling away.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount. #T14#
Petersen looking to control but Bandito is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #SUB2#
Petersen is going oldschool here, as he tries to force Bandito to tap using a forearm choke. This isn't 1993 though, so Bandito shrugs it off.
Bandito working to try and regain half guard.
#SUB2#
Petersen is working for a guillotine from mount but Bandito frees his head quite easily.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Bandito is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 22 to 4.
Conald Petersen is the new super heavyweight champion!
A victorious Conald Petersen thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 147: Pancake v Sakuraba 2
Date: Dec 06, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 10 wins and 3 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 1 losses; Radu Dracul!
The judges for this bout are Columbo Gatti, Eddie Farnsworth and David Schapiro.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Petersen stuffs the takedown attempt from Dracul. Dracul gets slowly back to his feet. #TD#
Petersen drops down and drives through with a powerful takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Dracul
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Dracul is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Dracul is keeping the position for now.
Dracul is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Dracul is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Dracul is retaining full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Dracul wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Dracul keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Dracul keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass. #T1#
Petersen is fighting to break Dracul's control of his arms but Dracul is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Dracul keeps trying to improve his position.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Dracul manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (2) Dracul
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Dracul is pushing down on Petersen's leg trying to pass to half guard. Petersen is fighting to maintain full guard but Dracul has managed to sneak the leg through.
Petersen trying to hold on to Dracul's head to control him but Dracul postures up.
Dracul trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away. #T2#
Still in half guard, Dracul seems content to control.
Petersen trying to control but Dracul postures up.
Dracul looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Dracul is controlling well.
Dracul not doing much here.
Petersen controlling the position well.
Petersen trying to control here.
#T3#
Petersen tries to roll over but Dracul keeps him under control.
Petersen is in trouble now - Dracul has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (5) Dracul
Petersen can't escape the position.
Dracul avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.
Petersen is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Dracul gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.#T4#
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Dracul isn't that keen on the idea.
Dracul takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen wants to hold on but Dracul pushes him away.
Petersen is in all sorts of trouble here.
Dracul trying to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Dracul looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen tries to reverse the position but Dracul maintains control.#T5#
Petersen is squirming around, avoiding Dracul's attempts to control the action.
Petersen is desperately trying to improve his position but Dracul has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is staying active underneath Dracul, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Dracul wants to pass the guard but Petersen is defending well.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
#SUB#
Petersen looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Dracul controlling the action here.#T6#
Petersen keeping hold of Dracul's head, controlling as best he can.
Dracul not doing much here.
Dracul trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away.
Petersen tries to get to full guard but Dracul has control of the leg.
Dracul is controlling the pace.
#T7#
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Dracul controls from within his opponent's guard. #SUB#
Petersen is looking for a triangle but Dracul pushes his legs off easily.
Dracul postures up.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Dracul manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (5) Dracul#T8#
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Dracul controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Dracul is pulling down on Petersen's head. It's preventing any offense from Petersen, at least for the moment.
Dracul keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Dracul wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Dracul is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage. #T9#
Dracul looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen trying to control but Dracul is working from the bottom.
Dracul wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Dracul is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen is pushing down on Dracul's leg trying to pass to half guard. Dracul is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.
Petersen passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (5) Dracul#T10#
Dracul tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen looking to control but Dracul is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Dracul tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Dracul keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Dracul is looking to escape.
Dracul is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.
Dracul is controlling an arm, preventing Petersen from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
#T11#
Dracul tries to hold on but Petersen pushes him away.
Petersen wants to take Dracul's back here but Dracul is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Dracul is working to get back to half guard.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Dracul is looking to escape.
Petersen controlling his opponent.
Dracul tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Dracul is looking to escape. #T12#
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Dracul manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Dracul is looking to improve his position.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Dracul tries to roll over but Petersen keeps him under control.#T13#
Dracul trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
#SUB#
Petersen in half guard on the top. He's looking for a kimura... He's got it locked and he's managed to free his trapped foot. Dracul tries to escape but it's on too tight and he has to tap! Great BJJ skills there from Petersen!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 13:35 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Kimura). Conald Petersen!
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 141: Boesku vs Donde
Date: Nov 22, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 9 wins and 3 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 5 wins and 2 losses; Michael Collins!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Franklin, Robert Twigg and Stewart Dunkirk.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Collins looks frustrated there after his takedown attempt is stuffed easily.#TD#
Petersen decides to change it up a bit and drives through with a nice takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Collins
Petersen controlling the pace. #SUB2#
Collins looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Collins is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Collins
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Collins is looking to escape. #T1#
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Petersen trying to control but Collins is having none of it.
Petersen controlling his opponent. #SUB#
Collins defends a decent attempt at a guillotine from Petersen. #T2#
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Collins to control.
Collins is controlling an arm, preventing Petersen from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
Collins can't escape the position.
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Collins is looking to escape. #T3#
Collins tries to get back to half guard but can't. #SUB#
Petersen jumps to side control looking for an arm triangle but Collins manages to avoid the submission attempt. #SUB#
Petersen is trying to get an arm triangle but Collins is defending well.
Collins is not content to let Petersen control the position. #T4#
A lull in the action here as Petersen stalls from top position.
Petersen trying to control the action but Collins is working from the bottom.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Collins manages to regain guard - a lesson learnt for Petersen. #T5#
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Collins is retaining full guard.
Petersen sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Collins's guard. #SUB#
Petersen is working for a submission of some sort.
Petersen is looking to advance position but Collins won't allow it. #T6#
Collins is not content to let Petersen control the position.#SUB#
Petersen is trying to work for a kimura but Collins is defending well.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T7#
Collins is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Collins tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Collins wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
Collins is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position. #T8#
Collins trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#SUB#
Petersen is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Collins sees it coming and defends easily.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Petersen wants to control but Collins is keeping him busy. #SUB#
Petersen is working for a kimura but Collins is defending it quite comfortably.
#T9#
Collins has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Petersen is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (0) Collins
Petersen wants to control the pace but Collins is squirming around nicely.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T10#
Collins tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen looking to control but Collins is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Collins is trying desperately to improve position.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T11#
Petersen seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Collins is holding on tight.
#SUB#
Petersen swings around for an armbar but it's a sloppy attempt and Collins is now in Petersen's guard. A big mistake from Petersen there, giving up the dominant position! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (8) vs (2) Collins
Collins trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Collins is fighting to break Petersen's control of his arms but Petersen is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Petersen is looking to sweep but instead, Collins has passed into half guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#SUB2#
Collins wants to work for an arm triangle but Petersen is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Petersen gets back to full guard.
Collins looking to pass the guard. #T12#
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (2) Collins
Petersen advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (13) vs (2) Collins#SUB#
Petersen is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Collins knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
Collins sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T13#
Collins trying to hold on to Petersen's head to control him but Petersen postures up.
Collins wants to control the action here but instead Petersen manages to pass to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (16) vs (2) Collins
Collins is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.
Petersen controlling from mount. #SUB#
Petersen jumps to side control looking for an arm triangle but Collins manages to avoid the submission attempt.
Collins is looking to reverse the position.#T14#
Petersen controls the position.
Collins is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Collins is trying to get back to half guard.#SUB#
Petersen tries for a kimura but Collins is defending well.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Collins keeps working.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Collins prevents Petersen from improving position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 16 to 2.
A victorious Conald Petersen thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 32 (205lbs, D1): Finals - Round 1
Date: Nov 03, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 15 wins and 3 losses; Claudio Ty! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 9 wins and 2 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Jack Bonds, Frank Antenori and Timothy Bukovac.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
A telegraphed takedown attempt from Petersen is defended easily by Ty.#TD#
Ty shoots in looking for a single leg takedown. Petersen is trying to defend but Ty finishes it well and ends up in half guard. Let's see if he can advance position further. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Ty (2) vs (0) Petersen
Ty prevents Petersen from improving his position.#SUB#
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. He's left an arm up in the air though and Ty has latched onto it... Big trouble! Ty pivots for an armbar - it's in tight and it Petersen is tapping in no time flat! Great counter grappling there from Ty!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 0:46 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Claudio Ty!
An out of breath Claudio Ty thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 32 (205lbs, D1): Montreal Qualifier - Round 1
Date: Oct 26, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the light heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 8 wins and 2 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 18 wins and 15 losses; Vito Mazzini!
The judges for this bout are Steve Smith, Dillan Fox and Trevor Gratis.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen fails to land the takedown.
Conald Petersen seems to be the more aggressive standup fighter in this bout.#TD2#
Petersen gets caught flat footed, as Mazzini shoots in with a quick takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Mazzini
Petersen working a defensive guard but Mazzini passes into half guard.
Mazzini wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Mazzini is controlling well.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Petersen is controlling Mazzini's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Petersen is pressing down on Mazzini's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Mazzini trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Mazzini postures up.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Mazzini controlling him for the moment. #T1#
Mazzini trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Petersen is trying to hold Mazzini in close to prevent damage but Mazzini has managed to pass into half guard.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard but Mazzini has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (5) Mazzini
Petersen manages to work his way to half guard, despite Mazzini's best efforts.
Mazzini is keen to just control but Petersen is a slippery customer.#T2##SUB2#
Mazzini is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
#SUB2#
Mazzini is trying to work for a kimura but Petersen is defending well.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.
Mazzini passes into side control, despite Petersen's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (8) Mazzini
Petersen wants to control but Mazzini postures up.
Petersen manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#SUB2#
Mazzini wants to work for an arm triangle but Petersen is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Mazzini is working away from the top position though.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Mazzini is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T3#
Mazzini moves into full mount! Petersen won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (11) Mazzini
Mazzini takes his opponent's back. Perhaps a chance to lock up a rear naked choke here.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (0) vs (14) Mazzini
Petersen trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
What can Petersen do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Petersen wants to escape the position but for the time being he's just trying to control the pace.
Mazzini trying to control momentarily.
Mazzini biding his time, looking for the opening.
#T4#
It looks like Mazzini might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Petersen is really stuck here.
Petersen turns into Mazzini and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (14) Mazzini
Mazzini lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (16) Mazzini
Petersen wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Mazzini is now in half guard.
Mazzini is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #SUB2#
Mazzini is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Petersen doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Mazzini.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Mazzini is working away from the top position though.#T5#
Mazzini prevents Petersen from improving his position.#SUB2#
Mazzini is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Petersen sees it coming and defends easily.
Mazzini wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen is pressing down on Mazzini's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.#SUB#
Petersen has his feet on Mazzini's thighs here. He's pushed Mazzini off and worked for a very quick armbar from the bottom! He's flipped onto his stomach and he's cranking hard on the arm! Mazzini screams in pain and taps out! This one is all over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 6:59 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Conald Petersen!
A very excited looking Conald Petersen made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 126: Brown vs Morrison Jr
Date: Oct 04, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 6 wins and 2 losses; Enamorado Bandito! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 8 wins and 1 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Jack Bonds, Frank Antenori and Timothy Bukovac.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Bandito defends well against a solid takedown attempt from Petersen.
As Petersen tries to get set, Bandito tries to push him back and clinch up but Petersen manages to avoid the attempt.#CL#
Bandito closes the distance and clinches.
Petersen has dropped down and is looking to force the takedown but it's defended by Bandito after a bit of a struggle.
Petersen is looking for a takedown.
Enamorado Bandito has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Conald Petersen.
Petersen has a body lock and is looking for a takedown. Bandito is bouncing around trying to prevent the takedown and somehow he has indeed managed to stay on his feet.
Bandito prevents the takedown attempt.
Petersen is looking for a takedown up against the ropes. Bandito gets underhooks though and prevents the takedown attempt.
Petersen is trying to work for a single leg takedown but Bandito pulls him back up using the underhooks.
Bandito is pressed up against the ropes. Petersen has hold of a leg and is looking to drag Bandito down to the mat. Bandito avoids the attempt though and has circled away. We're back to striking at a distance. #CL#
Bandito closes the distance and clinches.
Petersen is trying to drag Bandito to the mat but Bandito just about manages to keep his footing. He used the ropes to his advantage there.
Petersen drops down for a takedown but doesn't get it.
Petersen tries for a takedown but Bandito manages to get underhooks.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#TD#
Bandito gets the body lock takedown. After a quick scramble, Petersen regains guard.
Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Bandito (2) vs (0) Petersen
Bandito sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Petersen's guard.
Petersen trying to control here.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Bandito trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away. #T1#
Bandito works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Bandito (5) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
Bandito seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Petersen does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Petersen is trying to control but can't.
Bandito wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position.
Bandito really does look like a pencil wearing a pair of gloves. Let's hope he has a gameplan to suit that ridiculous body shape.#SUB#
Bandito is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
#SUB2#
Petersen actively working from the bottom here.#SUB#
Bandito is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Petersen is just riding it out for now. Bandito eventually gives up the hold. #T2#
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Bandito is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Bandito is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is looking for a sweep. Bandito is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Petersen keeping hold of Bandito's head, controlling as best he can.
Bandito is looking to advance position but Petersen won't allow it. #SUB#
Bandito is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Petersen sees it coming and defends easily.
Bandito wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position. #T3#
Bandito works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Bandito (8) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen wants to control but Bandito postures up.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen is not content to let Bandito control the position.
Petersen gives up the full mount - oops, sloppy defensive grappling there! Score +2 for reaching mount: Bandito (10) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen is working to get back to half guard.
Bandito trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T4#
Bandito moves to the back position. Score +3 for taking back: Bandito (13) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Petersen is concentrating on defense, preventing Bandito from advancing position.
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Bandito tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Bandito is one step ahead there.
Petersen has Bandito pulled in close to control his posture. #T5#
Bandito looking to pass the guard.
Bandito will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#SUB2#
Petersen working for a triangle but Bandito defends it easily.
Petersen trying to control the position here.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Bandito from controlling successfully. #T6##SUB2#
Petersen is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Bandito is aware though and is defending well.
Petersen looking to control.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen can't keep his opponent in guard - Bandito advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Petersen trying to hold on to Bandito's head to control him but Bandito postures up.
Bandito is pressing down on Petersen's thigh, looking to free his foot. Petersen is holding on for now.
Bandito trying to control from Petersen's half guard. Petersen has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Bandito stopping the sweep attempt from Petersen.#T7#
Bandito trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Bandito advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Bandito (16) vs (0) Petersen
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Bandito wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Petersen manages to get back to half guard.
Bandito trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen moves into full guard.
#T8#
Petersen is pulling down on Bandito's head. It's preventing any offense from Bandito, at least for the moment.
Bandito postures up.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Bandito tries to pass. #SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Bandito defends well.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bandito (16) vs (2) Petersen#T9#
Bandito is looking to improve his position.
Petersen is trying to control. Bandito wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen trying to control the pace.
Bandito is looking to improve his position.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T10##SUB#
Bandito is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Petersen pulls his head out easily.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Bandito is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Petersen prevents Bandito from improving his position.
Bandito is working hard here to advance position.#T11#
Petersen is trying to control. Bandito wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Bandito is trying to control but Petersen manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Bandito (16) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen wants to control the pace but Bandito is squirming around nicely.
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Bandito to control.#T12#
Bandito is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
#SUB2#
Petersen working for a submission but Bandito is keeping him at bay.
Bandito is trying to escape the mount.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Petersen trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Bandito is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen looking to control but Bandito is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T13#
Petersen is looking to work his way around to Bandito's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Bandito slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Bandito is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
The fighters are battling for position here. Bandito manages to regain full guard. Nice work. #SUB#
Bandito has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Petersen can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Bandito manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bandito (18) vs (5) Petersen#T14#
Bandito trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Bandito trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen looking to control.
Petersen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Bandito wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
And that's the end of the fight!
Bandito takes the fight on points by 18 to 5.
Enamorado Bandito retains his super heavyweight title!
Enamorado Bandito decided to go for the less than humble approach in his post fight interview, telling everyone how he is going to conquer the world. The crowd seemed to like it when really that sort of approach could have gone either way. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 121: Ty vs Gracie
Date: Sep 19, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 7 wins and 1 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 4 wins and 3 losses; Sammy Volkenhause!
The judges for this bout are Jack Bonds, Frank Antenori and Don Winkell.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Volkenhause shoots in looking for a takedown. Petersen tries to sprawl out of it but Volkenhause keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the ropes. Petersen manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing.
Volkenhause shoots for a takedown but Petersen saw that one coming a mile off and avoided it easily.
Volkenhause shoots in for a takedown but Petersen shows good takedown defense.
Conald Petersen has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Sammy Volkenhause.
Volkenhause tries to shoot in for a takedown. He's got hold of a leg but Petersen swivels and escapes.#TD#
Petersen scores a trip takedown into side control. Nice. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (4) vs (0) Volkenhause
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet. #SUB#
Petersen is trying to get an arm triangle but Volkenhause is defending well.
Volkenhause is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB#
Petersen looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen content to sit in half guard and control for a moment. #T1##SUB#
Petersen is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Volkenhause tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (7) vs (0) Volkenhause
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully. #T2#
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Volkenhause for as long as he can get away with.
Petersen forces the positional change into back control. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (10) vs (0) Volkenhause
Petersen not allowing Volkenhause to control his hands.
Volkenhause breaks Petersen's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (2) Volkenhause
Petersen seems keen to control Volkenhause's posture.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Volkenhause is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck. #T3#
Volkenhause wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Volkenhause manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (12) vs (2) Volkenhause
Volkenhause keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Volkenhause being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen pushing down on Volkenhause's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.#T4#
Volkenhause works his way to full guard. Good work.
Petersen preventing the sweep.
Volkenhause keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen stands and throws Volkenhause's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (15) vs (2) Volkenhause#SUB#
Petersen working hard here to secure a kimura but he's not really in the right position for it.
Volkenhause tries to get back to half guard but can't.#T5#
Petersen slows the pace down.
Volkenhause is looking for a sweep.#SUB#
Petersen thinks about going for a far side armbar but bails out and retains the dominant position instead.
Petersen trying to control the action but Volkenhause is working from the bottom.
Petersen controlling the position from side mount. #SUB#
Petersen working hard here to secure a kimura but he's not really in the right position for it. #T6#
Volkenhause is trying to escape the position but Petersen is controlling the position.
Volkenhause is looking for a sweep.
Petersen working away.
Volkenhause gets back to half guard.#SUB#
Petersen wants to work for an arm triangle but Volkenhause is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Petersen with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Petersen works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (18) vs (2) Volkenhause#T7##SUB#
Petersen thinks about going for a far side armbar but bails out and retains the dominant position instead.
Volkenhause trying to remain calm as Petersen controls from the top position.
Volkenhause stops Petersen from passing to mount.
Petersen controlling the position from side mount.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen works to advance to full mount. Volkenhause defends for a few seconds but eventually he succumbs. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (20) vs (2) Volkenhause
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Volkenhause tries to get back to half guard but can't. #T8#
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Volkenhause is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Petersen looking to control but Volkenhause is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #T9#
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Petersen manages to capitalize on a mistake by Volkenhause to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (23) vs (2) Volkenhause#SUB#
Petersen is looking for the choke from the back position but Volkenhause is controlling his hands well. #SUB#
Petersen goes for a risky armbar from back mount and it's not paid off. Volkenhause escapes and is now in half guard on top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (23) vs (4) Volkenhause
Petersen won't allow Volkenhause to pass to mount. #T10#
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Volkenhause passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (23) vs (7) Volkenhause#SUB2#
Volkenhause is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Petersen is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
Petersen can't do much from the bottom here.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Volkenhause wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #SUB2#
Volkenhause is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Petersen has escaped the position, nice work there. #T11#
Petersen manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Petersen pulls Volkenhause in to control the position.
Volkenhause won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Volkenhause looking to sit in guard and control but Petersen gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (25) vs (7) Volkenhause
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Volkenhause swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T12#
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Volkenhause is trying to keep Petersen in close.
Petersen pushing down on Volkenhause's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen sitting and controlling from the half guard. #T13#
Petersen passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Volkenhause! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (28) vs (7) Volkenhause
Volkenhause is looking to improve his position but Petersen isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Petersen pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Volkenhause is squirming around nicely. #T14##SUB#
Petersen working for a guillotine from mount but Volkenhause is in no mood to give up.
Petersen forces the positional change into back control. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (31) vs (7) Volkenhause
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Volkenhause's body.
#SUB#
Petersen is working hard for the rear naked choke here.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen keeps control of the position easily here as Volkenhause tries to buck him off.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen takes the fight on points by 31 to 7.
Conald Petersen thanked the fans post fight for their support. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC BLUE BELT BLUES PLAYOFF
Date: Sep 04, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 6 wins and 1 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 4 wins and 2 losses; Esteban Mondragon!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Jack Bonds and Timothy Bukovac.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen scores a trip takedown into side control. Nice. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (4) vs (0) Mondragon
Petersen advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (6) vs (0) Mondragon
Petersen wants to control the pace but Mondragon is squirming around nicely.
Petersen avoids the attempt from Mondragon to control.
Petersen controlling the position easily from mount.
Petersen with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Mondragon tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.#T1##SUB#
Petersen working for a guillotine from mount but Mondragon is in no mood to give up.
Petersen manages to capitalize on a mistake by Mondragon to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (9) vs (0) Mondragon
Mondragon can't escape the position.
Petersen is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish. #SUB#
Petersen is working really hard to secure the rear naked choke. Mondragon defends successfully for a significant amount of time. Both fighters are looking very determined.
Petersen is not going to allow Mondragon to sit and survive in this position.
What can Mondragon do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Mondragon looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T2#
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Petersen gets his hands free as Mondragon looks to control. #SUB#
Petersen working for a RNC but it's not happening just yet.
You can see the frustration on Mondragon's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Petersen trying to control.
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Mondragon's body.
#T3#
Mondragon can't escape the position.
#SUB#
Petersen is working hard for the rear naked choke here.
Petersen just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
#SUB#
Mondragon defending nicely against the rear naked choke attempt.
I would not like to be Mondragon right now.
#T4##SUB#
Petersen has his hand under the chin of his opponent looking for the choke. He's nearly got it! This one could be all over! But no, Mondragon has freed his hand and lives to survive another… well, another couple of seconds at least!
Petersen has good solid back control here. #SUB#
Petersen is working for the rear naked choke. He has one arm under the chin but Mondragon has hold of the other arm. A bit of a stalemate here.
Mondragon trying to control the hands but Petersen won't let him. #SUB#
Petersen working for the choke. #T5#
Mondragon prevents Petersen from getting a body triangle.
Petersen controlling from the back.
Petersen tries to get the hooks in deep but Mondragon pushed the leg off.
I really don't envy Mondragon right now.
#SUB#
Mondragon fending off the submission attempt from Petersen. #SUB#
Petersen has his arm under Mondragon's chin here. Game over son! Petersen squeezes tightly and Mondragon is forced to tap out!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 5:59 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Conald Petersen!
During a confident post fight interview, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC BLUE BELT BLUES CARD 4
Date: Aug 25, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 5 wins and 1 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; Vlad Draxler!
The judges for this bout are Don Winkell, Frank Antenori and Percy O'Donnell.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Petersen gets a double leg takedown into Draxler's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Draxler
Our spies down at at Danaher Death Squad inform us that Draxler has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Petersen wants to control from the top but Draxler keeps moving.
Petersen slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Draxler
Draxler tries to buck Petersen off but Petersen is having none of it.
Petersen gets to mount! Draxler was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (7) vs (0) Draxler
Petersen controlling from mount.
Draxler prevents Petersen from taking his back.
Draxler looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (10) vs (0) Draxler
Draxler tries to escape the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Draxler staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control.
Draxler is in a world of trouble here. He's outmatched on the ground here and he'd better get Petersen off his back sharpish unless he wants to be submitted.#SUB#
Petersen is remaining active here, looking for the choke. The more discerning members of the crowd will appreciate his efforts.
Petersen is trying to stick to Draxler's back but Draxler is turning into Petersen. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Petersen's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Draxler. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (10) vs (2) Draxler#T1#
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Draxler tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (12) vs (2) Draxler
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Petersen wants to control but Draxler is keeping him busy.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Draxler gets back to full guard.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard. #SUB2#
Draxler is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Petersen is aware though and is defending well.
Draxler keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen stays in close to Draxler's body and controls the position. #SUB2#
Draxler is looking for a triangle but Petersen pushes his legs off easily.
#T2##SUB2#
Petersen avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
#SUB2#
Draxler escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Petersen gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Draxler is keeping the position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen is pushing down on Draxler's leg trying to pass to half guard. Draxler is fighting to maintain full guard but Petersen has managed to sneak the leg through.#SUB2#
Draxler looking for submissions from an awkward position here.#SUB2#
Draxler looking for submissions from an awkward position here.#SUB#
Petersen is trying to work for a kimura but Draxler is defending well.
#T3#
Petersen trying to control the pace. #SUB2#
Draxler is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Petersen pulls his head out easily.
Petersen slows the pace down in half guard. #SUB2#
Draxler is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Petersen pulls his head out easily.
Petersen trying to control the pace. #SUB2#
Draxler looking for submissions from an awkward position here.#T4#
Petersen works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (15) vs (2) Draxler
Draxler is trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen wants to control but Draxler is keeping him busy.
Petersen controls the position.
Draxler is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen advances to mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (17) vs (2) Draxler
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Draxler tries to reverse the position but Petersen maintains control.
Draxler wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (20) vs (2) Draxler
Draxler can't escape the position.
#T5#
Petersen slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
Draxler can't escape the position.
#SUB#
Petersen patiently working for the choke. Which fighter will keep their nerve here?
Petersen is hanging on to Draxler's back as he tries to escape.
#SUB#
Draxler showing good submission defense here.
Petersen biding his time, controlling Draxler. #SUB#
Petersen is working hard for the rear naked choke here.
I would not like to be Draxler right now.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
#T6#
Draxler tries to roll but Petersen sticks to his back.
#SUB#
Draxler preventing the rear naked choke attempt from Petersen. #SUB#
Petersen is working hard for the rear naked choke here.
Draxler wants to escape the position.
Petersen is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Draxler is in bad spot here.
Draxler keeps trying to improve his position.#SUB#
Draxler is staying cool under pressure, defending well against the rear naked choke attempt from his opponent.
Petersen biding his time, controlling Draxler. #SUB#
Petersen looking for the rear naked choke. And he's got it! Draxler taps!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 7:59 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Conald Petersen!
Conald Petersen decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 115
Date: Aug 15, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 5 wins and 0 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 1 losses; Zawisza Czarny Z Garbowa!
The judges for this bout are Elvis Blanc, Trevor Gratis and Dillan Fox.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Petersen bobs and weaves into range and then changes levels and scores with a nice takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (4) vs (0) Czarny Z Garbowa
Petersen working away.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen slows the pace down.
Czarny Z Garbowa has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Czarny Z Garbowa is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen takes a little break here. Czarny Z Garbowa wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.#SUB#
Petersen is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Czarny Z Garbowa knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB#
Petersen swings around for an armbar but Czarny Z Garbowa sees it coming a mile off and turns beautifully into Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (4) vs (2) Czarny Z Garbowa#T1##SUB2#
Czarny Z Garbowa has gone for a leg lock! Petersen slips out almost immediately though and dives into Czarny Z Garbowa's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (6) vs (2) Czarny Z Garbowa
Czarny Z Garbowa tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Czarny Z Garbowa swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen has to be careful here, sitting in the guard of a superior BJJ player.
Petersen trying to control but Czarny Z Garbowa is working from the bottom.
Czarny Z Garbowa looking to control.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen trying to control but Czarny Z Garbowa is working from the bottom.
Czarny Z Garbowa controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.#T2#
Czarny Z Garbowa is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Czarny Z Garbowa is retaining full guard.
Czarny Z Garbowa is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Czarny Z Garbowa is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen postures up.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Czarny Z Garbowa is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T3#
Czarny Z Garbowa trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Czarny Z Garbowa tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Czarny Z Garbowa is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much. #T4#
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Czarny Z Garbowa swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Czarny Z Garbowa seems keen to control Petersen's posture.
Petersen is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Petersen being controlled here momentarily.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Czarny Z Garbowa wants to sweep but no luck. #T5##SUB#
Petersen is trying to work a guillotine from the top, or something like that? Don't know how he thinks he's going to get a finish from there.
Czarny Z Garbowa is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Czarny Z Garbowa is keeping the position.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Petersen postures up.
Czarny Z Garbowa keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully. #T6#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Czarny Z Garbowa keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Czarny Z Garbowa looking to control.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much. #SUB2#
Czarny Z Garbowa is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Petersen defends well.
Czarny Z Garbowa keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen content to stall in guard here. #T7#
Czarny Z Garbowa wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen looking to sit in guard and control but Czarny Z Garbowa gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (6) vs (4) Czarny Z Garbowa
Czarny Z Garbowa is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#SUB#
Petersen had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Czarny Z Garbowa defends it easily.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T8#
Czarny Z Garbowa is fighting to break Petersen's control of his arms but Petersen is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Czarny Z Garbowa wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Czarny Z Garbowa controls from within his opponent's guard.
Petersen looking to hit a scissor sweep but Czarny Z Garbowa is one step ahead there. #T9#
Czarny Z Garbowa pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#SUB#
Petersen looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Petersen wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Petersen continues to stall.
Czarny Z Garbowa trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen controlling Czarny Z Garbowa's posture. #T10#
Petersen bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Czarny Z Garbowa's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (8) vs (4) Czarny Z Garbowa
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Czarny Z Garbowa is keeping the position.
Czarny Z Garbowa can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Petersen controls the pace.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Czarny Z Garbowa is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen tries to free his leg and advance position but Czarny Z Garbowa is retaining full guard.
Czarny Z Garbowa controls Petersen momentarily but Petersen frees himself.
Czarny Z Garbowa manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (8) vs (6) Czarny Z Garbowa#T11#
Petersen wants to sweep here but Czarny Z Garbowa controlling him for the moment.
Petersen is trying to control the position but Czarny Z Garbowa postures up.
Czarny Z Garbowa's corner is telling him to maintain position.#SUB#
Petersen has his foot on Czarny Z Garbowa's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Czarny Z Garbowa works his way back into a safe position though.
Czarny Z Garbowa looking to pass the guard.
Czarny Z Garbowa wants to control from the top but Petersen keeps moving.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T12#
Czarny Z Garbowa looking to pass the guard.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Czarny Z Garbowa from controlling successfully.
Czarny Z Garbowa tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard. #SUB#
Petersen looking for a guillotine here but Czarny Z Garbowa defends easily.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Czarny Z Garbowa from controlling successfully. #T13#
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen controls Czarny Z Garbowa momentarily but Czarny Z Garbowa frees himself.
Petersen has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Czarny Z Garbowa has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (9) Czarny Z Garbowa
Czarny Z Garbowa trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Czarny Z Garbowa wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working. #T14##SUB2#
Czarny Z Garbowa is trying to get an arm triangle but Petersen is defending well.
Czarny Z Garbowa wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen manages to work his way to half guard, despite Czarny Z Garbowa's best efforts.
Petersen has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Czarny Z Garbowa is working away from the top position though.
Czarny Z Garbowa not doing much here.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to control from the bottom.
And that's the end of the fight!
Czarny Z Garbowa wins on points by 9 to 8.
Zawisza Czarny Z Garbowa is the new super heavyweight champion!
A very excited looking Zawisza Czarny Z Garbowa made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 106
Date: Jul 11, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 4 wins and 0 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 3 wins and 1 losses; Timmy Flowers!
The judges for this bout are Dillan Fox, Elvis Blanc and Robert Douchet.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Petersen is looking for a takedown here. He's shot in and has managed to get it, finishing up in Flowers's half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) Flowers
Petersen not doing much here.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Flowers knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Flowers is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#SUB#
Petersen seems to be working for a kimura but Flowers defends the submission attempt.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Flowers is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Flowers is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Flowers avoid being mounted?#T1##SUB#
Petersen is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Flowers is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Petersen uses his free foot to push down on Flowers's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Flowers. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) Flowers
Petersen controlling from mount.
Flowers felt the need to train up his defensive grappling in the buildup to the fight. Presumably he was expecting to be in a difficult position like this, so let's see if he can get out of it.#T2#
Flowers manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Petersen content to control rather than advance.
Petersen has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#SUB2#
Flowers actively working from the bottom here.#T3#
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Petersen has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (8) vs (0) Flowers
Flowers wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (11) vs (0) Flowers#SUB#
Flowers is staying cool under pressure, defending well against the rear naked choke attempt from his opponent.
Flowers is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Petersen.
#T4##SUB#
Petersen is staying calm and holding on to the back position, whilst working on a rear naked choke. Flowers is defending well though. Petersen let's go of the attempt for now.#SUB#
Petersen patiently working for the choke. Which fighter will keep their nerve here?
Petersen has good solid back control here.
Petersen seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Flowers for as long as he can get away with.#SUB#
Petersen is persistently looking for the submission but Flowers is defending it well.
Flowers turns into Petersen and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (11) vs (2) Flowers#T5#
Petersen wants to sweep here but Flowers controlling him for the moment.
Petersen controlling the position.
Petersen can't keep his opponent in guard - Flowers advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Petersen is doing well to control the position and prevent Flowers from advancing to side control.
Petersen's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
#T6##SUB#
Flowers moves into side control, avoiding a weak kimura attempt from Petersen. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (11) vs (5) Flowers
Flowers is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #SUB2#
Flowers is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Petersen knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
Petersen tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Flowers wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Petersen is sneaking out the side here. He's bucked Flowers off and has taken his back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Petersen (15) vs (5) Flowers
Petersen controlling the position well here. Flowers rolled but Petersen kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
#T7##SUB#
Flowers defending nicely against the rear naked choke attempt.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Flowers is in bad spot here.
#SUB#
Flowers defends a rear naked choke attempt by controlling one of Petersen's arms. #SUB#
Petersen has managed to slip his arm under Flowers's chin. This could be all over... yep, Flowers is tapping out! Submission win for Petersen.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 7:58 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Conald Petersen!
Conald Petersen retains his super heavyweight title!
During a confident post fight interview, Conald Petersen thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 103
Date: Jun 27, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 3 wins and 0 losses; Enamorado Bandito! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 3 wins and 0 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Gwen Towbar, Robert Twigg and Daniel Franklin.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen shoots in for a takedown and gets it. Let's see what he's got on the mat. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Bandito (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Bandito keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Bandito looking for a sweep. Not yet Bandito, not yet.
Petersen advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Bandito (0) vs (5) Petersen
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Bandito is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Bandito regains half guard.#T1#
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Petersen's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Petersen is continuing to stall.#T2#
Bandito is looking to improve his position.
Petersen trying to control the action but Bandito is working from the bottom.
Bandito is looking to improve his position.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Bandito wants to sweep but Petersen has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Bandito (0) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen taking a breather here. #T3#
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Bandito keeps working.
Petersen slows the pace down.
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Bandito keeps working. #T4#
Bandito gives up the full mount - oops, sloppy defensive grappling there! Score +2 for reaching mount: Bandito (0) vs (10) Petersen#SUB2#
Petersen goes for an armbar but he's fallen flat on his backside there and now Bandito is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bandito (2) vs (10) Petersen
Bandito really does look like a pencil wearing a pair of gloves. Let's hope he has a gameplan to suit that ridiculous body shape.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Bandito trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now. #T5#
Petersen controls Bandito momentarily but Bandito frees himself.
Bandito won't allow Petersen to sweep him here.
Petersen is controlling Bandito's posture.#SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Bandito defends well.
Bandito trying to control the position from guard on top but Petersen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Bandito is really struggling to control Petersen but he's trying to hold on to the position.#T6#
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Bandito is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Bandito from controlling successfully.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Bandito manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bandito (2) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen passes Bandito's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Bandito wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
#T7#
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Bandito defends it.
Bandito tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg.
Petersen tries to pass the half guard into mount. Bandito knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Bandito is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Bandito avoid being mounted?
Petersen is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Bandito is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T8##SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen wants to control but Bandito is keeping him busy. #SUB2#
Petersen is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Well, if Petersen is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Bandito is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T9#
Petersen keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Bandito trying to control but Petersen postures up.
#SUB#
Bandito looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Petersen not doing much here.
Bandito tries to get to full guard but Petersen has control of the leg. #T10##SUB2#
Bandito is defending against the submission attempts here by Petersen.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.#SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there. #T11#
Bandito is looking for a sweep. Petersen is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Bandito is refusing to be controlled, as Petersen sits in half guard.
Bandito trying to control here but he's found himself mounted! Oh no!
Score +3 for passing guard: Bandito (2) vs (15) Petersen
Petersen is looking to work his way around to Bandito's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Petersen tries to take Bandito's back but instead Bandito uses the opportunity to regain half guard.
Bandito wants to control but Petersen passes into side.
Score +3 for passing guard: Bandito (2) vs (18) Petersen
Petersen tries to move to mount but Bandito blocks the move with his legs. #T12#
Bandito manages to work his way to half guard, despite Petersen's best efforts.#SUB2#
Petersen seems to be looking for submissions.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Petersen in particular looking to stall.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Bandito is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen trying to control the action but Bandito is working from the bottom. #SUB2#
Petersen is looking for a kimura but Bandito is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Petersen to get the leverage. #T13#
Bandito is looking to improve his position.
Bandito slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Bandito will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Bandito keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.#T14#
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Bandito is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Bandito swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen must be cautious of submissions here, given that his opponent has the superior Jiu Jitsu.
Petersen controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Petersen passes Bandito's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen wants to pass the guard but Bandito is defending well.
Petersen is just content to waste time from the top position. Bandito takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 18 to 2.
Conald Petersen is the new super heavyweight champion!
Conald Petersen thanked the fans post fight for their support. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 96
Date: Jun 06, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 4 wins and 1 losses; Tres Sulvar! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 0 losses; Conald Petersen!
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sulvar tries to score a power double leg takedown but Petersen sees that one coming and sprawls well. That will dishearten Sulvar somewhat.
Sulvar shoots in for a takedown. "Ole!" shouts Petersen as he jumps to the side.
Sulvar fails to land the takedown.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tres Sulvar. That's going to take a lot out of him.#TD2#
Petersen drives through with a really nice takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sulvar (0) vs (4) Petersen
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen is looking to take a break and control but Sulvar is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sulvar is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Sulvar is working hard here to advance position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen trying to control the position but Sulvar is working away.
Sulvar is looking to reverse the position.#T1#
Sulvar seems a little lost for a moment, as Petersen dominates the positioning.
Petersen tries to advance to mount but Sulvar denies him.
Petersen is pausing for a moment. What's he doing? It looks like he's clearing his nose. Oh dude! He's shot a load of snot all down Sulvar's shoulder. That is not cool.
Petersen trying to control the position but Sulvar is working away.
Sulvar tries to bench press Petersen off him but Petersen keeps the position.
Sulvar being controlled for a moment.
Petersen trying to control the action but Sulvar is working from the bottom.
Sulvar is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
Sulvar is not content to let Petersen control the position. #T2#
Petersen content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though.
Sulvar manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sulvar (2) vs (4) Petersen
Sulvar prevents Petersen from improving his position.#SUB#
Sulvar is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Sulvar wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position. #SUB2#
Petersen is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Sulvar pulls his head out easily.
Petersen is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Sulvar's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Sulvar's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sulvar (2) vs (8) Petersen#T3#
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Sulvar's body.
Sulvar is in bad spot here.
#SUB2#
Sulvar is displaying good submission defense - not really looking in danger of submitting to the rear naked choke at the moment. That could change in an instant of course if Petersen gets his way!
Petersen tries to get the hooks in deep but Sulvar pushed the leg off.
Petersen is hanging on to Sulvar's back as he tries to escape.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
#SUB2#
Sulvar is displaying good submission defense - not really looking in danger of submitting to the rear naked choke at the moment. That could change in an instant of course if Petersen gets his way!
#T4#
Sulvar prevents Petersen from getting a body triangle.
Petersen has good solid back control here.
Petersen is trying to stick to Sulvar's back but Sulvar is turning into Petersen. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Petersen's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Sulvar. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sulvar (4) vs (8) Petersen
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sulvar (4) vs (10) Petersen
Petersen slips nicely into half guard.#SUB#
Sulvar looking for submissions off his back.
Sulvar is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen controlling the pace. #T5#
Petersen trying to pass the guard but Sulvar defending well.
Sulvar is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Sulvar wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
The fighters are battling for position here. Sulvar manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Sulvar is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T6#
Petersen passes Sulvar's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Sulvar is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sulvar is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen controlling the pace.
Sulvar gets back to full guard.
Petersen won't allow Sulvar to sweep him here. #SUB2#
Petersen drops back looking for a leg! Sulvar is in trouble here! The fighters roll with the hold and Sulvar manages to kick Petersen off! Petersen jumps back into Sulvar's guard.
Sulvar wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
Petersen's corner is telling him to maintain position.#T7#
Sulvar bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Petersen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sulvar (6) vs (10) Petersen
Sulvar being controlled here momentarily.
Sulvar trying to move into half guard but instead Petersen has managed to sweep! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sulvar (6) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen wants to control from the top but Sulvar keeps moving.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sulvar (6) vs (15) Petersen
Sulvar is looking to regain half guard here but Petersen keeps moving and retains side control.
Petersen trying to control the position but Sulvar is working away.
Petersen advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sulvar (6) vs (17) Petersen
Sulvar is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Sulvar is working to get back to half guard.
#T8#
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Sulvar is looking to escape.
Sulvar is trying to escape the mount but Petersen keeps good control and instead manages to take Sulvar's back.
Score +3 for taking back: Sulvar (6) vs (20) Petersen
Sulvar is trying to break free.
Petersen trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
Sulvar manages to reverse the position and now he's in Petersen's guard. Nice work there by Sulvar.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sulvar (8) vs (20) Petersen
Sulvar pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now. #SUB2#
Petersen has his foot on Sulvar's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Sulvar works his way back into a safe position though.
Petersen keeping full guard, as Sulvar tries to pass.
Petersen looking to control.
Petersen controlling the position.#T9#
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Petersen is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Petersen has Sulvar pulled in close to control his posture.
Sulvar trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen is adopting a defensive guard.
Sulvar wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.
Petersen is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T10##SUB2#
Petersen looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Sulvar trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sulvar forces his way into half guard.
Petersen tries to roll over but Sulvar keeps him under control.
Sulvar is looking to advance position but Petersen won't allow it. #SUB#
Sulvar wants to work for an arm triangle but Petersen is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Sulvar tries to free his leg and advance position but Petersen is retaining full guard. #T11#
Petersen wants to sweep here but Sulvar controlling him for the moment.
Petersen has Sulvar pulled in close to control his posture.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sulvar (8) vs (22) Petersen
Sulvar wants to get back to full guard.#SUB#
Sulvar looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Petersen tries to pass to full mount but Sulvar defends it.
Petersen works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sulvar (8) vs (25) Petersen
Petersen is trying to take his opponent's back.
Petersen wants to control the pace but Sulvar is squirming around nicely.
Sulvar working to try and regain half guard.
#T12#
Petersen is trying to take his opponent's back.
Petersen looking to control but Sulvar is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Well,Sulvar is on his way to losing a decision here. Can he use his experience to pull something off in the closing minutes?
Sulvar keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Sulvar is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
#SUB2#
Petersen is going oldschool here, as he tries to force Sulvar to tap using a forearm choke. This isn't 1993 though, so Sulvar shrugs it off.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Sulvar is wriggling around trying to escape.
#T13#
Petersen can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Sulvar is looking to escape.
Sulvar is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen tries to control but Sulvar wriggling away.
Petersen tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Sulvar is wriggling around trying to escape.
Petersen tries to control but Sulvar wriggling away.
Sulvar is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully. #T14##SUB2#
Petersen jumps to side control looking for an arm triangle but Sulvar manages to avoid the submission attempt.
Sulvar tries to bench press Petersen off him but Petersen keeps the position.
Petersen has knee on belly and moves into mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sulvar (8) vs (27) Petersen
Petersen controlling from the full mount.
Sulvar is squirming around, avoiding Petersen's attempts to control the action.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sulvar is looking to get to half guard.
Petersen controlling from mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 27 to 8.
A victorious Conald Petersen thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 92
Date: May 23, 2020 |
Coming up we have a super heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Max Campos (ranked 5676 p4p, 120 weight class) and Conald Petersen (ranked 5396 p4p, 112 weight class). Petersen has chosen Fedsmoker - Locked Up In The Nuthouse Going Crazy as his entrance music, which hasn't gone down very well with the crowd. This should be a great matchup!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 1 wins and 0 losses; Max Campos! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 1 wins and 0 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Jack Bonds and Percy O'Donnell.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Campos gets caught on his heels momentarily as he allows Petersen to score an easy takedown into full guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Campos (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Petersen looking to pass the guard.
Campos had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Petersen defends it easily.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Campos swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen stopping the sweep attempt from Campos.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Campos is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Campos (2) vs (2) Petersen
Campos is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Petersen doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Campos.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Petersen wants to control but Campos is keeping busy.
Campos is working for a submission of some sort.
Petersen wants to control but Campos is keeping busy.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Petersen is adopting a defensive guard.
Petersen is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Campos defends well.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Petersen is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Campos (2) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Campos makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Campos.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Petersen drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Petersen jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
Campos looking to hit a scissor sweep but Petersen is one step ahead there.
Petersen slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Petersen wants to control from the top but Campos keeps moving.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Campos is keeping the position for now.
Campos has his foot on Petersen's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Petersen works his way back into a safe position though.
Petersen controlling from the top position.
Campos is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Campos (4) vs (4) Petersen
Campos trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Campos is very close to passing his half guard.
Campos is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Campos is very close to passing his half guard.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Campos wants to work for an arm triangle but Petersen is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Campos will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Petersen wants to control but Campos is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Campos is controlling well.
Petersen trying to hold on to Campos's head to control him but Campos postures up.
Petersen is looking to improve his position.
Petersen is not content to let Campos control the position.
Campos has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Campos (7) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen wants to control but Campos is having none of it.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Petersen is trying to avoid being dragged into an even worse position than he's already in but Campos is staying active.
Campos looking for an armbar but decides to keep the dominant position instead.
Campos with some aggressive grappling here. He's looking for submissions here, rather than waiting for the opportunity to counter.
Petersen wants to hold on but Campos pushes him away.
Petersen keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Campos wants to take Petersen's back here but Petersen is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Campos tries to control but Petersen wriggling away.
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Campos isn't that keen on the idea.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Petersen tries to hold on but Campos pushes him away.
Campos trying to control but Petersen is having none of it.
Campos avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.
Campos looking for an armbar but decides to keep the dominant position instead.
Campos mounts Petersen! Really nice guard pass there!
Campos looking for an armbar but decides to keep the dominant position instead.
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Campos isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Campos wants to take Petersen's back here but Petersen is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Campos forces the positional change into back control. Score +3 for taking back: Campos (10) vs (4) Petersen
Petersen defends a rear naked choke attempt by controlling one of Campos's arms.
Petersen manages to reverse the position and now he's in Campos's guard. Nice work there by Petersen.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Campos (10) vs (6) Petersen
Petersen got a little sloppy there for a moment and Campos has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Petersen has managed to get both his arms back between Campos's legs - danger averted.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Campos wants to sweep here but Petersen controlling him for the moment.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Campos keeping moving, preventing Petersen from controlling successfully.
Petersen stays in close to Campos's body and controls the position.
Petersen trying to control but Campos is working from the bottom.
Petersen got a little sloppy there for a moment and Campos has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Petersen has managed to get both his arms back between Campos's legs - danger averted.
Campos wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen is stalling in the full guard.
Campos escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Petersen gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Campos being controlled here, momentarily.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Petersen trying to control the position from guard on top but Campos is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Petersen advances to half guard.
Petersen performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Petersen is pressing down on Campos's thigh, looking to free his foot. Campos is holding on for now.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Campos is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Campos wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen stalling.
Petersen wants to control but Campos is keeping him busy.
Campos trying to control but Petersen postures up.
Campos won't allow Petersen to pass to mount.
Petersen is keen to just control but Campos is a slippery customer.
Petersen takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen is pressing down on Campos's thigh, looking to free his foot. Campos is holding on for now.
Petersen trying to control the action but Campos is working from the bottom.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Petersen seems like he's working for an arm triangle here. He's freed his trapped foot and he's rotating nicely. Campos is in big trouble! He's tapping out! This one is aaaaaaaaaaaall over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 11:25 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Arm Triangle). Conald Petersen!
Our winner, Conald Petersen, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 85
Date: May 09, 2020 |
Coming up we have a super heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Conald Petersen (ranked 5220 p4p, 118 weight class) and Jimy McMurray (ranked 6798 p4p, 131 weight class). Petersen comes to the ring accompanied by Roger Alan Wade - If Your Gonna Be Dumb.... I don't know about you partner, but I'm pumped for this one!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; Jimy McMurray!
The judges for this bout are Percy O'Donnell, Don Winkell and Jack Bonds.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Petersen gets a double leg takedown into McMurray's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (0) McMurray
Petersen controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Petersen really is a fat lump.
McMurray looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Petersen passes into half guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
McMurray moves into full guard.
Petersen controls from within his opponent's guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. McMurray swivels though and keeps the full guard.
McMurray trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Petersen stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. McMurray swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen content to stall in guard here.
McMurray looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Petersen showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
McMurray can't keep his opponent in guard - Petersen advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Petersen seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
McMurray has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Petersen is working away from the top position though.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
McMurray is trying to maintain the position but Petersen is very close to passing his half guard.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
McMurray looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
McMurray is defending against the submission attempts here by Petersen.
Petersen is working for a kimura but McMurray is defending it quite comfortably.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
McMurray is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Petersen pulls his head out easily.
Petersen stalling.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Petersen seems to be working for a kimura but McMurray defends the submission attempt.
Petersen is controlling the pace.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
McMurray is looking to control Petersen's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can McMurray avoid being mounted?
Petersen is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
McMurray is looking to improve his position.
McMurray is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Petersen pulls his head out easily.
Petersen looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
McMurray is in trouble now - Petersen has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (5) vs (0) McMurray
McMurray tries to hold on but Petersen postures up.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
Petersen has control of McMurray's right arm, working for a kimura. It's a bit of a token attempt though and McMurray regains control of the situation pretty easily.
Petersen takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
McMurray defends a decent attempt at a guillotine from Petersen.
McMurray can't escape the position.
Petersen working for a guillotine from mount but McMurray is in no mood to give up.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
McMurray has given up his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (8) vs (0) McMurray
McMurray is displaying good submission defense - not really looking in danger of submitting to the rear naked choke at the moment. That could change in an instant of course if Petersen gets his way!
Petersen looking to break McMurray's wrist control so he can sink in the choke. McMurray remaining controlled and patient though - he really has to keep calm otherwise Petersen will wrap this one up with the rear naked choke!
McMurray wants to control his opponent's hands but Petersen gets his hands free.
McMurray is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
McMurray felt the need to train up his defensive grappling in the buildup to the fight. Presumably he was expecting to be in a difficult position like this, so let's see if he can get out of it.
McMurray tries to break free.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Petersen biding his time, controlling McMurray.
You can see the frustration on McMurray's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Petersen slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
McMurray is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Petersen sinks in the hooks and is looking for the choke. He's got it! McMurray taps out!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 8:44 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Conald Petersen! |
|
|
|
|
|
|
